Mercurial > emacs
annotate lisp/loaddefs.el @ 35789:51e3ab6046a0
Macro changes to avoid overfull boxes.
author | Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org> |
---|---|
date | Wed, 31 Jan 2001 17:24:19 +0000 |
parents | 497c28f292c4 |
children | 3fbc0a866e43 |
rev | line source |
---|---|
27321 | 1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads |
2 ;; | |
3 ;;; Code: | |
25876 | 4 |
25998 | 5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best |
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5" | |
35668 | 7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (14885 9098)) |
25998 | 8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el |
9 | |
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\ | |
11 Play 5x5. | |
12 | |
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping | |
14 squares you must fill the grid. | |
15 | |
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are: | |
17 \\<5x5-mode-map> | |
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current] | |
19 Move up \\[5x5-up] | |
20 Move down \\[5x5-down] | |
21 Move left \\[5x5-left] | |
22 Move right \\[5x5-right] | |
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game] | |
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize] | |
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly] | |
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current] | |
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best] | |
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate] | |
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil) | |
30 | |
31 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\ | |
32 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil) | |
33 | |
34 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\ | |
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil) | |
36 | |
37 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\ | |
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil) | |
39 | |
40 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\ | |
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution and then | |
42 mutating the result." t nil) | |
43 | |
44 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\ | |
45 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5. | |
46 | |
47 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes | |
48 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current | |
49 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function | |
50 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil) | |
51 | |
52 ;;;*** | |
53 | |
54 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" | |
35668 | 55 ;;;;;; (14946 52019)) |
25876 | 56 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el |
57 | |
25998 | 58 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\ |
26724 | 59 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files. |
60 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these | |
61 extensions. | |
62 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file | |
63 name" nil nil) | |
25998 | 64 |
25876 | 65 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\ |
66 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code. | |
67 | |
68 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.) | |
69 | |
70 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]' | |
71 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]' | |
72 | |
73 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]' | |
74 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]' | |
75 | |
76 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]' | |
77 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]' | |
78 | |
25998 | 79 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]' |
25876 | 80 |
81 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]' | |
82 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]' | |
83 | |
84 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]' | |
85 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]' | |
86 | |
87 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including: | |
88 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]' | |
89 Comment region '\\[comment-region]' | |
90 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]' | |
91 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]' | |
92 | |
93 If you use imenu.el: | |
94 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]' | |
95 | |
96 If you use find-file.el: | |
97 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]' | |
98 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file] | |
99 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]' | |
100 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window] | |
25998 | 101 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs. |
25876 | 102 |
103 If you use ada-xref.el: | |
104 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier | |
105 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier | |
30565 | 106 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'." t nil) |
25998 | 107 |
108 ;;;*** | |
109 | |
110 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" | |
35668 | 111 ;;;;;; (14900 39720)) |
25998 | 112 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el |
113 | |
114 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\ | |
115 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil) | |
25876 | 116 |
117 ;;;*** | |
118 | |
31388 | 119 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun |
120 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry | |
121 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address | |
35668 | 122 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name) "add-log" "add-log.el" (14905 61936)) |
25876 | 123 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el |
124 | |
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\ | |
126 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers. | |
27321 | 127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.") |
25876 | 128 |
129 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\ | |
130 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers. | |
131 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.") | |
132 | |
133 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\ | |
134 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil) | |
135 | |
136 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\ | |
137 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name. | |
138 | |
139 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use. | |
140 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'. | |
141 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog' | |
142 \(or whatever we use on this operating system). | |
143 | |
144 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then | |
145 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current | |
146 directory and its successive parents for a file so named. | |
147 | |
148 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the | |
32115 | 149 current buffer to the complete file name. |
150 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'." nil nil) | |
25876 | 151 |
152 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\ | |
153 Find change log file and add an entry for today. | |
154 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user | |
155 name and site. | |
156 | |
157 Second arg is FILE-NAME of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'. | |
158 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window. | |
159 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front; | |
160 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together' | |
161 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created. | |
162 | |
163 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if | |
164 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil) | |
165 | |
166 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\ | |
167 Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today. | |
168 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user | |
169 name and site. | |
170 Second optional arg FILE-NAME is file name of change log. | |
171 If nil, use `change-log-default-name'. | |
172 | |
173 Affected by the same options as `add-change-log-entry'." t nil) | |
174 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window) | |
175 | |
176 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\ | |
177 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode. | |
178 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74. | |
179 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window]. | |
180 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page. | |
181 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
182 | |
183 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\ | |
184 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.") | |
185 | |
186 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\ | |
187 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.") | |
188 | |
189 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\ | |
190 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.") | |
191 | |
192 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\ | |
193 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil. | |
194 | |
195 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...), | |
28523 | 196 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl. |
25876 | 197 |
198 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before | |
199 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or | |
28523 | 200 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables |
27321 | 201 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and |
202 `add-log-current-defun-function' | |
25876 | 203 |
204 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil) | |
205 | |
27321 | 206 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\ |
207 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer. | |
208 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on | |
209 the appropriate motion commands). | |
210 | |
31388 | 211 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and |
212 old-style time formats for entries are supported." t nil) | |
213 | |
214 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\ | |
215 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format." t nil) | |
27321 | 216 |
25876 | 217 ;;;*** |
218 | |
219 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action | |
35668 | 220 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (14874 |
221 ;;;;;; 16519)) | |
25876 | 222 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el |
223 | |
224 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\ | |
225 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation. | |
226 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an | |
227 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated. | |
228 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new | |
229 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the | |
230 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard', | |
231 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but | |
232 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be | |
233 interpreted as `error'.") | |
234 | |
235 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\ | |
236 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation. | |
237 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will | |
238 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already | |
239 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the | |
26724 | 240 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will |
241 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the | |
25876 | 242 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.") |
243 | |
244 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\ | |
26724 | 245 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS. |
25876 | 246 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified |
247 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value | |
248 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds | |
249 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest | |
250 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same | |
251 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice | |
252 will be overwritten with the new one. | |
26724 | 253 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be |
25876 | 254 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id |
255 will clear the cache." nil nil) | |
256 | |
257 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\ | |
26724 | 258 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol). |
25876 | 259 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows: |
260 | |
261 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...) | |
262 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM] | |
263 BODY... ) | |
264 | |
265 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised. | |
266 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'. | |
267 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice. | |
268 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first', | |
269 see also `ad-add-advice'. | |
270 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function | |
271 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in | |
272 before/around/after-advices will be used. | |
273 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'. | |
274 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings. | |
275 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice. | |
276 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised | |
277 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used. | |
278 BODY ::= Any s-expression. | |
279 | |
280 Semantics of the various flags: | |
281 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in | |
282 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected | |
283 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion). | |
284 | |
285 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if | |
286 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'. | |
287 | |
288 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting | |
289 advised function should be compiled. | |
290 | |
26724 | 291 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used |
25876 | 292 during activation until somebody enables it. |
293 | |
294 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile | |
295 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current | |
296 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use | |
297 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled. | |
298 | |
299 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according | |
300 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved. | |
301 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of | |
302 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The | |
303 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file | |
304 during preloading. | |
305 | |
26724 | 306 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil (quote macro)) |
25876 | 307 |
308 ;;;*** | |
309 | |
30565 | 310 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule |
311 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp | |
33357 | 312 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (14823 12922)) |
27327 | 313 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el |
314 | |
315 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\ | |
316 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules. | |
317 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to | |
318 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of | |
319 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location | |
320 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each | |
321 rule's `separate' attribute). | |
322 | |
323 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of | |
324 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their | |
325 `separate' attribute set. | |
326 | |
327 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the | |
328 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and | |
329 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details | |
330 on the format of these lists." t nil) | |
331 | |
332 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\ | |
333 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer. | |
334 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt | |
335 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you | |
336 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding | |
337 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full | |
338 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also | |
339 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount | |
340 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout | |
341 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these | |
342 options. | |
343 | |
344 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to | |
345 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up: | |
346 | |
347 Fred (123) 456-7890 | |
348 Alice (123) 456-7890 | |
349 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890 | |
350 Joe (123) 456-7890 | |
351 | |
352 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it | |
353 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the | |
354 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression." t nil) | |
355 | |
356 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\ | |
357 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section. | |
358 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES | |
359 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to | |
360 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to | |
361 align that section." t nil) | |
362 | |
363 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\ | |
364 Call `align' on the current alignment section. | |
365 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and | |
366 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or | |
367 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it | |
368 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have | |
369 been used to align that section." t nil) | |
370 | |
371 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\ | |
372 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified. | |
373 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule | |
374 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a | |
375 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the | |
376 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text | |
377 to be colored." t nil) | |
378 | |
379 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\ | |
380 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'." t nil) | |
381 | |
30565 | 382 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\ |
383 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes." t nil) | |
384 | |
27327 | 385 ;;;*** |
386 | |
25876 | 387 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" |
35668 | 388 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (14868 1431)) |
28212 | 389 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el |
25876 | 390 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir) |
391 | |
392 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\ | |
393 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache. | |
394 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents | |
395 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs | |
396 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific | |
397 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil) | |
398 | |
399 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil) | |
400 | |
401 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist))) | |
402 | |
403 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist))) | |
404 | |
405 ;;;*** | |
406 | |
35744 | 407 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) |
408 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (14965 36539)) | |
409 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el | |
410 | |
411 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\ | |
412 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t." t nil) | |
413 | |
414 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\ | |
415 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties. | |
416 | |
417 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is | |
418 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using | |
419 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into | |
420 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'. | |
421 | |
422 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker | |
423 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark. | |
424 | |
425 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'." nil nil) | |
426 | |
427 ;;;*** | |
428 | |
34166 | 429 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules) |
35668 | 430 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (14885 13467)) |
26724 | 431 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el |
432 | |
34166 | 433 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\ |
434 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory. | |
435 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode', | |
436 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer | |
437 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for | |
438 \\[yank]. | |
439 | |
440 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar | |
441 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary. | |
442 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of | |
443 the rules. | |
444 | |
445 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names | |
446 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a | |
447 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The | |
448 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'." t nil) | |
449 | |
26724 | 450 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\ |
451 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files. | |
452 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil) | |
453 | |
454 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\ | |
455 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'. | |
456 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil) | |
457 | |
458 ;;;*** | |
459 | |
25876 | 460 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary |
461 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line | |
462 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message) | |
35668 | 463 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (14726 36008)) |
25876 | 464 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el |
465 | |
466 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\ | |
467 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer. | |
468 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time | |
469 as the first thing on a line.") | |
470 | |
471 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\ | |
472 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.") | |
473 | |
474 (defvar appt-audible t "\ | |
475 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.") | |
476 | |
477 (defvar appt-visible t "\ | |
478 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.") | |
479 | |
480 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\ | |
481 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.") | |
482 | |
483 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\ | |
484 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.") | |
485 | |
486 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\ | |
487 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.") | |
488 | |
489 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\ | |
490 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen. | |
491 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.") | |
492 | |
493 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\ | |
28523 | 494 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG. |
25876 | 495 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil) |
496 | |
497 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\ | |
498 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil) | |
499 | |
28523 | 500 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\ |
501 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer. | |
502 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be | |
503 put in the appointments list. | |
504 02/23/89 | |
505 12:00pm lunch | |
506 Wednesday | |
507 10:00am group meeting | |
508 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER | |
509 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received. | |
510 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for." nil nil) | |
25876 | 511 |
512 ;;;*** | |
513 | |
514 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command | |
35668 | 515 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (14883 |
516 ;;;;;; 29489)) | |
25876 | 517 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el |
518 | |
26724 | 519 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\ |
520 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands. | |
521 | |
522 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil) | |
523 | |
25876 | 524 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\ |
525 Show user variables that match REGEXP. | |
30565 | 526 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show |
25876 | 527 normal variables." t nil) |
528 | |
529 (fset (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command)) | |
530 | |
531 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\ | |
30565 | 532 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP. |
533 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show | |
25876 | 534 noninteractive functions. |
535 | |
536 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that | |
537 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil) | |
538 | |
539 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\ | |
30565 | 540 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP. |
541 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also | |
542 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more | |
543 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil) | |
25876 | 544 |
545 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\ | |
30565 | 546 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP. |
547 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks | |
25876 | 548 at the function and at the names and values of properties. |
549 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil) | |
550 | |
551 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\ | |
30565 | 552 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP. |
553 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use | |
25876 | 554 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key |
555 bindings. | |
556 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil) | |
557 | |
558 ;;;*** | |
559 | |
33357 | 560 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (14826 |
561 ;;;;;; 51988)) | |
25876 | 562 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el |
563 | |
564 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\ | |
565 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way. | |
566 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands. | |
567 Letters no longer insert themselves. | |
568 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer; | |
569 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer. | |
570 | |
571 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and | |
572 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the | |
573 archive. | |
574 | |
575 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil) | |
576 | |
577 ;;;*** | |
578 | |
33357 | 579 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (14777 22130)) |
25876 | 580 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el |
581 | |
582 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\ | |
583 Major mode for editing arrays. | |
584 | |
585 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is | |
586 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are | |
587 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers. | |
588 | |
27321 | 589 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer. |
25876 | 590 |
591 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time. | |
27321 | 592 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion, |
25876 | 593 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one. |
594 | |
595 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of | |
596 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you | |
597 supply. These variables are all local the the buffer. Other buffer | |
598 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables. | |
599 The variables are: | |
600 | |
601 Variables you assign: | |
27321 | 602 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array. |
603 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array. | |
604 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer. | |
605 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters. | |
606 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore | |
25876 | 607 row numbers in the buffer. |
608 | |
609 Variables which are calculated: | |
27321 | 610 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line. |
611 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row. | |
25876 | 612 |
613 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may | |
614 take a numeric prefix argument): | |
615 | |
616 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column. | |
617 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column. | |
618 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row. | |
619 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row. | |
620 | |
621 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right. | |
622 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left. | |
623 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below. | |
624 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above. | |
625 | |
626 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right. | |
627 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left. | |
628 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below. | |
629 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above. | |
630 | |
631 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column | |
632 between that of point and mark. | |
633 | |
634 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column. | |
635 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell. | |
636 | |
637 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array. | |
638 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array. | |
639 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and | |
640 newlines inside rows) | |
641 | |
642 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables. | |
643 | |
644 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
645 | |
646 ;;;*** | |
647 | |
35668 | 648 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (14924 |
649 ;;;;;; 25355)) | |
34166 | 650 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el |
651 | |
652 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\ | |
653 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive. | |
654 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses | |
655 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard. | |
656 | |
657 How to quit artist mode | |
658 | |
659 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode. | |
660 | |
661 | |
662 How to submit a bug report | |
663 | |
664 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report. | |
665 | |
666 | |
667 Drawing with the mouse: | |
668 | |
669 mouse-2 | |
670 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with | |
671 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described | |
672 below). | |
673 | |
674 mouse-1 | |
675 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies | |
676 or pastes: | |
677 | |
678 Operation Not shifted Shifted | |
679 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
680 Pen fill-char at point line from last point | |
681 to new point | |
682 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
683 Line Line in any direction Straight line | |
684 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
685 Rectangle Rectangle Square | |
686 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
687 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines | |
688 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
689 Ellipses Ellipses Circles | |
690 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
691 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite) | |
692 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
693 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray | |
694 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
695 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle | |
696 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
697 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected | |
698 lines | |
699 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
700 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square | |
701 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
702 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square | |
703 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
704 Paste Paste Paste | |
705 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
706 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill | |
707 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
708 | |
709 * Straight lines can only go horiziontally, vertically | |
710 or diagonally. | |
711 | |
712 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you | |
713 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment | |
714 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the | |
715 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing | |
716 poly-lines. | |
717 | |
718 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer | |
719 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while | |
720 overwrite means the opposite. | |
721 | |
722 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose | |
723 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable | |
724 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'. | |
725 | |
726 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square. | |
727 | |
728 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows. | |
729 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info. | |
730 | |
731 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation. | |
732 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you | |
733 are currently drawing something. | |
734 | |
735 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite | |
736 some time to fill. | |
737 | |
738 | |
739 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer | |
740 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle | |
741 | |
742 | |
743 Settings | |
744 | |
745 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares | |
746 | |
747 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines | |
748 | |
749 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing | |
750 | |
751 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding | |
752 | |
753 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape | |
754 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed) | |
755 | |
756 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes. | |
757 | |
758 | |
759 Drawing with keys | |
760 | |
761 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following: | |
762 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint | |
763 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point) | |
764 When erase characters: toggles erasing | |
765 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square | |
766 When pasting: Pastes | |
767 | |
768 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw | |
769 | |
770 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char]. | |
771 | |
772 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling | |
773 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing | |
774 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing | |
775 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding | |
776 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings | |
777 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes | |
778 | |
779 | |
780 Arrows | |
781 | |
782 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning | |
783 of the line/poly-line | |
784 | |
785 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end | |
786 of the line/poly-line | |
787 | |
788 | |
789 Selecting operation | |
790 | |
791 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations: | |
792 | |
793 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines | |
794 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines | |
795 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles | |
796 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares | |
797 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines | |
798 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines | |
799 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses | |
800 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles | |
801 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru) | |
802 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite) | |
803 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can | |
804 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can | |
805 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters | |
806 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles | |
807 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines | |
808 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines | |
809 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles | |
810 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles | |
811 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting | |
812 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling | |
813 | |
814 | |
815 Variables | |
816 | |
817 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info, | |
818 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET). | |
819 | |
820 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not | |
821 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point... | |
822 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding | |
823 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect | |
824 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows | |
825 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares | |
826 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings | |
827 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling | |
828 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling | |
829 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing | |
830 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses | |
831 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses | |
832 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders | |
833 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible | |
834 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines | |
835 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings | |
836 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area | |
837 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color'' | |
838 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color'' | |
839 | |
840 Hooks | |
841 | |
842 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called. | |
843 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called. | |
844 | |
845 | |
846 Keymap summary | |
847 | |
848 \\{artist-mode-map}" t nil) | |
849 | |
850 ;;;*** | |
851 | |
35668 | 852 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14804 |
853 ;;;;;; 20134)) | |
25876 | 854 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el |
855 | |
856 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\ | |
857 Major mode for editing typical assembler code. | |
858 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings: | |
859 | |
860 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop. | |
861 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop. | |
862 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop. | |
863 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments. | |
864 | |
865 The character used for making comments is set by the variable | |
866 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;'). | |
867 | |
868 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook', | |
869 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization. | |
870 | |
871 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization. | |
872 | |
873 Special commands: | |
874 \\{asm-mode-map} | |
875 " t nil) | |
876 | |
877 ;;;*** | |
878 | |
35196 | 879 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el" |
880 ;;;;;; (14901 18790)) | |
881 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el | |
25876 | 882 |
883 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\ | |
25998 | 884 Obsolete.") |
25876 | 885 |
886 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\ | |
25998 | 887 This command is obsolete." t nil) |
25876 | 888 |
889 ;;;*** | |
890 | |
29505 | 891 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el" |
33357 | 892 ;;;;;; (14777 22131)) |
28919 | 893 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el |
894 | |
33357 | 895 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\ |
896 Toggle Autoarg mode on or off. | |
897 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
898 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
899 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.") | |
900 | |
901 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg) (quote autoarg-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
902 | |
903 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-mode) (quote autoarg)) | |
904 | |
28919 | 905 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\ |
29505 | 906 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally. |
28919 | 907 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. |
908 \\<autoarg-mode-map> | |
909 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they | |
910 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and | |
911 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence | |
912 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer. | |
913 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is | |
914 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off. | |
915 | |
916 For example: | |
917 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'. | |
918 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer. | |
919 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and | |
920 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]. | |
921 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times. | |
922 | |
923 \\{autoarg-mode-map}" t nil) | |
924 | |
33357 | 925 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\ |
926 Toggle Autoarg-Kp mode on or off. | |
927 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
928 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
929 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.") | |
930 | |
931 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg-kp) (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
932 | |
933 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote autoarg)) | |
934 | |
29505 | 935 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\ |
936 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally. | |
937 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. | |
938 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map> | |
939 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1' | |
940 &c to supply digit arguments. | |
941 | |
942 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}" t nil) | |
943 | |
28919 | 944 ;;;*** |
945 | |
28077 | 946 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" |
947 ;;;;;; (14532 61420)) | |
948 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el | |
949 | |
950 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\ | |
951 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files." t nil) | |
952 | |
953 ;;;*** | |
954 | |
25876 | 955 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert) |
35668 | 956 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (14898 8348)) |
25876 | 957 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el |
958 | |
959 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\ | |
32115 | 960 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil. |
25876 | 961 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil) |
962 | |
963 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\ | |
964 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'. | |
965 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION, | |
966 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil) | |
967 | |
32115 | 968 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\ |
33357 | 969 Toggle Auto-Insert mode on or off. |
970 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
32115 | 971 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
972 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.") | |
973 | |
974 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-insert) (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
975 | |
976 (custom-add-load (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote autoinsert)) | |
977 | |
25876 | 978 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\ |
26724 | 979 Toggle Auto-insert mode. |
980 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
981 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on). | |
982 | |
983 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can | |
25876 | 984 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil) |
985 | |
986 ;;;*** | |
987 | |
988 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories | |
989 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" | |
35668 | 990 ;;;;;; (14895 24173)) |
25876 | 991 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el |
992 | |
993 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\ | |
994 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file' | |
995 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil) | |
996 | |
997 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\ | |
998 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones. | |
999 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil) | |
1000 | |
1001 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\ | |
1002 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode. | |
1003 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil) | |
1004 | |
1005 ;;;*** | |
1006 | |
1007 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode | |
27949 | 1008 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el" |
33357 | 1009 ;;;;;; (14777 22132)) |
25876 | 1010 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el |
1011 | |
25998 | 1012 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\ |
1013 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active. | |
1014 | |
1015 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode' | |
1016 instead.") | |
1017 | |
27949 | 1018 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\ |
1019 When on, buffers are automatically reverted when files on disk change. | |
1020 | |
1021 Set this variable using \\[customize] only. Otherwise, use the | |
1022 command `global-auto-revert-mode'.") | |
1023 | |
1024 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert) (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
1025 | |
1026 (custom-add-load (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote autorevert)) | |
1027 | |
25876 | 1028 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\ |
1029 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes. | |
1030 | |
1031 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
1032 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer. | |
1033 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil) | |
1034 | |
1035 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\ | |
1036 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode. | |
1037 | |
1038 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example: | |
1039 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil) | |
1040 | |
1041 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\ | |
1042 Revert any buffer when file on disk change. | |
1043 | |
1044 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive. | |
1045 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers. | |
1046 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil) | |
1047 | |
1048 ;;;*** | |
1049 | |
28162 | 1050 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" |
35668 | 1051 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (14877 9921)) |
25876 | 1052 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el |
1053 | |
28162 | 1054 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\ |
31388 | 1055 Activate mouse avoidance mode. |
28162 | 1056 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values. |
1057 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
1058 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.") | |
1059 | |
1060 (custom-add-to-group (quote avoid) (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
1061 | |
1062 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote avoid)) | |
1063 | |
25876 | 1064 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\ |
1065 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE. | |
1066 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate', | |
1067 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'. | |
1068 | |
31388 | 1069 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish' |
25876 | 1070 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated |
1071 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'. | |
1072 | |
31388 | 1073 Effects of the different modes: |
25876 | 1074 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress. |
1075 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close, | |
1076 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way. | |
1077 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse | |
1078 a random distance & direction. | |
1079 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion. | |
1080 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'. | |
1081 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too. | |
1082 | |
1083 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised. | |
1084 | |
1085 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\", | |
1086 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for | |
1087 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil) | |
1088 | |
1089 ;;;*** | |
1090 | |
35668 | 1091 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (14854 |
1092 ;;;;;; 32223)) | |
25876 | 1093 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el |
1094 | |
1095 (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\ | |
1096 Major mode for editing AWK code. | |
33357 | 1097 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap |
1098 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing | |
25876 | 1099 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table. |
1100 | |
33357 | 1101 Turning on AWK mode runs `awk-mode-hook'." t nil) |
25876 | 1102 |
1103 ;;;*** | |
1104 | |
1105 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el" | |
27321 | 1106 ;;;;;; (14455 30228)) |
25876 | 1107 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el |
1108 | |
1109 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\ | |
1110 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build. | |
1111 | |
1112 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain | |
1113 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in. | |
1114 | |
1115 For example: | |
1116 | |
1117 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value | |
1118 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote | |
1119 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b | |
1120 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b | |
1121 | |
1122 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil (quote macro)) | |
1123 | |
1124 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote))) | |
1125 | |
1126 ;;;*** | |
1127 | |
1128 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el" | |
33357 | 1129 ;;;;;; (14821 31343)) |
25876 | 1130 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el |
1131 | |
1132 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\ | |
1133 Display battery status information in the echo area. | |
26899 | 1134 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables |
25876 | 1135 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil) |
1136 | |
1137 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\ | |
1138 Display battery status information in the mode line. | |
33002 | 1139 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables |
25876 | 1140 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'. |
1141 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval' | |
1142 seconds." t nil) | |
1143 | |
1144 ;;;*** | |
1145 | |
35668 | 1146 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (14504 |
1147 ;;;;;; 9460)) | |
25876 | 1148 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el |
1149 | |
1150 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\ | |
1151 Major mode for editing BibTeX files. | |
1152 | |
1153 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a | |
1154 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
1155 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
1156 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the | |
1157 message. | |
1158 | |
1159 | |
1160 General information on working with BibTeX mode: | |
1161 | |
1162 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a | |
1163 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using | |
1164 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled | |
1165 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry | |
1166 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry]. | |
1167 | |
1168 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable | |
1169 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will | |
1170 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries | |
1171 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have | |
1172 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new | |
1173 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry]. | |
1174 | |
1175 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function | |
1176 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of | |
1177 BibTeX mode. | |
1178 | |
1179 | |
1180 Special information: | |
1181 | |
1182 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry. | |
1183 | |
1184 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX. | |
1185 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT. | |
1186 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT]. | |
1187 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one. | |
1188 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely. | |
1189 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the | |
1190 current field. | |
1191 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field. | |
1192 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}. | |
1193 | |
1194 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT | |
1195 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required | |
1196 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of | |
1197 bibtex-entry-format. | |
1198 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special | |
1199 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad | |
1200 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format. | |
1201 | |
1202 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field. | |
1203 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field. | |
1204 | |
1205 The following may be of interest as well: | |
1206 | |
1207 Functions: | |
1208 bibtex-entry | |
1209 bibtex-kill-entry | |
1210 bibtex-yank-pop | |
1211 bibtex-pop-previous | |
1212 bibtex-pop-next | |
1213 bibtex-complete-string | |
1214 bibtex-complete-key | |
1215 bibtex-print-help-message | |
1216 bibtex-generate-autokey | |
1217 bibtex-beginning-of-entry | |
1218 bibtex-end-of-entry | |
1219 bibtex-reposition-window | |
1220 bibtex-mark-entry | |
1221 bibtex-ispell-abstract | |
1222 bibtex-ispell-entry | |
1223 bibtex-narrow-to-entry | |
1224 bibtex-sort-buffer | |
1225 bibtex-validate | |
1226 bibtex-count | |
1227 bibtex-fill-entry | |
1228 bibtex-reformat | |
1229 bibtex-convert-alien | |
1230 | |
1231 Variables: | |
1232 bibtex-field-delimiters | |
1233 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref | |
1234 bibtex-include-OPTkey | |
1235 bibtex-user-optional-fields | |
1236 bibtex-entry-format | |
1237 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries | |
1238 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries | |
1239 bibtex-entry-field-alist | |
1240 bibtex-predefined-strings | |
1241 bibtex-string-files | |
1242 | |
1243 --------------------------------------------------------- | |
1244 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is | |
1245 non-nil. | |
1246 | |
1247 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil) | |
1248 | |
1249 ;;;*** | |
1250 | |
35668 | 1251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (14849 20131)) |
32115 | 1252 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el |
1253 | |
1254 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$") | |
1255 | |
1256 ;;;*** | |
1257 | |
25876 | 1258 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (13229 |
25998 | 1259 ;;;;;; 27947)) |
25876 | 1260 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el |
1261 | |
1262 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\ | |
1263 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; | |
1264 the default is 4. | |
1265 | |
1266 What is blackbox? | |
1267 | |
1268 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the | |
1269 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several | |
1270 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and | |
1271 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of | |
1272 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower | |
1273 your score. | |
1274 | |
1275 Overview of play: | |
1276 | |
1277 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument | |
1278 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is | |
1279 four. | |
1280 | |
1281 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor | |
1282 movement keys. | |
1283 | |
1284 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC. | |
1285 The result will be determined and the playfield updated. | |
1286 | |
1287 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the | |
1288 box and pressing \\[bb-romp]. | |
1289 | |
1290 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct, | |
1291 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or | |
1292 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and | |
1293 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly | |
1294 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be | |
1295 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'. | |
1296 | |
1297 Details: | |
1298 | |
1299 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box: | |
1300 | |
1301 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than | |
1302 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are | |
1303 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the | |
1304 ray went in, and the other where it came out. | |
1305 | |
1306 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place | |
1307 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are | |
1308 denoted by the letter `R'. | |
1309 | |
1310 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does | |
1311 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are | |
1312 denoted by the letter `H'. | |
1313 | |
1314 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by | |
1315 example. | |
1316 | |
1317 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can | |
1318 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes | |
1319 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball. | |
1320 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as | |
1321 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit | |
1322 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the | |
1323 ray. | |
1324 | |
1325 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety | |
1326 degree deflection it causes. | |
1327 | |
1328 1 | |
1329 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1330 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1331 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O - | |
1332 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - - | |
1333 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - - | |
1334 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - - | |
1335 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - - | |
1336 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O - | |
1337 2 3 | |
1338 | |
1339 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point | |
1340 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways: | |
1341 | |
1342 | |
1343 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1344 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1345 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - - | |
1346 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - - | |
1347 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1348 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1349 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1350 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1351 | |
1352 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper | |
1353 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to | |
1354 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third | |
1355 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the | |
1356 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray | |
1357 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately | |
1358 emerging from the box. | |
1359 | |
1360 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball: | |
1361 | |
1362 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1363 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - | |
1364 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - - | |
1365 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - - | |
1366 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - - | |
1367 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1368 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1369 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1370 | |
1371 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of | |
1372 a reflection." t nil) | |
1373 | |
1374 ;;;*** | |
1375 | |
1376 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate | |
1377 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list | |
1378 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete | |
1379 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location | |
1380 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark" | |
35668 | 1381 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (14946 52018)) |
25876 | 1382 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el |
1383 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump) | |
1384 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set) | |
1385 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list) | |
1386 | |
1387 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\ | |
1388 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions. | |
1389 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it | |
1390 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a | |
1391 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark | |
1392 functions have a binding in this keymap.") | |
1393 | |
1394 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map)) | |
1395 | |
1396 (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set)) | |
1397 | |
1398 (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set)) | |
1399 | |
1400 (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump)) | |
1401 | |
1402 (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump)) | |
1403 | |
1404 (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert)) | |
1405 | |
1406 (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks)) | |
1407 | |
1408 (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location)) | |
1409 | |
1410 (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename)) | |
1411 | |
1412 (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete)) | |
1413 | |
1414 (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load)) | |
1415 | |
1416 (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write)) | |
1417 | |
1418 (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save)) | |
1419 | |
1420 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\ | |
1421 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file. | |
1422 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted. | |
1423 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name | |
1424 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\" | |
1425 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set | |
1426 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time, | |
1427 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most | |
1428 recent one. | |
1429 | |
1430 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the | |
1431 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's | |
1432 yank successive words. | |
1433 | |
1434 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer | |
1435 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress | |
1436 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the | |
1437 name of the file being visited. | |
1438 | |
1439 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name, | |
1440 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from | |
1441 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil) | |
1442 | |
1443 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\ | |
35411
be20c22dc16d
2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents:
35196
diff
changeset
|
1444 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file). |
25876 | 1445 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable |
1446 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some | |
1447 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about | |
1448 this. | |
1449 | |
1450 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked | |
1451 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump | |
1452 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place | |
1453 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil) | |
1454 | |
1455 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\ | |
1456 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer). | |
1457 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of | |
1458 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed | |
1459 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil) | |
1460 | |
1461 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\ | |
1462 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK. | |
1463 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the | |
1464 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil) | |
1465 | |
1466 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location)) | |
1467 | |
1468 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\ | |
1469 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name. | |
1470 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from | |
1471 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW. | |
1472 | |
1473 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an | |
1474 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You | |
1475 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp. | |
1476 | |
1477 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert | |
1478 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark | |
1479 name." t nil) | |
1480 | |
1481 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\ | |
35411
be20c22dc16d
2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents:
35196
diff
changeset
|
1482 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK. |
25876 | 1483 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable |
1484 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some | |
1485 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about | |
1486 this." t nil) | |
1487 | |
1488 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\ | |
35411
be20c22dc16d
2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents:
35196
diff
changeset
|
1489 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list. |
25876 | 1490 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If |
1491 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will | |
1492 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the | |
1493 one most recently used in this file, if any). | |
1494 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer, | |
1495 probably because we were called from there." t nil) | |
1496 | |
1497 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\ | |
1498 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer). | |
1499 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil) | |
1500 | |
1501 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\ | |
1502 Save currently defined bookmarks. | |
1503 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable | |
1504 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE | |
1505 \(second argument). | |
1506 | |
1507 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG | |
1508 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then | |
1509 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE | |
1510 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the | |
1511 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in. | |
1512 | |
1513 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use | |
1514 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you | |
1515 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable | |
1516 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil) | |
1517 | |
1518 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\ | |
1519 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format). | |
1520 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If | |
1521 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are | |
1522 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages | |
1523 while loading. | |
1524 | |
1525 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you | |
1526 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load | |
1527 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first | |
1528 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is | |
1529 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it | |
1530 explicitly. | |
1531 | |
1532 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as | |
1533 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get | |
1534 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same | |
1535 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil) | |
1536 | |
1537 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\ | |
1538 Display a list of existing bookmarks. | |
1539 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'. | |
1540 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for | |
1541 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil) | |
1542 | |
1543 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list)) | |
1544 | |
1545 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list)) | |
1546 | |
1547 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\ | |
35411
be20c22dc16d
2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents:
35196
diff
changeset
|
1548 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK. |
25876 | 1549 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable |
1550 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some | |
1551 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about | |
1552 this. | |
1553 | |
1554 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1555 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1556 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1557 | |
1558 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\ | |
35411
be20c22dc16d
2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents:
35196
diff
changeset
|
1559 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file). |
25876 | 1560 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable |
1561 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some | |
1562 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about | |
1563 this. | |
1564 | |
1565 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1566 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1567 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1568 | |
1569 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\ | |
35411
be20c22dc16d
2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents:
35196
diff
changeset
|
1570 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK. |
25876 | 1571 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file). |
1572 | |
1573 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1574 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1575 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1576 | |
1577 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\ | |
35411
be20c22dc16d
2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents:
35196
diff
changeset
|
1578 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME. |
25876 | 1579 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME. |
1580 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and | |
35411
be20c22dc16d
2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents:
35196
diff
changeset
|
1581 prompts for NEWNAME. |
25876 | 1582 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was |
1583 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting | |
1584 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp. | |
1585 | |
1586 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert | |
1587 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark | |
1588 name. | |
1589 | |
1590 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1591 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1592 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1593 | |
1594 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\ | |
35411
be20c22dc16d
2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents:
35196
diff
changeset
|
1595 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list. |
25876 | 1596 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If |
1597 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will | |
1598 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the | |
1599 one most recently used in this file, if any). | |
1600 | |
1601 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1602 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1603 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1604 | |
1605 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions")) | |
1606 | |
1607 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map))) | |
1608 | |
1609 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) | |
1610 | |
1611 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) | |
1612 | |
1613 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) | |
1614 | |
1615 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) | |
1616 | |
1617 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete))) | |
1618 | |
1619 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename))) | |
1620 | |
1621 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate))) | |
1622 | |
1623 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert))) | |
1624 | |
1625 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set))) | |
1626 | |
1627 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump))) | |
1628 | |
1629 ;;;*** | |
1630 | |
1631 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-generic browse-url-mail browse-url-mmm | |
1632 ;;;;;; browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3-gnudoit | |
1633 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic browse-url-cci browse-url-grail | |
33002 | 1634 ;;;;;; browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-netscape |
1635 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region | |
1636 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file | |
1637 ;;;;;; browse-url-generic-program browse-url-save-file browse-url-netscape-display | |
1638 ;;;;;; browse-url-new-window-p browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" | |
35668 | 1639 ;;;;;; "net/browse-url.el" (14930 62509)) |
28212 | 1640 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el |
25876 | 1641 |
1642 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (eq system-type (quote windows-nt)) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-netscape)) "\ | |
1643 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser. | |
1644 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and | |
1645 `browse-url-of-file' commands. | |
1646 | |
1647 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs | |
1648 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one | |
1649 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The | |
1650 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last | |
1651 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.") | |
1652 | |
1653 (defvar browse-url-new-window-p nil "\ | |
1654 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers. | |
1655 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser | |
1656 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version | |
1657 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.") | |
1658 | |
1659 (defvar browse-url-netscape-display nil "\ | |
1660 *The X display for running Netscape, if not same as Emacs'.") | |
1661 | |
1662 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\ | |
1663 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file. | |
1664 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.") | |
1665 | |
1666 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\ | |
1667 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.") | |
1668 | |
1669 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\ | |
1670 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE. | |
1671 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called | |
1672 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function | |
1673 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the | |
1674 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil) | |
1675 | |
1676 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\ | |
1677 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER. | |
1678 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the | |
1679 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is | |
1680 narrowed." t nil) | |
1681 | |
1682 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\ | |
1683 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil) | |
1684 | |
1685 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\ | |
1686 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil) | |
1687 | |
1688 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\ | |
1689 Ask a WWW browser to load URL. | |
1690 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable | |
1691 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil) | |
1692 | |
1693 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\ | |
1694 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point. | |
1695 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable | |
1696 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil) | |
1697 | |
1698 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\ | |
1699 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse. | |
1700 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click | |
1701 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like | |
1702 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser | |
1703 to use." t nil) | |
1704 | |
1705 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\ | |
1706 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL. | |
1707 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable | |
1708 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape. | |
1709 | |
1710 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is | |
1711 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a | |
1712 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses | |
1713 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'. | |
1714 | |
1715 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
1716 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil) | |
1717 | |
33002 | 1718 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\ |
1719 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'. | |
1720 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable | |
1721 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed. | |
1722 | |
1723 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is | |
1724 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an | |
1725 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the | |
1726 effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'. | |
1727 | |
1728 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
1729 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil) | |
1730 | |
25876 | 1731 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\ |
1732 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL. | |
1733 | |
1734 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable | |
1735 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the | |
1736 program is invoked according to the variable | |
1737 `browse-url-mosaic-program'. | |
1738 | |
1739 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is | |
1740 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a | |
1741 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses | |
1742 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'. | |
1743 | |
1744 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
1745 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil) | |
1746 | |
1747 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\ | |
1748 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'. | |
1749 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.") | |
1750 | |
1751 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\ | |
1752 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL. | |
1753 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the | |
1754 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil) | |
1755 | |
1756 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\ | |
1757 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL. | |
1758 Default to the URL around or before point. | |
1759 | |
1760 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must | |
1761 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the | |
1762 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'. | |
1763 | |
1764 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is | |
1765 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a | |
1766 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses | |
1767 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'. | |
1768 | |
1769 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
1770 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil) | |
1771 | |
1772 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\ | |
1773 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL. | |
1774 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil) | |
1775 | |
1776 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\ | |
1777 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL. | |
1778 Default to the URL around or before point. | |
1779 | |
1780 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is | |
1781 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive | |
1782 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'. | |
1783 | |
1784 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
1785 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil) | |
1786 | |
1787 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\ | |
1788 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser. | |
1789 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by | |
1790 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil) | |
1791 | |
1792 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\ | |
1793 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL. | |
1794 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run | |
1795 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program' | |
1796 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil) | |
1797 | |
1798 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\ | |
1799 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL. | |
1800 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run | |
1801 a new Lynx process in a new buffer. | |
1802 | |
1803 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is | |
1804 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window, | |
1805 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument | |
1806 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'. | |
1807 | |
1808 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
1809 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil) | |
1810 | |
1811 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\ | |
1812 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL. | |
1813 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil) | |
1814 | |
1815 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\ | |
1816 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs. | |
1817 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the | |
1818 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument | |
1819 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the | |
1820 current one. | |
1821 | |
1822 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is | |
1823 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A | |
1824 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of | |
1825 `browse-url-new-window-p'. | |
1826 | |
1827 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
1828 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil) | |
1829 | |
1830 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\ | |
1831 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL. | |
1832 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the | |
1833 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments | |
1834 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which | |
1835 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil) | |
1836 | |
1837 ;;;*** | |
1838 | |
1839 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (13607 | |
25998 | 1840 ;;;;;; 42538)) |
25876 | 1841 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el |
1842 | |
1843 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\ | |
1844 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil) | |
1845 | |
1846 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\ | |
1847 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil) | |
1848 | |
1849 ;;;*** | |
1850 | |
27016 | 1851 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next) |
35668 | 1852 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (14886 21309)) |
27016 | 1853 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el |
1854 | |
1855 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\ | |
1856 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling. | |
1857 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined | |
1858 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil) | |
1859 | |
1860 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\ | |
1861 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling. | |
1862 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined | |
1863 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil) | |
1864 | |
1865 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\ | |
1866 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil) | |
1867 | |
1868 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\ | |
31388 | 1869 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list. |
27016 | 1870 \\<bs-mode-map> |
1871 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for | |
1872 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself. | |
1873 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer | |
1874 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC] | |
1875 | |
1876 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection. | |
1877 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available. | |
1878 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function | |
1879 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly | |
1880 name of buffer configuration." t nil) | |
1881 | |
1882 ;;;*** | |
1883 | |
25876 | 1884 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile |
1885 ;;;;;; display-call-tree byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file | |
1886 ;;;;;; byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" | |
35668 | 1887 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (14938 58920)) |
25876 | 1888 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el |
1889 | |
1890 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1891 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file. | |
1892 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil) | |
1893 | |
1894 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1895 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation. | |
1896 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file. | |
1897 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also. | |
1898 | |
1899 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled. | |
1900 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user, | |
1901 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means | |
1902 don't ask and compile the file anyway. | |
1903 | |
1904 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory. | |
1905 | |
1906 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, | |
1907 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil) | |
1908 | |
1909 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1910 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code. | |
1911 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME. | |
1912 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling. | |
1913 The value is t if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil) | |
1914 | |
1915 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1916 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form. | |
1917 Print the result in the minibuffer. | |
1918 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil) | |
1919 | |
1920 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1921 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition. | |
1922 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil) | |
1923 | |
1924 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1925 Display a call graph of a specified file. | |
1926 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called | |
1927 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions | |
1928 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as | |
1929 all functions called by those functions. | |
1930 | |
1931 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or | |
1932 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq, | |
1933 cons, etc.). | |
1934 | |
1935 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called | |
1936 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be | |
1937 invoked interactively." t nil) | |
1938 | |
1939 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1940 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line. | |
1941 Use this from the command line, with `-batch'; | |
1942 it won't work in an interactive Emacs. | |
1943 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously. | |
1944 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil) | |
1945 | |
1946 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1947 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line. | |
1948 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion. | |
1949 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil) | |
1950 | |
1951 ;;;*** | |
1952 | |
1953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (12984 38822)) | |
1954 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el | |
1955 | |
1956 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
1957 | |
1958 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
1959 | |
1960 ;;;*** | |
1961 | |
1962 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" | |
25998 | 1963 ;;;;;; (13997 6729)) |
25876 | 1964 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el |
1965 | |
1966 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\ | |
1967 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR. | |
1968 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken | |
1969 from the cursor position." t nil) | |
1970 | |
1971 ;;;*** | |
1972 | |
35668 | 1973 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (14948 |
1974 ;;;;;; 8074)) | |
27949 | 1975 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el |
1976 | |
1977 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\ | |
34166 | 1978 Run the Emacs calculator. |
27949 | 1979 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information." t nil) |
1980 | |
1981 ;;;*** | |
1982 | |
25876 | 1983 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays |
1984 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays | |
1985 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks | |
1986 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook | |
1987 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook | |
1988 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form | |
1989 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style | |
1990 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string | |
1991 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol | |
25998 | 1992 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook |
1993 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook | |
1994 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays | |
1995 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially | |
26724 | 1996 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar |
1997 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset | |
1998 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" | |
35668 | 1999 ;;;;;; (14942 61350)) |
25876 | 2000 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el |
2001 | |
2002 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\ | |
2003 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins. | |
2004 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.") | |
2005 | |
2006 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\ | |
2007 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window. | |
2008 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left, | |
2009 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off | |
2010 the screen.") | |
2011 | |
2012 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\ | |
2013 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry. | |
2014 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed, | |
2015 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed | |
2016 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.") | |
2017 | |
2018 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\ | |
2019 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially. | |
32115 | 2020 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used, |
25876 | 2021 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For |
2022 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary | |
2023 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current | |
2024 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed. | |
2025 | |
2026 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value | |
2027 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries | |
2028 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday, | |
2029 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only | |
2030 Saturday's entries on Saturday. | |
2031 | |
2032 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command | |
2033 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the | |
2034 number of days of diary entries displayed.") | |
2035 | |
2036 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\ | |
2037 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window. | |
2038 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.") | |
2039 | |
26724 | 2040 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\ |
2041 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed. | |
2042 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.") | |
2043 | |
25876 | 2044 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\ |
2045 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry. | |
2046 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first | |
2047 displayed.") | |
2048 | |
2049 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\ | |
2050 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window. | |
2051 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.") | |
2052 | |
2053 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\ | |
2054 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar. | |
2055 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars. | |
2056 | |
2057 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.") | |
2058 | |
2059 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\ | |
2060 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar. | |
2061 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars. | |
2062 | |
2063 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian | |
2064 calendar.") | |
2065 | |
2066 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\ | |
2067 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar. | |
2068 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars. | |
2069 | |
2070 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic | |
2071 calendar.") | |
2072 | |
2073 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\ | |
2074 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded. | |
2075 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.") | |
2076 | |
2077 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\ | |
2078 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened. | |
2079 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but | |
2080 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command | |
2081 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.") | |
2082 | |
2083 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\ | |
2084 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible. | |
2085 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a | |
2086 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose: | |
2087 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date) | |
2088 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker'; | |
2089 a function is also provided for this: | |
2090 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today) | |
2091 | |
2092 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of | |
2093 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current | |
2094 date is not visible in the window. | |
2095 | |
2096 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any | |
2097 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the | |
2098 functions that move by days and weeks.") | |
2099 | |
2100 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\ | |
2101 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible. | |
2102 | |
2103 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of | |
2104 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current | |
2105 date is visible in the window. | |
2106 | |
2107 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any | |
2108 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the | |
2109 functions that move by days and weeks.") | |
2110 | |
25998 | 2111 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\ |
2112 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar. | |
2113 | |
26724 | 2114 For example, |
25998 | 2115 |
2116 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1))) | |
2117 | |
2118 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.") | |
2119 | |
25876 | 2120 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\ |
2121 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept. | |
2122 | |
2123 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms | |
2124 | |
2125 MONTH/DAY | |
2126 MONTH/DAY/YEAR | |
2127 MONTHNAME DAY | |
2128 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR | |
2129 DAYNAME | |
2130 | |
2131 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry | |
2132 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is | |
2133 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits. | |
2134 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year. | |
2135 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week. | |
2136 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three | |
2137 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY, | |
2138 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year, | |
2139 respectively. | |
2140 | |
2141 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used | |
2142 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set | |
2143 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are | |
2144 | |
2145 DAY/MONTH | |
2146 DAY/MONTH/YEAR | |
2147 DAY MONTHNAME | |
2148 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR | |
2149 DAYNAME | |
2150 | |
2151 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute | |
2152 `american-calendar' in the calendar. | |
2153 | |
2154 A diary entry can be preceded by the character | |
2155 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry | |
2156 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar | |
2157 window but will appear in a diary window. | |
2158 | |
2159 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with | |
2160 either a TAB or one or more spaces. | |
2161 | |
2162 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary | |
2163 entries (in the default American style): | |
2164 | |
2165 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!! | |
2166 &1/1. Happy New Year! | |
2167 10/22 Ruth's birthday. | |
2168 21: Payday | |
2169 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am | |
2170 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend. | |
2171 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!! | |
2172 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd. | |
2173 mar 16 Dad's birthday | |
2174 April 15, 1989 Income tax due. | |
2175 &* 15 time cards due. | |
2176 | |
2177 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with | |
2178 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the | |
2179 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the | |
2180 single diary entry | |
2181 | |
2182 02/11/1989 | |
2183 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today | |
2184 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting | |
2185 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative' | |
2186 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden | |
2187 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan | |
2188 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School | |
2189 | |
2190 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This | |
2191 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if | |
2192 used with more than one day's entries displayed. | |
2193 | |
2194 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry | |
2195 | |
2196 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation | |
2197 | |
2198 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November | |
2199 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary', | |
2200 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', | |
2201 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date', | |
2202 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date', | |
2203 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset', | |
2204 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh', | |
2205 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function | |
2206 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details. | |
2207 | |
2208 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also | |
2209 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored | |
2210 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the | |
2211 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation | |
2212 for these functions for details. | |
2213 | |
2214 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for | |
2215 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.") | |
2216 | |
2217 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\ | |
2218 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.") | |
2219 | |
2220 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\ | |
2221 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.") | |
2222 | |
2223 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\ | |
2224 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.") | |
2225 | |
2226 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\ | |
2227 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries. | |
2228 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.") | |
2229 | |
2230 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\ | |
32115 | 2231 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'. |
25876 | 2232 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.") |
2233 | |
2234 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\ | |
2235 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD. | |
2236 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars. | |
2237 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.") | |
2238 | |
2239 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\ | |
2240 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays. | |
2241 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1, | |
2242 1990. The accepted European date styles are | |
2243 | |
2244 DAY/MONTH | |
2245 DAY/MONTH/YEAR | |
2246 DAY MONTHNAME | |
2247 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR | |
2248 DAYNAME | |
2249 | |
2250 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three | |
2251 characters with or without a period.") | |
2252 | |
2253 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\ | |
2254 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used. | |
2255 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.") | |
2256 | |
25998 | 2257 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\ |
25876 | 2258 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used. |
2259 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.") | |
2260 | |
2261 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\ | |
2262 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style. | |
2263 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.") | |
2264 | |
2265 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\ | |
2266 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style. | |
2267 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.") | |
2268 | |
2269 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\ | |
2270 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared. | |
2271 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary | |
2272 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for | |
2273 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer | |
2274 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.") | |
2275 | |
2276 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\ | |
2277 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries. | |
2278 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file. | |
2279 | |
2280 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of | |
2281 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together | |
2282 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines | |
2283 of the form | |
2284 | |
2285 #include \"filename\" | |
2286 | |
2287 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are | |
2288 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing | |
2289 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files' | |
2290 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the | |
2291 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'. | |
2292 | |
2293 For example, you could use | |
2294 | |
2295 (setq list-diary-entries-hook | |
2296 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries)) | |
2297 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display) | |
2298 | |
2299 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with | |
2300 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into | |
2301 lexicographic order.") | |
2302 | |
2303 (defvar diary-hook nil "\ | |
2304 *List of functions called after the display of the diary. | |
2305 Can be used for appointment notification.") | |
2306 | |
2307 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\ | |
2308 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary. | |
2309 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no | |
2310 diary display. | |
2311 | |
2312 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in | |
2313 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these | |
2314 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order | |
2315 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR) | |
2316 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be | |
2317 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with | |
2318 holidays), or produce hard copy output. | |
2319 | |
2320 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative | |
2321 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary | |
2322 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement | |
2323 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the | |
2324 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy | |
2325 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even | |
2326 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy | |
2327 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.") | |
2328 | |
2329 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\ | |
2330 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files. | |
2331 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull | |
2332 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries' | |
2333 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions | |
2334 describes the style of such diary entries.") | |
2335 | |
2336 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\ | |
2337 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar. | |
2338 | |
2339 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the | |
32115 | 2340 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together |
25876 | 2341 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines |
2342 of the form | |
2343 #include \"filename\" | |
2344 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are | |
2345 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the | |
2346 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as | |
2347 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the | |
2348 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.") | |
2349 | |
2350 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\ | |
2351 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files. | |
2352 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull | |
2353 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries' | |
2354 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions | |
2355 describes the style of such diary entries.") | |
2356 | |
2357 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\ | |
2358 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries. | |
2359 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they | |
2360 are holidays.") | |
2361 | |
2362 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\ | |
2363 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display. | |
2364 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the | |
2365 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions | |
2366 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.") | |
2367 | |
2368 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2369 | |
2370 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\ | |
2371 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States. | |
2372 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2373 | |
2374 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2375 | |
2376 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\ | |
2377 *Oriental holidays. | |
2378 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2379 | |
2380 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2381 | |
2382 (defvar local-holidays nil "\ | |
2383 *Local holidays. | |
2384 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2385 | |
2386 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2387 | |
2388 (defvar other-holidays nil "\ | |
2389 *User defined holidays. | |
2390 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2391 | |
2392 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2393 | |
2394 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)"))))) | |
2395 | |
2396 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2397 | |
2398 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat"))))) | |
2399 | |
2400 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2401 | |
2402 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah"))))) | |
2403 | |
2404 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2405 | |
2406 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc))))) | |
2407 | |
2408 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2409 | |
2410 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\ | |
2411 *Jewish holidays. | |
2412 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2413 | |
2414 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2415 | |
2416 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\ | |
2417 *Christian holidays. | |
2418 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2419 | |
2420 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2421 | |
2422 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\ | |
2423 *Islamic holidays. | |
2424 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2425 | |
2426 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2427 | |
2428 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\ | |
2429 *Sun-related holidays. | |
2430 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2431 | |
2432 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2433 | |
2434 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\ | |
2435 The frame set up of the calendar. | |
2436 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate, | |
2437 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated | |
2438 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with | |
2439 any other value the current frame is used.") | |
2440 | |
2441 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\ | |
2442 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays. | |
2443 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'." t nil) | |
2444 | |
2445 ;;;*** | |
2446 | |
35668 | 2447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (14895 37805)) |
25876 | 2448 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el |
2449 | |
2450 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2451 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.") | |
2452 | |
2453 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2454 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.") | |
2455 | |
2456 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2457 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.") | |
2458 | |
2459 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2460 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.") | |
2461 | |
2462 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2463 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.") | |
2464 | |
2465 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2466 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.") | |
2467 | |
2468 ;;;*** | |
2469 | |
2470 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode | |
2471 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" | |
35668 | 2472 ;;;;;; (14895 24174)) |
25876 | 2473 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el |
2474 | |
2475 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil) | |
2476 | |
2477 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2478 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code. | |
2479 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a | |
2480 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version | |
2481 information already added. You just need to add a description of the | |
2482 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message. | |
2483 | |
2484 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2485 | |
2486 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is | |
2487 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is | |
2488 run first. | |
2489 | |
2490 Key bindings: | |
2491 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2492 | |
2493 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2494 Major mode for editing C++ code. | |
2495 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a | |
2496 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2497 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2498 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | |
2499 message. | |
2500 | |
2501 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2502 | |
2503 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that | |
2504 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook | |
2505 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. | |
2506 | |
2507 Key bindings: | |
2508 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2509 | |
2510 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2511 Major mode for editing Objective C code. | |
2512 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an | |
2513 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2514 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2515 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | |
2516 message. | |
2517 | |
2518 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2519 | |
2520 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value | |
2521 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' | |
2522 is run first. | |
2523 | |
2524 Key bindings: | |
2525 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2526 | |
2527 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2528 Major mode for editing Java code. | |
2529 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a | |
2530 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2531 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2532 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the | |
2533 message. | |
2534 | |
2535 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2536 | |
2537 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value | |
2538 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook | |
2539 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically | |
2540 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you | |
2541 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'. | |
2542 | |
2543 Key bindings: | |
2544 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2545 | |
2546 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2547 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code. | |
2548 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an | |
2549 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2550 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2551 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | |
2552 message. | |
2553 | |
2554 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2555 | |
2556 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that | |
2557 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook | |
2558 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. | |
2559 | |
2560 Key bindings: | |
2561 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2562 | |
2563 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2564 Major mode for editing Pike code. | |
2565 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an | |
2566 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2567 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2568 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | |
2569 message. | |
2570 | |
2571 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2572 | |
2573 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value | |
2574 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook | |
2575 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. | |
2576 | |
2577 Key bindings: | |
2578 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2579 | |
2580 ;;;*** | |
2581 | |
2582 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles" | |
35668 | 2583 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (14895 24174)) |
25876 | 2584 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el |
2585 | |
2586 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\ | |
2587 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles. | |
2588 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of | |
2589 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable | |
2590 for details of setting up styles. | |
2591 | |
2592 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current | |
26899 | 2593 style name. |
2594 | |
2595 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is non-nil, no style variables | |
2596 that already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of | |
2597 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the | |
2598 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style' | |
2599 will be reassigned. | |
2600 | |
2601 Obviously, specifying DONT-OVERRIDE is useful mainly when the initial | |
2602 style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since this is | |
2603 done internally by CC Mode, there's hardly ever a reason to use it." t nil) | |
25876 | 2604 |
2605 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\ | |
2606 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one. | |
2607 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is | |
2608 an association list describing the style and must be of the form: | |
2609 | |
2610 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...]) | |
2611 | |
2612 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE, | |
2613 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to | |
2614 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil) | |
2615 | |
2616 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\ | |
2617 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'. | |
2618 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new | |
26899 | 2619 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used |
2620 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil) | |
2621 | |
2622 ;;;*** | |
2623 | |
35668 | 2624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (14895 24174)) |
25876 | 2625 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el |
2626 | |
2627 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\ | |
2628 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using. | |
2629 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different | |
2630 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current | |
2631 supported list, along with the values for this variable: | |
2632 | |
26899 | 2633 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit) |
2634 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit) | |
25876 | 2635 |
2636 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list: | |
2637 `infodock'.") | |
2638 | |
2639 ;;;*** | |
2640 | |
2641 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program | |
2642 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el" | |
35668 | 2643 ;;;;;; (14946 52019)) |
25876 | 2644 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el |
2645 | |
2646 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\ | |
2647 Return a compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integer." nil nil) | |
2648 | |
2649 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\ | |
2650 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil) | |
2651 | |
2652 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\ | |
2653 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program. | |
2654 | |
2655 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of | |
2656 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not | |
2657 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But, | |
2658 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before | |
2659 execution. | |
2660 | |
2661 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro)) | |
2662 | |
2663 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\ | |
2664 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM. | |
31388 | 2665 |
35411
be20c22dc16d
2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents:
35196
diff
changeset
|
2666 CCL-PROGRAM has this form: |
31388 | 2667 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION |
2668 CCL_MAIN_CODE | |
2669 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ]) | |
2670 | |
2671 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate | |
2672 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data | |
2673 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and | |
2674 `write' commands. | |
2675 | |
2676 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE | |
2677 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command | |
2678 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If | |
2679 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed. | |
2680 | |
2681 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines | |
2682 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the | |
2683 semantics. | |
2684 | |
2685 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK | |
2686 | |
2687 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK | |
2688 | |
2689 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...]) | |
2690 | |
2691 STATEMENT := | |
2692 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL | |
2693 | TRANSLATE | END | |
2694 | |
2695 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION) | |
2696 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION) | |
2697 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer). | |
2698 | integer | |
2699 | |
2700 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG) | |
2701 | |
2702 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzeor, execute | |
2703 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1. | |
2704 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1) | |
2705 | |
2706 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute | |
2707 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N. | |
2708 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]) | |
2709 | |
2710 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed. | |
2711 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...]) | |
2712 | |
2713 ;; Terminate the most inner loop. | |
2714 BREAK := (break) | |
2715 | |
2716 REPEAT := | |
2717 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop. | |
2718 (repeat) | |
2719 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string]) | |
2720 ;; (repeat)) | |
2721 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string]) | |
2722 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY]) | |
2723 ;; (read REG) | |
2724 ;; (repeat)) | |
2725 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY]) | |
2726 ;; Same as: ((write integer) | |
2727 ;; (read REG) | |
2728 ;; (repeat)) | |
2729 | (write-read-repeat REG integer) | |
2730 | |
2731 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1 | |
2732 ;; to the next byte read, and so on. | |
2733 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...]) | |
2734 ;; Same as: ((read REG) | |
2735 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)) | |
2736 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1) | |
2737 ;; Same as: ((read REG) | |
2738 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])) | |
2739 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]) | |
2740 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing | |
2741 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of | |
2742 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the | |
2743 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1 | |
35411
be20c22dc16d
2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents:
35196
diff
changeset
|
2744 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code |
31388 | 2745 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point. |
2746 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1) | |
2747 | |
2748 WRITE := | |
2749 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is | |
2750 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte | |
2751 ;; representation. | |
2752 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...]) | |
2753 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION) | |
2754 ;; (write r7)) | |
2755 | (write EXPRESSION) | |
2756 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it | |
2757 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte | |
2758 ;; representation. | |
2759 | (write integer) | |
2760 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output | |
2761 ;; buffer. | |
2762 | (write string) | |
2763 ;; Same as: (write string) | |
2764 | string | |
2765 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of | |
2766 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte | |
2767 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte | |
2768 ;; representation. | |
2769 | (write REG ARRAY) | |
2770 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose | |
2771 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the | |
2772 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 << | |
35411
be20c22dc16d
2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents:
35196
diff
changeset
|
2773 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1 |
31388 | 2774 ;; is the second code point of the character. |
2775 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1) | |
2776 | |
2777 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name. | |
2778 CALL := (call ccl-program-name) | |
2779 | |
2780 ;; Terminate the CCL program. | |
2781 END := (end) | |
2782 | |
2783 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also | |
2784 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly. | |
2785 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7 | |
2786 | |
2787 ARG := REG | integer | |
2788 | |
2789 OPERATOR := | |
2790 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code). | |
2791 + | - | * | / | % | |
2792 | |
2793 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code) | |
2794 | & | `|' | ^ | |
2795 | |
2796 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code) | |
2797 | << | >> | |
2798 | |
2799 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means: | |
2800 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1)) | |
2801 | <8 | |
2802 | |
2803 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means: | |
2804 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8)) | |
2805 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255))) | |
2806 | >8 | |
2807 | |
2808 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means: | |
2809 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1)) | |
2810 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1))) | |
2811 | // | |
2812 | |
2813 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code) | |
2814 | < | > | == | <= | >= | != | |
2815 | |
2816 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS | |
2817 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character, | |
2818 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means: | |
2819 ;; ((REG = CODE0) | |
2820 ;; (r7 = CODE1)) | |
2821 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the | |
2822 ;; second code point of CHAR. | |
2823 | de-sjis | |
2824 | |
2825 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of | |
2826 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding | |
2827 ;; Shift-JIS code, | |
2828 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means: | |
2829 ;; ((REG = HIGH) | |
2830 ;; (r7 = LOW)) | |
2831 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower | |
2832 ;; byte of SJIS. | |
2833 | en-sjis | |
2834 | |
2835 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR := | |
2836 ;; Same meaning as C code | |
2837 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>= | |
2838 | |
2839 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as: | |
2840 ;; ((REG <<= 8) | |
2841 ;; (REG |= ARG)) | |
2842 | <8= | |
2843 | |
2844 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as: | |
2845 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255)) | |
2846 ;; (REG >>= 8)) | |
2847 | |
2848 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as: | |
2849 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG)) | |
2850 ;; (REG /= ARG)) | |
2851 | //= | |
2852 | |
2853 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]' | |
2854 | |
2855 | |
2856 TRANSLATE := | |
2857 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint)) | |
2858 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint)) | |
2859 MAP := | |
2860 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs) | |
2861 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET)) | |
2862 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID) | |
2863 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ... | |
2864 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET | |
2865 MAP-ID := integer | |
2866 " nil (quote macro)) | |
25876 | 2867 |
2868 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\ | |
2869 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM. | |
2870 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return | |
2871 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil. | |
2872 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied, | |
2873 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro)) | |
2874 | |
2875 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\ | |
2876 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args. | |
31388 | 2877 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers. |
2878 | |
2879 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program." nil nil) | |
25876 | 2880 |
2881 ;;;*** | |
2882 | |
2883 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments | |
2884 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text | |
2885 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive | |
2886 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun | |
2887 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces | |
2888 ;;;;;; checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer | |
2889 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive | |
2890 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" | |
35668 | 2891 ;;;;;; (14866 25750)) |
25876 | 2892 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el |
2893 | |
2894 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2895 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors. | |
2896 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which | |
2897 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil) | |
2898 | |
2899 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2900 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors. | |
2901 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current | |
2902 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current | |
2903 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document | |
2904 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings. | |
2905 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the | |
2906 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil) | |
2907 | |
2908 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2909 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors. | |
2910 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current | |
2911 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current | |
2912 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document | |
2913 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings. | |
2914 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the | |
2915 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil) | |
2916 | |
2917 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2918 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer. | |
2919 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that | |
2920 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue | |
2921 spacing are all verified." t nil) | |
2922 | |
2923 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2924 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces. | |
2925 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES), | |
2926 store all errors found in a warnings buffer, | |
2927 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil) | |
2928 | |
2929 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2930 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors. | |
2931 Only documentation strings are checked. | |
2932 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed. | |
2933 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into | |
2934 a separate buffer." t nil) | |
2935 | |
2936 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2937 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error. | |
2938 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and | |
2939 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT | |
2940 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil) | |
2941 | |
2942 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2943 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file. | |
2944 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a | |
2945 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error | |
2946 if there is one. | |
2947 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil) | |
2948 | |
2949 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2950 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text. | |
2951 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil) | |
2952 | |
2953 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2954 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation. | |
2955 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the | |
2956 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display | |
2957 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil) | |
2958 | |
2959 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2960 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point. | |
2961 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is | |
2962 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead. | |
2963 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white | |
2964 space at the end of each line." t nil) | |
2965 | |
2966 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2967 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively. | |
2968 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2969 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil) | |
2970 | |
2971 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2972 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer. | |
2973 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2974 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil) | |
2975 | |
2976 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2977 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively. | |
2978 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2979 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil) | |
2980 | |
2981 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2982 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively. | |
2983 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2984 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil) | |
2985 | |
2986 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2987 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively. | |
2988 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2989 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil) | |
2990 | |
2991 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2992 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer. | |
2993 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2994 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil) | |
2995 | |
2996 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2997 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point. | |
2998 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2999 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil) | |
3000 | |
3001 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3002 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments. | |
3003 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on. | |
3004 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil) | |
3005 | |
3006 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3007 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell. | |
3008 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on. | |
3009 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil) | |
3010 | |
3011 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3012 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings. | |
3013 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive. | |
3014 | |
3015 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is | |
34166 | 3016 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include |
25876 | 3017 checking of documentation strings. |
3018 | |
34166 | 3019 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}" t nil) |
25876 | 3020 |
3021 ;;;*** | |
3022 | |
3023 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer | |
28919 | 3024 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (14623 |
3025 ;;;;;; 45987)) | |
25876 | 3026 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el |
3027 | |
3028 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\ | |
3029 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region. | |
3030 Return the length of resulting text." t nil) | |
3031 | |
3032 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\ | |
3033 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil) | |
3034 | |
3035 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\ | |
3036 Encode the text in the current region to HZ. | |
3037 Return the length of resulting text." t nil) | |
3038 | |
3039 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\ | |
3040 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil) | |
3041 | |
3042 ;;;*** | |
3043 | |
27321 | 3044 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command) |
35668 | 3045 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (14883 31697)) |
25876 | 3046 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el |
3047 | |
3048 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\ | |
3049 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN. | |
3050 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select | |
3051 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the | |
3052 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for | |
3053 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil) | |
3054 | |
3055 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\ | |
3056 List history of commands typed to minibuffer. | |
3057 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'. | |
3058 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history | |
3059 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list. | |
3060 | |
3061 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil) | |
3062 | |
27321 | 3063 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\ |
3064 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer. | |
25876 | 3065 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'. |
3066 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil. | |
3067 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line. | |
3068 | |
3069 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion | |
3070 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent. | |
3071 \\{command-history-map} | |
27321 | 3072 |
3073 This command always recompiles the Command History listing | |
3074 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil) | |
25876 | 3075 |
3076 ;;;*** | |
3077 | |
35668 | 3078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (14924 25355)) |
25876 | 3079 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el |
3080 | |
3081 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\ | |
3082 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing. | |
3083 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the | |
3084 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to | |
3085 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the | |
3086 printer proceeds to the next function on the list. | |
3087 | |
3088 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that | |
3089 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.") | |
3090 | |
3091 ;;;*** | |
3092 | |
3093 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" | |
35668 | 3094 ;;;;;; (14893 1953)) |
25876 | 3095 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el |
3096 | |
3097 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil) | |
3098 | |
3099 ;;;*** | |
3100 | |
3101 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" | |
35668 | 3102 ;;;;;; (14837 27695)) |
25876 | 3103 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el |
3104 | |
3105 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\ | |
3106 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor. | |
3107 Normally display output in temp buffer, but | |
3108 prefix arg means replace the region with it. | |
3109 | |
3110 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use. | |
3111 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include') | |
3112 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil. | |
3113 | |
3114 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST. | |
3115 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil) | |
3116 | |
3117 ;;;*** | |
3118 | |
35668 | 3119 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (14947 |
3120 ;;;;;; 16775)) | |
25876 | 3121 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el |
3122 | |
3123 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\ | |
3124 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*. | |
3125 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer. | |
3126 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value | |
34166 | 3127 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' |
25876 | 3128 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run). |
3129 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
3130 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*") | |
3131 | |
3132 ;;;*** | |
3133 | |
3134 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage | |
3135 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) | |
35668 | 3136 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (14910 3328)) |
25876 | 3137 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el |
3138 | |
3139 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\ | |
3140 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME | |
3141 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit | |
3142 ASCII table. | |
3143 | |
3144 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-, | |
3145 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding | |
3146 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the | |
3147 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil) | |
3148 | |
3149 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\ | |
3150 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE. | |
3151 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil) | |
3152 | |
3153 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\ | |
3154 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE. | |
3155 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil) | |
3156 | |
3157 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\ | |
3158 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE. | |
3159 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil) | |
3160 | |
3161 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\ | |
3162 Return an alist of supported codepages. | |
3163 | |
3164 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the | |
3165 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match | |
3166 for the character set supported by that codepage. | |
3167 | |
3168 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists, | |
3169 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil) | |
3170 | |
3171 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\ | |
3172 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE. | |
3173 | |
3174 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII | |
3175 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files | |
3176 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil) | |
3177 | |
3178 ;;;*** | |
3179 | |
26724 | 3180 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list |
3181 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command | |
33002 | 3182 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el" |
35668 | 3183 ;;;;;; (14959 159)) |
25876 | 3184 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el |
3185 | |
33002 | 3186 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\ |
3187 Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM. | |
3188 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s. | |
3189 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create | |
3190 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP | |
3191 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a | |
3192 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg | |
3193 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process. | |
3194 | |
3195 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil) | |
3196 | |
25876 | 3197 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\ |
3198 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM. | |
3199 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s. | |
3200 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create | |
3201 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP | |
3202 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a | |
3203 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg | |
3204 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process. | |
3205 | |
3206 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil) | |
3207 | |
3208 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\ | |
3209 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it. | |
3210 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s. | |
3211 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any | |
3212 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer. | |
3213 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil) | |
3214 | |
26724 | 3215 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\ |
3216 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER. | |
3217 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer. | |
3218 | |
3219 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil) | |
3220 | |
3221 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\ | |
3222 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER. | |
3223 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer. | |
3224 | |
3225 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil) | |
3226 | |
3227 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\ | |
33002 | 3228 Send COMMAND to current process. |
26724 | 3229 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP. |
26899 | 3230 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil) |
26724 | 3231 |
3232 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\ | |
33002 | 3233 Send COMMAND to PROCESS. |
26724 | 3234 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP. |
26899 | 3235 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil) |
26724 | 3236 |
25876 | 3237 ;;;*** |
3238 | |
33357 | 3239 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (14777 |
3240 ;;;;;; 22146)) | |
25876 | 3241 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el |
3242 | |
3243 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\ | |
3244 Compare text in current window with text in next window. | |
3245 Compares the text starting at point in each window, | |
3246 moving over text in each one as far as they match. | |
3247 | |
3248 This command pushes the mark in each window | |
3249 at the prior location of point in that window. | |
3250 If both windows display the same buffer, | |
3251 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer: | |
3252 first in the other window, then in the selected window. | |
3253 | |
3254 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. | |
3255 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped. | |
3256 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil) | |
3257 | |
3258 ;;;*** | |
3259 | |
3260 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode | |
3261 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path | |
3262 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook) | |
35668 | 3263 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (14916 51039)) |
25876 | 3264 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el |
3265 | |
3266 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\ | |
3267 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').") | |
3268 | |
3269 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\ | |
3270 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.") | |
3271 | |
3272 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\ | |
3273 *Function to call to customize the compilation process. | |
3274 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is | |
3275 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used | |
3276 while processing the output of the compilation process.") | |
3277 | |
3278 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\ | |
3279 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer. | |
3280 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the | |
3281 compilation buffer. It should return a string. | |
3282 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.") | |
3283 | |
3284 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\ | |
3285 Function to call when a compilation process finishes. | |
3286 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string | |
3287 describing how the process finished.") | |
3288 | |
3289 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\ | |
3290 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes. | |
3291 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, | |
3292 and a string describing how the process finished.") | |
3293 | |
3294 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\ | |
26724 | 3295 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling. |
25876 | 3296 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.") |
3297 | |
3298 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\ | |
3299 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages. | |
3300 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories. | |
3301 nil as an element means to try the default directory.") | |
3302 | |
3303 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\ | |
3304 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'. | |
3305 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously | |
3306 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'. | |
3307 | |
3308 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message | |
3309 and move to the source code that caused it. | |
3310 | |
3311 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is | |
3312 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts. | |
3313 | |
3314 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the | |
3315 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer]. | |
3316 Then start the next one. | |
3317 | |
3318 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by | |
3319 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that | |
3320 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil) | |
3321 | |
3322 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\ | |
3323 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer. | |
3324 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), | |
3325 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines | |
3326 where grep found matches. | |
3327 | |
31388 | 3328 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can |
25876 | 3329 easily repeat a grep command. |
3330 | |
3331 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current | |
3332 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command | |
3333 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' | |
3334 if that history list is empty)." t nil) | |
3335 | |
3336 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\ | |
26724 | 3337 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS. |
3338 Collect output in a buffer. | |
25876 | 3339 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command |
3340 to find the text that grep hits refer to. | |
3341 | |
3342 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can | |
3343 easily repeat a find command." t nil) | |
3344 | |
3345 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\ | |
3346 Major mode for compilation log buffers. | |
3347 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error, | |
3348 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error]. | |
3349 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation]. | |
3350 | |
3351 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil) | |
3352 | |
3353 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\ | |
3354 Toggle compilation shell minor mode. | |
3355 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
3356 See `compilation-mode'. | |
3357 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
3358 | |
3359 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\ | |
3360 Toggle compilation minor mode. | |
3361 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
3362 See `compilation-mode'. | |
3363 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
3364 | |
3365 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\ | |
3366 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code. | |
3367 | |
3368 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already, | |
3369 the message buffer is checked for new ones. | |
3370 | |
31388 | 3371 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move; |
25876 | 3372 negative means move back to previous error messages. |
31388 | 3373 Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer |
25876 | 3374 and start at the first error. |
3375 | |
3376 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or | |
3377 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from | |
3378 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any | |
3379 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To | |
3380 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type | |
3381 \\[next-error] in that buffer. | |
3382 | |
3383 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages, | |
3384 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which | |
3385 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode. | |
3386 | |
3387 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and | |
3388 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil) | |
3389 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error) | |
3390 | |
3391 ;;;*** | |
3392 | |
32115 | 3393 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el" |
35668 | 3394 ;;;;;; (14854 32221)) |
25876 | 3395 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el |
3396 | |
29505 | 3397 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\ |
33357 | 3398 Toggle Partial-Completion mode on or off. |
3399 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
32115 | 3400 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
3401 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.") | |
29505 | 3402 |
3403 (custom-add-to-group (quote partial-completion) (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
3404 | |
3405 (custom-add-load (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote complete)) | |
3406 | |
25876 | 3407 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\ |
3408 Toggle Partial Completion mode. | |
3409 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive. | |
3410 | |
3411 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is | |
3412 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is | |
3413 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed | |
32115 | 3414 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names. |
25876 | 3415 |
3416 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other | |
3417 command begins with that sequence of characters, and | |
3418 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no | |
3419 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters. | |
3420 | |
3421 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the \"<...>\" sequence is interpreted | |
3422 specially in \\[find-file]. For example, | |
3423 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file /usr/include/sys/time.h. | |
3424 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil) | |
3425 | |
3426 ;;;*** | |
3427 | |
3428 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el" | |
33357 | 3429 ;;;;;; (14777 22150)) |
25876 | 3430 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el |
3431 | |
3432 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\ | |
3433 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil) | |
3434 | |
3435 ;;;*** | |
3436 | |
26899 | 3437 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after |
3438 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string | |
3439 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el" | |
35668 | 3440 ;;;;;; (14933 40934)) |
26899 | 3441 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el |
3442 | |
3443 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\ | |
3444 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points. | |
3445 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition | |
3446 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and | |
3447 `make-composition'. | |
3448 | |
3449 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows: | |
3450 | |
3451 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left | |
3452 | | 1:tc or top-center | |
3453 | | 2:tr or top-right | |
3454 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left | |
3455 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center | |
3456 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right | |
3457 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left | |
3458 | | 7:bc or bottom-center | |
3459 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right | |
3460 | |
3461 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition | |
3462 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where | |
3463 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already | |
3464 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to | |
3465 be added. | |
3466 | |
3467 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and | |
3468 NEW-REF-POINT is `tl' (top-left), the overall glyph is updated as | |
3469 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points): | |
3470 | |
3471 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent | |
3472 | | | | |
3473 | global| | | |
3474 | glyph | | | |
3475 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change) | |
3476 +----+--*--+ | |
3477 | | new | | |
3478 | |glyph| | |
3479 +----+-----+ <--- new descent | |
3480 ") | |
3481 | |
3482 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\ | |
3483 Compose characters in the current region. | |
3484 | |
3485 When called from a program, expects these four arguments. | |
3486 | |
3487 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers) | |
3488 specifying the region. | |
3489 | |
3490 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a | |
3491 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. | |
3492 | |
3493 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead | |
3494 of the text in the region. | |
3495 | |
3496 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters. | |
3497 | |
3498 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and | |
3499 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th | |
3500 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th | |
3501 elements with previously composed N glyphs. | |
3502 | |
3503 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point | |
3504 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more | |
3505 detail. | |
3506 | |
3507 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to | |
3508 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of | |
3509 text in the composition." t nil) | |
3510 | |
3511 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\ | |
3512 Decompose text in the current region. | |
3513 | |
3514 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
3515 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil) | |
3516 | |
3517 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\ | |
3518 Compose characters in string STRING. | |
3519 | |
3520 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all | |
3521 the characters in it. | |
3522 | |
3523 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of | |
3524 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of | |
3525 STRING respectively. | |
3526 | |
3527 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a | |
3528 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function | |
3529 `compose-region' for more detail. | |
3530 | |
3531 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to | |
3532 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of | |
3533 text in the composition." nil nil) | |
3534 | |
3535 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\ | |
3536 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil) | |
3537 | |
3538 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\ | |
3539 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed. | |
3540 For relative composition, arguments are characters. | |
3541 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are | |
3542 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules. | |
3543 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form | |
3544 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of | |
3545 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil) | |
3546 | |
3547 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\ | |
3548 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS. | |
3549 | |
3550 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list | |
3551 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P. | |
3552 | |
3553 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition' | |
3554 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid. | |
3555 | |
3556 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT | |
3557 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT. | |
3558 | |
3559 If no composition is found, return nil. | |
3560 | |
3561 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a | |
3562 composition in; nil means the current buffer. | |
3563 | |
3564 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P | |
3565 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS, | |
3566 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH. | |
3567 | |
3568 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P. | |
3569 | |
3570 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil. | |
3571 | |
3572 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be | |
3573 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters | |
3574 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'. | |
3575 | |
3576 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition. | |
3577 | |
3578 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil) | |
30565 | 3579 |
26899 | 3580 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\ |
3581 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS. | |
3582 | |
3583 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by | |
3584 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the | |
3585 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are | |
3586 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS | |
3587 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three | |
3588 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text | |
3589 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return | |
3590 nil. | |
3591 | |
3592 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value | |
3593 is: | |
3594 nil -- if no characters were composed. | |
3595 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed. | |
3596 | |
3597 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text. | |
3598 | |
33357 | 3599 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the |
3600 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string. | |
3601 | |
26899 | 3602 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil) |
3603 | |
3604 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\ | |
3605 Compose last characters. | |
35196 | 3606 The argument is a parameterized event of the form |
3607 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS), | |
3608 where N is the number of characters before point to compose, | |
3609 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region' | |
3610 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called, | |
3611 and that function find a proper rule to compose the target characters. | |
26899 | 3612 This function is intended to be used from input methods. |
3613 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this | |
35196 | 3614 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS) |
26899 | 3615 after a sequence character events." t nil) |
3616 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars) | |
3617 | |
3618 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\ | |
3619 Convert CHAR to string. | |
3620 This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and the earlier. | |
3621 | |
3622 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or | |
3623 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or | |
3624 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil) | |
3625 | |
3626 ;;;*** | |
3627 | |
25876 | 3628 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie) |
31388 | 3629 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (14747 44775)) |
25876 | 3630 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el |
3631 | |
3632 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\ | |
3633 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file | |
3634 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil) | |
3635 | |
3636 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\ | |
3637 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file | |
3638 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil) | |
3639 | |
3640 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\ | |
3641 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings. | |
3642 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second | |
3643 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil) | |
3644 | |
3645 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\ | |
3646 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil) | |
3647 | |
3648 ;;;*** | |
3649 | |
3650 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" | |
35668 | 3651 ;;;;;; (14938 58920)) |
25876 | 3652 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el |
3653 | |
3654 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\ | |
3655 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer to indicate | |
3656 the current year. If optional prefix ARG is given replace the years in the | |
3657 notice rather than adding the current year after them. If necessary and | |
3658 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, the copying permissions following the | |
3659 copyright, if any, are updated as well." t nil) | |
3660 | |
3661 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\ | |
3662 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil) | |
3663 | |
3664 ;;;*** | |
3665 | |
3666 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" | |
35668 | 3667 ;;;;;; (14930 62509)) |
25876 | 3668 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el |
3669 | |
3670 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\ | |
3671 Major mode for editing Perl code. | |
3672 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets. | |
3673 Tab indents for Perl code. | |
3674 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. | |
3675 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
3676 | |
3677 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [], | |
3678 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as | |
3679 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by | |
3680 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left | |
3681 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special, | |
3682 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess | |
3683 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it | |
3684 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that | |
3685 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical. | |
3686 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'. | |
3687 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens | |
3688 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.' | |
3689 | |
3690 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs: | |
3691 | |
33002 | 3692 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do, |
25876 | 3693 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy. |
3694 | |
3695 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.) | |
3696 | |
3697 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which | |
3698 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where | |
3699 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space | |
3700 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if () | |
3701 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then | |
3702 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that, | |
3703 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a | |
3704 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD | |
33002 | 3705 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted). |
25876 | 3706 |
3707 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like | |
3708 | |
3709 bite if angry; | |
3710 | |
3711 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable | |
3712 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the | |
3713 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword' | |
3714 to nil.) | |
3715 | |
3716 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage | |
3717 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if | |
3718 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like | |
3719 | |
3720 foreach (@lines) {print; print} | |
3721 | |
3722 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will | |
3723 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an | |
33002 | 3724 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual |
3725 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent], | |
25876 | 3726 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'. |
3727 | |
3728 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form | |
3729 | |
3730 if (A) { B } | |
3731 | |
3732 into | |
3733 | |
3734 B if A; | |
3735 | |
3736 \\{cperl-mode-map} | |
3737 | |
3738 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode | |
3739 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches | |
3740 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is | |
3741 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl | |
3742 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'), | |
3743 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of | |
3744 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which | |
3745 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these | |
3746 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting | |
3747 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off | |
3748 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra | |
3749 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by | |
3750 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace]. | |
3751 | |
3752 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands | |
3753 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it. | |
3754 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and | |
3755 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable | |
33002 | 3756 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings' |
25876 | 3757 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy'). |
3758 | |
3759 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style | |
3760 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or | |
3761 man via menu. | |
3762 | |
3763 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time. | |
3764 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with | |
3765 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5 | |
3766 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the | |
3767 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'. | |
3768 | |
3769 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the | |
3770 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region | |
3771 span the needed amount of lines. | |
3772 | |
3773 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify', | |
3774 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and | |
3775 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used | |
3776 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only. | |
3777 | |
3778 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
3779 `cperl-tab-always-indent' | |
3780 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line, | |
3781 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
3782 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments' | |
3783 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent. | |
3784 `cperl-auto-newline' | |
3785 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, | |
3786 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following | |
3787 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace. | |
33002 | 3788 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and |
3789 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set. | |
25876 | 3790 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' |
3791 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons. | |
3792 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting. | |
3793 `cperl-indent-level' | |
3794 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block. | |
3795 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation | |
3796 of the line on which the open-brace appears. | |
3797 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' | |
3798 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the | |
3799 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation. | |
3800 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' | |
3801 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement. | |
3802 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'. | |
3803 `cperl-brace-offset' | |
3804 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace. | |
3805 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset' | |
3806 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started | |
3807 this far to the right of the actual line indentation. | |
3808 `cperl-label-offset' | |
3809 Extra indentation for line that is a label. | |
3810 `cperl-min-label-indent' | |
3811 Minimal indentation for line that is a label. | |
3812 | |
3813 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are | |
3814 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8 | |
3815 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8 | |
3816 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8 | |
3817 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8 | |
3818 | |
3819 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the | |
3820 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use | |
3821 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values | |
3822 \(both available from menu). | |
3823 | |
3824 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in | |
33002 | 3825 column 0 is indented on |
25876 | 3826 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'. |
3827 | |
3828 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook' | |
3829 with no args. | |
3830 | |
3831 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu) | |
3832 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems', | |
3833 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil) | |
3834 | |
3835 ;;;*** | |
3836 | |
3837 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" | |
35668 | 3838 ;;;;;; (14726 36009)) |
25876 | 3839 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el |
3840 | |
3841 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\ | |
3842 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals. | |
3843 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify | |
3844 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting. | |
3845 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil) | |
3846 | |
3847 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\ | |
3848 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil) | |
3849 | |
3850 ;;;*** | |
3851 | |
3852 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el" | |
29505 | 3853 ;;;;;; (14634 20465)) |
25876 | 3854 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el |
3855 | |
3856 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\ | |
3857 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode. | |
3858 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t | |
3859 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled. | |
3860 | |
3861 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
3862 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.") | |
3863 | |
3864 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
3865 | |
3866 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp)) | |
3867 | |
3868 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\ | |
29505 | 3869 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode. |
25876 | 3870 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil) |
3871 | |
29505 | 3872 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode)) |
3873 | |
25876 | 3874 ;;;*** |
3875 | |
28710 | 3876 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" |
35668 | 3877 ;;;;;; (14600 8203)) |
28710 | 3878 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el |
3879 | |
3880 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\ | |
3881 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion. | |
3882 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a | |
3883 single prompt, optionally using completion. | |
3884 | |
3885 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with | |
3886 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator | |
3887 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be | |
3888 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'. | |
3889 | |
3890 The default value for the separator character is the value of | |
3891 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be | |
3892 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'. | |
3893 | |
3894 Continguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as | |
3895 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice', | |
3896 'bob', and 'eve'. | |
3897 | |
3898 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the | |
3899 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between | |
3900 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'. | |
3901 | |
3902 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings. | |
3903 | |
3904 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments: | |
3905 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and | |
3906 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD." nil nil) | |
3907 | |
3908 ;;;*** | |
3909 | |
25876 | 3910 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all |
3911 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window | |
3912 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces | |
3913 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved | |
3914 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face | |
3915 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option | |
3916 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable | |
3917 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" | |
35668 | 3918 ;;;;;; (14955 64849)) |
25876 | 3919 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el |
3920 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'") | |
3921 | |
3922 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3923 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object. | |
3924 | |
3925 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if | |
3926 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value. | |
3927 | |
3928 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the | |
25998 | 3929 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. |
3930 | |
3931 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil) | |
25876 | 3932 |
3933 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3934 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object. | |
3935 | |
3936 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting | |
3937 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used. | |
3938 | |
3939 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list | |
3940 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member. | |
3941 | |
3942 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if | |
3943 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value. | |
3944 | |
3945 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the | |
25998 | 3946 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. |
3947 | |
3948 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil) | |
25876 | 3949 |
3950 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3951 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions. | |
3952 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting | |
3953 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used. | |
3954 | |
3955 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list | |
3956 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member. | |
3957 | |
3958 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if | |
3959 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value. | |
3960 | |
3961 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the | |
25998 | 3962 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. |
3963 | |
3964 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil) | |
25876 | 3965 |
3966 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3967 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options. | |
3968 User options are structured into \"groups\". | |
3969 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups | |
3970 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil) | |
3971 | |
3972 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3973 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil) | |
3974 | |
3975 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3976 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil) | |
3977 | |
3978 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option)) | |
3979 | |
3980 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3981 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil) | |
3982 | |
3983 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3984 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself. | |
3985 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new | |
3986 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default | |
3987 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release. | |
3988 | |
3989 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option | |
3990 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that | |
3991 version." t nil) | |
3992 | |
3993 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window)) | |
3994 | |
3995 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3996 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable. | |
3997 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil) | |
3998 | |
3999 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4000 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil. | |
4001 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil) | |
4002 | |
4003 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ | |
28162 | 4004 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window." t nil) |
25876 | 4005 |
4006 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4007 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil) | |
4008 | |
4009 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4010 Customize all already saved user options." t nil) | |
4011 | |
4012 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4013 Customize all user options matching REGEXP. | |
4014 If ALL is `options', include only options. | |
4015 If ALL is `faces', include only faces. | |
4016 If ALL is `groups', include only groups. | |
4017 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not | |
4018 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil) | |
4019 | |
4020 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4021 Customize all user options matching REGEXP. | |
4022 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil) | |
4023 | |
4024 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4025 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil) | |
4026 | |
4027 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4028 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil) | |
4029 | |
4030 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4031 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS. | |
4032 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer. | |
4033 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where | |
4034 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing | |
4035 that option." nil nil) | |
4036 | |
4037 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4038 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS. | |
4039 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer. | |
4040 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where | |
4041 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing | |
4042 that option." nil nil) | |
4043 | |
4044 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4045 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil) | |
4046 | |
4047 (defvar custom-file nil "\ | |
4048 File used for storing customization information. | |
4049 The default is nil, which means to use your init file | |
4050 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file, | |
26899 | 4051 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect. |
4052 | |
4053 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file | |
4054 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' | |
4055 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find) | |
4056 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.") | |
25876 | 4057 |
4058 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4059 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil) | |
4060 | |
4061 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4062 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil) | |
4063 | |
4064 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4065 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL. | |
4066 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil) | |
4067 | |
4068 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4069 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL. | |
25998 | 4070 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu. |
25876 | 4071 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'. |
4072 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil) | |
4073 | |
4074 ;;;*** | |
4075 | |
4076 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face" | |
35668 | 4077 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (14883 29489)) |
25876 | 4078 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el |
4079 | |
4080 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\ | |
4081 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil) | |
4082 | |
4083 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\ | |
4084 Initialize faces according to user preferences. | |
4085 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form: | |
4086 | |
25998 | 4087 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]]) |
25876 | 4088 |
4089 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE. | |
4090 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC. | |
25998 | 4091 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE. |
25876 | 4092 |
4093 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil) | |
4094 | |
4095 ;;;*** | |
4096 | |
28288 | 4097 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el" |
35668 | 4098 ;;;;;; (14909 56659)) |
28162 | 4099 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el |
4100 | |
4101 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\ | |
28288 | 4102 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil) |
28162 | 4103 |
4104 ;;;*** | |
4105 | |
26963 | 4106 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode) |
31388 | 4107 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (14746 24125)) |
26963 | 4108 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el |
4109 | |
4110 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\ | |
31388 | 4111 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions. |
26963 | 4112 |
4113 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must | |
4114 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and | |
4115 C++ modes are included. | |
4116 | |
4117 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil) | |
4118 | |
4119 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\ | |
4120 Turn on CWarn mode. | |
4121 | |
4122 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example: | |
4123 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil) | |
4124 | |
4125 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\ | |
4126 Hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions in all buffers. | |
4127 | |
4128 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on globally if and only if arg is positive." t nil) | |
4129 | |
4130 ;;;*** | |
4131 | |
25876 | 4132 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char |
28919 | 4133 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" |
4134 ;;;;;; (14623 45987)) | |
25876 | 4135 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el |
4136 | |
4137 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\ | |
4138 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil) | |
4139 | |
4140 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\ | |
4141 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil) | |
4142 | |
4143 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\ | |
4144 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration. | |
4145 For readability, the table is slightly | |
4146 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'. | |
4147 | |
4148 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using; | |
4149 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly. | |
4150 Possible values are listed in 'cyrillic-language-alist'. | |
4151 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration. | |
4152 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil) | |
4153 | |
4154 ;;;*** | |
4155 | |
4156 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" | |
35668 | 4157 ;;;;;; (14962 47398)) |
25876 | 4158 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el |
4159 | |
4160 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand)) | |
4161 | |
4162 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion)) | |
4163 | |
4164 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\ | |
4165 Completion on current word. | |
4166 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer | |
4167 and presents suggestions for completion. | |
4168 | |
4169 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the | |
4170 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the | |
4171 completions. | |
4172 | |
4173 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u), | |
4174 then it searches *all* buffers. | |
4175 | |
4176 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list | |
4177 if there is a suitable one already." t nil) | |
4178 | |
4179 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\ | |
4180 Expand previous word \"dynamically\". | |
4181 | |
4182 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix. | |
4183 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are | |
4184 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the | |
4185 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable | |
4186 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'. | |
4187 | |
4188 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct* | |
4189 possibility. A negative argument says search forward. | |
4190 | |
4191 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and | |
4192 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion | |
4193 with the next possible expansion not yet tried. | |
4194 | |
4195 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the | |
4196 direction of search to backward if set non-nil. | |
4197 | |
4198 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil) | |
4199 | |
4200 ;;;*** | |
4201 | |
4202 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (13706 | |
27321 | 4203 ;;;;;; 38927)) |
25876 | 4204 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el |
4205 | |
4206 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\ | |
4207 Major mode for editing DCL-files. | |
4208 | |
4209 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between | |
4210 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and | |
4211 dcl-block-end-regexp.) | |
4212 | |
4213 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block. | |
4214 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented. | |
4215 Data lines are not indented. | |
4216 | |
4217 Key bindings: | |
4218 | |
4219 \\{dcl-mode-map} | |
4220 Commands not usually bound to keys: | |
4221 | |
4222 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options | |
4223 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options | |
4224 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option | |
4225 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode | |
4226 | |
4227 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features: | |
4228 | |
4229 dcl-basic-offset | |
4230 Extra indentation within blocks. | |
4231 | |
4232 dcl-continuation-offset | |
4233 Extra indentation for continued lines. | |
4234 | |
4235 dcl-margin-offset | |
4236 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE. | |
4237 | |
4238 dcl-margin-label-offset | |
4239 Indentation for a label. | |
4240 | |
4241 dcl-comment-line-regexp | |
4242 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented. | |
4243 | |
4244 dcl-block-begin-regexp | |
4245 dcl-block-end-regexp | |
4246 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively, | |
4247 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation. | |
4248 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables | |
4249 make it possible to define other places to indent. | |
4250 Set to nil to disable this feature. | |
4251 | |
4252 dcl-calc-command-indent-function | |
4253 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines. | |
4254 Two such functions are included in the package: | |
4255 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple | |
4256 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang | |
4257 | |
4258 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function | |
4259 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines. | |
4260 One such function is included in the package: | |
4261 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default) | |
4262 | |
4263 dcl-tab-always-indent | |
4264 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line. | |
4265 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left | |
4266 margin. | |
4267 | |
4268 dcl-electric-characters | |
4269 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is | |
4270 typed. | |
4271 | |
4272 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps | |
4273 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize | |
4274 which words trigger electric indentation. | |
4275 | |
4276 dcl-tempo-comma | |
4277 dcl-tempo-left-paren | |
4278 dcl-tempo-right-paren | |
4279 These variables control the look of expanded templates. | |
4280 | |
4281 dcl-imenu-generic-expression | |
4282 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes | |
4283 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for | |
4284 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements. | |
4285 | |
4286 dcl-imenu-label-labels | |
4287 dcl-imenu-label-goto | |
4288 dcl-imenu-label-gosub | |
4289 dcl-imenu-label-call | |
4290 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu. | |
4291 | |
4292 Loading this package calls the value of the variable | |
4293 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil. | |
4294 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook' | |
4295 with no args, if that value is non-nil. | |
4296 | |
4297 | |
4298 The following example uses the default values for all variables: | |
4299 | |
4300 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches | |
4301 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp) | |
4302 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset. | |
4303 $ i = 1 | |
4304 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines. | |
4305 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset: | |
4306 $ label: | |
4307 $ if i.eq.1 | |
4308 $ then | |
4309 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are | |
4310 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset | |
4311 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp... | |
4312 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset | |
4313 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line | |
4314 \"lined up with the command line\" | |
4315 $ type sys$input | |
4316 Data lines are not indented at all. | |
4317 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp | |
4318 $ endif | |
4319 $ | |
4320 " t nil) | |
4321 | |
4322 ;;;*** | |
4323 | |
4324 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug" | |
31388 | 4325 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (14763 42852)) |
25876 | 4326 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el |
4327 | |
4328 (setq debugger (quote debug)) | |
4329 | |
4330 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\ | |
4331 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'. | |
4332 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals | |
4333 of the evaluator. | |
4334 | |
4335 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and | |
4336 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the | |
4337 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil) | |
4338 | |
4339 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\ | |
4340 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called. | |
4341 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. | |
4342 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION, | |
4343 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined. | |
4344 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command. | |
4345 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil) | |
4346 | |
4347 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\ | |
4348 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION. | |
4349 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil) | |
4350 | |
4351 ;;;*** | |
4352 | |
4353 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el" | |
31388 | 4354 ;;;;;; (14747 44776)) |
25876 | 4355 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el |
4356 | |
4357 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\ | |
4358 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil) | |
4359 | |
4360 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\ | |
4361 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers. | |
4362 Lower-case letters enter plaintext. | |
4363 Upper-case letters are commands. | |
4364 | |
4365 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot | |
4366 modify it. | |
4367 | |
4368 The most useful commands are: | |
4369 \\<decipher-mode-map> | |
4370 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency | |
4371 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter | |
4372 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it) | |
4373 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint) | |
4374 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil) | |
4375 | |
4376 ;;;*** | |
4377 | |
33002 | 4378 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region |
35668 | 4379 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (14846 |
4380 ;;;;;; 45911)) | |
25998 | 4381 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el |
4382 | |
33002 | 4383 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\ |
4384 Customization of `columns' group." t nil) | |
4385 | |
25998 | 4386 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\ |
4387 Prettify all columns in a text region. | |
4388 | |
4389 START and END delimits the text region." t nil) | |
4390 | |
4391 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\ | |
4392 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle. | |
4393 | |
4394 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil) | |
4395 | |
4396 ;;;*** | |
4397 | |
35668 | 4398 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (14962 |
4399 ;;;;;; 39487)) | |
25998 | 4400 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el |
4401 | |
4402 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\ | |
4403 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map> | |
4404 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code. | |
4405 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file. | |
4406 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment. | |
4407 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line. | |
4408 | |
4409 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region. | |
4410 | |
4411 Customization: | |
4412 | |
4413 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3) | |
4414 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block. | |
4415 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0) | |
4416 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements. | |
4417 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0) | |
4418 Extra indentation for case statement labels. | |
4419 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t) | |
4420 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line, | |
4421 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
4422 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t) | |
4423 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current | |
4424 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the | |
4425 blank line. | |
4426 `delphi-search-path' (default .) | |
4427 Directories to search when finding external units. | |
4428 `delphi-verbose' (default nil) | |
4429 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user. | |
4430 | |
4431 Coloring: | |
4432 | |
4433 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face) | |
4434 Face used to color delphi comments. | |
4435 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face) | |
4436 Face used to color delphi strings. | |
4437 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face) | |
4438 Face used to color delphi keywords. | |
4439 `delphi-other-face' (default nil) | |
4440 Face used to color everything else. | |
4441 | |
4442 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with | |
4443 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
4444 | |
4445 ;;;*** | |
4446 | |
35668 | 4447 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (14854 |
4448 ;;;;;; 32221)) | |
25876 | 4449 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el |
4450 | |
4451 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode)) | |
4452 | |
32115 | 4453 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\ |
33357 | 4454 Toggle Delete-Selection mode on or off. |
4455 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
32115 | 4456 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
4457 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.") | |
4458 | |
4459 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
4460 | |
4461 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel)) | |
4462 | |
25876 | 4463 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\ |
4464 Toggle Delete Selection mode. | |
4465 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is | |
4466 positive. | |
4467 | |
4468 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also | |
4469 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is | |
4470 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of | |
4471 any selection." t nil) | |
4472 | |
4473 ;;;*** | |
4474 | |
34166 | 4475 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode) |
35668 | 4476 ;;;;;; "derived" "derived.el" (14896 40328)) |
25876 | 4477 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el |
4478 | |
34166 | 4479 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\ |
4480 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode. | |
4481 | |
4482 The arguments to this command are as follow: | |
4483 | |
4484 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode. | |
4485 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode'). | |
4486 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\") | |
4487 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one, | |
4488 the function will attempt to invent something useful. | |
4489 BODY: forms to execute just before running the | |
4490 hooks for the new mode. | |
4491 | |
4492 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode: | |
4493 | |
4494 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\") | |
4495 | |
4496 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map' | |
4497 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty, | |
4498 and DOCSTRING is generated by default. | |
4499 | |
4500 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as | |
4501 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil: | |
4502 | |
4503 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\" | |
4504 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\" | |
4505 (setq case-fold-search nil)) | |
4506 | |
4507 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have | |
4508 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro)) | |
4509 | |
25876 | 4510 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\ |
26724 | 4511 Initialise variables for a new MODE. |
25876 | 4512 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an |
4513 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged | |
4514 the first time the mode is used." nil nil) | |
4515 | |
4516 ;;;*** | |
4517 | |
4518 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el" | |
33357 | 4519 ;;;;;; (14823 12922)) |
25876 | 4520 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el |
4521 | |
4522 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\ | |
4523 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies. | |
4524 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil) | |
4525 | |
4526 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\ | |
4527 Load the `default' start-up library manually. | |
4528 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file | |
4529 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil) | |
4530 | |
4531 ;;;*** | |
4532 | |
4533 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-decode-itrans-region devanagari-encode-itrans-region | |
4534 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region | |
4535 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region | |
4536 ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region devanagari-compose-string devanagari-decompose-region | |
4537 ;;;;;; devanagari-decompose-string char-to-glyph-devanagari indian-to-devanagari-string | |
4538 ;;;;;; devanagari-to-indian-region indian-to-devanagari-region devanagari-to-indian | |
28919 | 4539 ;;;;;; indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" |
35668 | 4540 ;;;;;; (14775 56550)) |
25876 | 4541 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el |
4542 | |
4543 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 4544 Convert IS 13194 character CHAR to Devanagari basic characters. |
4545 If CHAR is not IS 13194, return CHAR as is." nil nil) | |
25876 | 4546 |
4547 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 4548 Convert Devanagari basic character CHAR to IS 13194 characters. |
4549 If CHAR is not Devanagari basic character, return CHAR as is." nil nil) | |
25876 | 4550 |
4551 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-region) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 4552 Convert IS 13194 characters in region to Devanagari basic characters. |
4553 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
4554 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil) | |
25876 | 4555 |
4556 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian-region) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 4557 Convert Devanagari basic characters in region to Indian characters. |
4558 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
4559 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil) | |
25876 | 4560 |
4561 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-string) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 4562 Convert Indian characters in STRING to Devanagari Basic characters." nil nil) |
25876 | 4563 |
4564 (autoload (quote char-to-glyph-devanagari) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 4565 Convert Devanagari characters in STRING to Devanagari glyphs. |
25876 | 4566 Ligatures and special rules are processed." nil nil) |
4567 | |
4568 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-string) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 4569 Decompose Devanagari string STR" nil nil) |
25876 | 4570 |
4571 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil) | |
4572 | |
4573 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-string) "devan-util" nil nil nil) | |
4574 | |
4575 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil) | |
4576 | |
4577 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\ | |
4578 Compose IS 13194 characters in the region to Devanagari characters." t nil) | |
4579 | |
4580 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil) | |
4581 | |
4582 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\ | |
4583 Decompose Devanagari characters in the region to IS 13194 characters." t nil) | |
4584 | |
4585 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil) | |
4586 | |
4587 (autoload (quote devanagari-encode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil) | |
4588 | |
4589 (autoload (quote devanagari-decode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil) | |
4590 | |
4591 ;;;*** | |
4592 | |
4593 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" | |
35668 | 4594 ;;;;;; (14962 55364)) |
25876 | 4595 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el |
4596 | |
4597 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\ | |
4598 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date. | |
4599 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed | |
4600 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for | |
4601 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil) | |
4602 | |
4603 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\ | |
4604 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days. | |
4605 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'. | |
4606 | |
4607 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job. | |
4608 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since | |
4609 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that | |
4610 all relevant variables are set, as done here. | |
4611 | |
4612 #!/bin/sh | |
4613 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder | |
4614 emacs -batch \\ | |
4615 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\ | |
4616 european-calendar-style t \\ | |
4617 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\ | |
4618 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries | |
4619 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow | |
4620 | |
4621 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your | |
4622 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry: | |
4623 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh | |
4624 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil) | |
4625 | |
4626 ;;;*** | |
4627 | |
4628 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff" | |
33357 | 4629 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (14777 22163)) |
25876 | 4630 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el |
4631 | |
4632 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\ | |
4633 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.") | |
4634 | |
4635 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\ | |
4636 *The command to use to run diff.") | |
4637 | |
4638 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\ | |
4639 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files. | |
4640 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW | |
4641 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD. | |
4642 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil) | |
4643 | |
4644 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\ | |
4645 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa. | |
4646 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups. | |
4647 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original. | |
4648 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil) | |
4649 | |
4650 ;;;*** | |
4651 | |
26899 | 4652 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el" |
35668 | 4653 ;;;;;; (14959 64907)) |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4654 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4655 |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4656 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\ |
26899 | 4657 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs. |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4658 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent) normal diffs. |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4659 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary. |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4660 This mode runs `diff-mode-hook'. |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4661 \\{diff-mode-map}" t nil) |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4662 |
26899 | 4663 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\ |
4664 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs. | |
4665 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil) | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4666 |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4667 ;;;*** |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4668 |
25876 | 4669 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window |
4670 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink | |
4671 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename | |
4672 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches) | |
35668 | 4673 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (14962 39486)) |
25876 | 4674 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el |
4675 | |
4676 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\ | |
4677 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option. | |
4678 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l'; | |
4679 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable | |
4680 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.") | |
4681 | |
4682 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\ | |
4683 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').") | |
4684 | |
4685 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\ | |
4686 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links. | |
4687 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by | |
4688 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link | |
4689 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix). | |
4690 | |
4691 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to | |
4692 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t. | |
4693 | |
4694 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a | |
4695 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and | |
4696 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can | |
4697 always set this variable to t.") | |
4698 | |
4699 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\ | |
4700 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory. | |
4701 A value of nil means move to the subdir line. | |
4702 A value of t means move to first file.") | |
4703 | |
4704 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\ | |
4705 *Controls marking of renamed files. | |
4706 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed. | |
4707 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not) | |
4708 are afterward marked with that character.") | |
4709 | |
4710 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\ | |
4711 *Controls marking of copied files. | |
4712 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were. | |
4713 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.") | |
4714 | |
4715 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\ | |
4716 *Controls marking of newly made hard links. | |
4717 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked. | |
4718 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.") | |
4719 | |
4720 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\ | |
4721 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links. | |
4722 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked. | |
4723 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.") | |
4724 | |
4725 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\ | |
4726 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory. | |
4727 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window, | |
4728 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer. | |
4729 | |
4730 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.") | |
4731 | |
4732 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\ | |
4733 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy. | |
4734 \(This works on only some systems.)") | |
4735 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired) | |
4736 | |
4737 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\ | |
4738 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it. | |
4739 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used. | |
4740 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.) | |
4741 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have | |
4742 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons, | |
4743 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit | |
4744 list of files to make directory entries for. | |
4745 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands. | |
4746 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then | |
4747 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete]. | |
4748 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info. | |
4749 | |
4750 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil) | |
4751 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window) | |
4752 | |
4753 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\ | |
4754 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil) | |
4755 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame) | |
4756 | |
4757 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\ | |
4758 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil) | |
4759 | |
4760 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\ | |
4761 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil) | |
4762 | |
4763 ;;;*** | |
4764 | |
30565 | 4765 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp |
4766 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down | |
4767 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir | |
28939 | 4768 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir |
4769 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp | |
26899 | 4770 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename |
4771 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory | |
4772 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file | |
4773 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile | |
4774 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines | |
4775 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp | |
4776 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux" | |
35668 | 4777 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (14962 39486)) |
25876 | 4778 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el |
4779 | |
4780 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4781 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'. | |
4782 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. | |
4783 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'. | |
4784 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES, | |
4785 which is options for `diff'." t nil) | |
4786 | |
4787 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4788 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa. | |
4789 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups. | |
4790 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original. | |
4791 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'. | |
4792 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil) | |
4793 | |
4794 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4795 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files. | |
4796 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil) | |
4797 | |
4798 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4799 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil) | |
4800 | |
4801 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4802 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil) | |
4803 | |
4804 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4805 Print the marked (or next ARG) files. | |
4806 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and | |
4807 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil) | |
4808 | |
4809 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4810 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files. | |
4811 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given, | |
4812 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file. | |
4813 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate. | |
4814 | |
4815 If there is output, it goes to a separate buffer. | |
4816 | |
4817 Normally the command is run on each file individually. | |
4818 However, if there is a `*' in the command then it is run | |
4819 just once with the entire file list substituted there. | |
4820 | |
26899 | 4821 If there is no `*', but a `?' in the command then it is still run |
4822 on each file individually but with the filename substituted there | |
4823 instead of att the end of the command. | |
4824 | |
25876 | 4825 No automatic redisplay of dired buffers is attempted, as there's no |
4826 telling what files the command may have changed. Type | |
4827 \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files. | |
4828 | |
4829 The shell command has the top level directory as working directory, so | |
25998 | 4830 output files usually are created there instead of in a subdir. |
4831 | |
4832 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify | |
4833 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil) | |
25876 | 4834 |
4835 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4836 Kill all marked lines (not the files). | |
4837 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line. | |
4838 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.) | |
4839 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line | |
4840 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil) | |
4841 | |
4842 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4843 | |
4844 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4845 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil) | |
4846 | |
4847 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4848 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil) | |
4849 | |
4850 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4851 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil) | |
4852 | |
4853 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4854 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files. | |
4855 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case, | |
4856 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil) | |
4857 | |
4858 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4859 | |
4860 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4861 | |
4862 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4863 | |
4864 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4865 | |
4866 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4867 | |
4868 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4869 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil) | |
4870 | |
4871 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4872 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file. | |
4873 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying. | |
4874 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name. | |
4875 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory, | |
4876 and new copies of these files are made in that directory | |
4877 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil) | |
4878 | |
4879 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4880 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files. | |
4881 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name. | |
4882 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory | |
4883 and new symbolic links are made in that directory | |
4884 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil) | |
4885 | |
4886 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4887 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files. | |
4888 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name. | |
4889 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory | |
4890 and new hard links are made in that directory | |
4891 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil) | |
4892 | |
4893 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4894 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files. | |
4895 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name. | |
4896 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory." t nil) | |
4897 | |
4898 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4899 Rename marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME. | |
4900 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying | |
4901 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time. | |
4902 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'. | |
4903 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used. | |
4904 | |
4905 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name. | |
4906 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil) | |
4907 | |
4908 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4909 Copy all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME. | |
4910 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil) | |
4911 | |
4912 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4913 Hardlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME. | |
4914 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil) | |
4915 | |
4916 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4917 Symlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME. | |
4918 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil) | |
4919 | |
4920 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4921 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil) | |
4922 | |
4923 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4924 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil) | |
4925 | |
4926 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4927 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer. | |
4928 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh), | |
4929 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done). | |
4930 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing. | |
4931 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at | |
4932 this subdirectory. | |
4933 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil) | |
4934 | |
26899 | 4935 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ |
4936 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer. | |
4937 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry, | |
4938 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done). | |
4939 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing. | |
4940 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at | |
4941 this subdirectory. | |
4942 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil) | |
4943 | |
25876 | 4944 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ |
4945 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level. | |
4946 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil) | |
4947 | |
4948 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4949 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer. | |
4950 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil. | |
4951 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil) | |
4952 | |
4953 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4954 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory. | |
4955 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command | |
4956 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil) | |
4957 | |
4958 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4959 Remove all lines of current subdirectory. | |
4960 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil) | |
4961 | |
4962 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4963 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil) | |
4964 | |
4965 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4966 Go down in the dired tree." t nil) | |
4967 | |
4968 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4969 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory. | |
4970 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor. | |
4971 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil) | |
4972 | |
4973 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4974 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines. | |
4975 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again. | |
4976 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil) | |
4977 | |
4978 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4979 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP. | |
4980 Stops when a match is found. | |
4981 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil) | |
4982 | |
28939 | 4983 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ |
25876 | 4984 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files. |
4985 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches. | |
4986 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query replace | |
4987 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil) | |
4988 | |
30565 | 4989 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\ |
4990 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command. | |
4991 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is | |
4992 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead." t nil) | |
4993 | |
25876 | 4994 ;;;*** |
4995 | |
35668 | 4996 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (14937 32770)) |
25876 | 4997 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el |
4998 | |
4999 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\ | |
5000 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer. | |
5001 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line. | |
5002 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line. | |
5003 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired | |
5004 buffer and try again." t nil) | |
5005 | |
5006 ;;;*** | |
5007 | |
35668 | 5008 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14831 2773)) |
25876 | 5009 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el |
5010 | |
5011 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\ | |
5012 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt. | |
5013 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'. | |
5014 | |
5015 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'. | |
5016 | |
5017 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the | |
5018 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output. | |
5019 | |
5020 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to | |
5021 `comint-output-filter-functions'. | |
5022 " nil nil) | |
5023 | |
5024 ;;;*** | |
5025 | |
5026 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776 | |
25998 | 5027 ;;;;;; 9615)) |
25876 | 5028 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el |
5029 | |
5030 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\ | |
5031 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER. | |
5032 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself | |
5033 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object). | |
5034 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not | |
5035 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil) | |
5036 | |
5037 ;;;*** | |
5038 | |
5039 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline | |
5040 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii | |
5041 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table | |
5042 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot | |
33357 | 5043 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (14777 22181)) |
25876 | 5044 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el |
5045 | |
5046 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\ | |
5047 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil) | |
5048 | |
5049 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\ | |
5050 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT. | |
5051 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol). | |
5052 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control', | |
5053 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil) | |
5054 | |
5055 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\ | |
5056 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE. | |
5057 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol). | |
5058 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control', | |
5059 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil) | |
5060 | |
5061 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\ | |
5062 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil) | |
5063 | |
5064 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\ | |
5065 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil) | |
5066 | |
5067 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\ | |
5068 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil) | |
5069 | |
5070 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\ | |
5071 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil) | |
5072 | |
5073 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\ | |
5074 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil) | |
5075 | |
5076 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\ | |
5077 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set. | |
5078 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters; | |
5079 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil) | |
5080 | |
5081 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\ | |
5082 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set. | |
5083 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an | |
5084 X frame." nil nil) | |
5085 | |
5086 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\ | |
5087 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil) | |
5088 | |
30565 | 5089 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\ |
5090 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal." nil nil) | |
25876 | 5091 |
5092 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\ | |
5093 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters. | |
5094 | |
5095 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with | |
5096 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled | |
5097 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment | |
5098 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'. | |
5099 | |
5100 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display | |
5101 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles | |
5102 European character display. | |
5103 | |
5104 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255 | |
5105 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146 | |
5106 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the | |
5107 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space. | |
5108 | |
5109 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively | |
5110 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and | |
5111 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and | |
5112 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility | |
26724 | 5113 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil) |
25876 | 5114 |
5115 ;;;*** | |
5116 | |
5117 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" | |
25998 | 5118 ;;;;;; (13229 28172)) |
25876 | 5119 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el |
5120 | |
5121 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\ | |
5122 Dissociate the text of the current buffer. | |
5123 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*, | |
5124 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it. | |
5125 Every so often the user must say whether to continue. | |
5126 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity. | |
5127 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity. | |
5128 Default is 2." t nil) | |
5129 | |
5130 ;;;*** | |
5131 | |
35668 | 5132 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (14830 63116)) |
25876 | 5133 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el |
5134 | |
5135 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\ | |
5136 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil) | |
5137 | |
5138 ;;;*** | |
5139 | |
25998 | 5140 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el" |
33357 | 5141 ;;;;;; (14777 22183)) |
25876 | 5142 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el |
5143 | |
25998 | 5144 (defvar double-mode nil "\ |
5145 Toggle Double mode. | |
5146 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
5147 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.") | |
5148 | |
5149 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
5150 | |
5151 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double)) | |
5152 | |
25876 | 5153 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\ |
5154 Toggle Double mode. | |
5155 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive. | |
5156 | |
5157 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings | |
5158 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil) | |
5159 | |
5160 ;;;*** | |
5161 | |
27321 | 5162 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (13607 44546)) |
25876 | 5163 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el |
5164 | |
5165 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\ | |
5166 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil) | |
5167 | |
5168 ;;;*** | |
5169 | |
5170 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el" | |
35668 | 5171 ;;;;;; (14855 56553)) |
25876 | 5172 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el |
5173 | |
5174 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\ | |
5175 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil) | |
5176 | |
5177 ;;;*** | |
5178 | |
34166 | 5179 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap |
5180 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" | |
35668 | 5181 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (14961 12689)) |
25876 | 5182 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el |
5183 | |
26724 | 5184 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode)) |
5185 | |
5186 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\ | |
25876 | 5187 Define a new minor mode MODE. |
29505 | 5188 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map, |
33357 | 5189 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook. |
25876 | 5190 |
5191 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command. | |
26724 | 5192 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable. |
29505 | 5193 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on. |
25876 | 5194 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap. |
29505 | 5195 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap' |
33357 | 5196 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use |
5197 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument. | |
5198 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are | |
5199 used (see below). | |
5200 | |
26724 | 5201 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated. |
29505 | 5202 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks. |
5203 BODY can start with a list of CL-style keys specifying additional arguments. | |
33357 | 5204 The following keyword arguments are supported: |
5205 :group Followed by the group name to use for any generated `defcustom'. | |
5206 :global If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be | |
5207 buffer-local. By default, the variable is made buffer-local. | |
5208 :init-value Same as the INIT-VALUE argument. | |
5209 :lighter Same as the LIGHTER argument." nil (quote macro)) | |
29505 | 5210 |
5211 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\ | |
33357 | 5212 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE. |
29505 | 5213 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer |
5214 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer. | |
5215 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments: | |
5216 :group to specify the custom group." nil (quote macro)) | |
25876 | 5217 |
32115 | 5218 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\ |
5219 Return a keymap built from bindings BS. | |
5220 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where | |
5221 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'. | |
5222 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'. | |
5223 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map. | |
34166 | 5224 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments." nil nil) |
32115 | 5225 |
28162 | 5226 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro)) |
5227 | |
33002 | 5228 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\ |
5229 Define variable ST as a syntax-table. | |
5230 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX). | |
5231 " nil (quote macro)) | |
28162 | 5232 |
25876 | 5233 ;;;*** |
5234 | |
5235 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define | |
35668 | 5236 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (14904 |
5237 ;;;;;; 41526)) | |
25876 | 5238 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el |
5239 | |
35196 | 5240 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun)) |
5241 | |
25876 | 5242 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\ |
5243 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU. | |
5244 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value | |
5245 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL. | |
5246 | |
5247 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name. | |
5248 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs | |
5249 | |
5250 :filter FUNCTION | |
5251 | |
5252 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual | |
5253 menu displayed. | |
5254 | |
5255 :visible INCLUDE | |
5256 | |
5257 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this | |
5258 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'. | |
5259 | |
5260 :active ENABLE | |
5261 | |
5262 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection | |
5263 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. | |
5264 | |
5265 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items. | |
5266 | |
5267 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE] | |
5268 | |
5269 NAME is a string--the menu item name. | |
5270 | |
5271 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, | |
5272 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen. | |
5273 | |
5274 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection | |
5275 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. | |
5276 | |
26724 | 5277 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form: |
25876 | 5278 |
5279 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ] | |
5280 | |
5281 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below. | |
5282 | |
5283 :keys KEYS | |
5284 | |
5285 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item. | |
5286 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually | |
5287 computed automatically. | |
5288 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used. | |
5289 | |
5290 :key-sequence KEYS | |
5291 | |
30565 | 5292 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this |
25876 | 5293 menu item. |
30565 | 5294 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of |
25876 | 5295 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no |
5296 keyboard equivalent. | |
5297 | |
5298 :active ENABLE | |
5299 | |
5300 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection | |
5301 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. | |
5302 | |
5303 :included INCLUDE | |
5304 | |
5305 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this | |
5306 expression has a non-nil value. | |
5307 | |
30565 | 5308 :suffix FORM |
5309 | |
5310 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose | |
5311 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME. | |
25876 | 5312 |
5313 :style STYLE | |
26724 | 5314 |
25876 | 5315 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are |
26724 | 5316 defined: |
25876 | 5317 |
5318 toggle: A checkbox. | |
5319 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not. | |
5320 radio: A radio button. | |
5321 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not. | |
30565 | 5322 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the |
25876 | 5323 menu bar itself. |
5324 anything else means an ordinary menu item. | |
5325 | |
5326 :selected SELECTED | |
5327 | |
5328 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected | |
5329 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. | |
5330 | |
28523 | 5331 :help HELP |
5332 | |
5333 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item. | |
5334 | |
25876 | 5335 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as |
5336 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed | |
5337 as a solid horizontal line. | |
5338 | |
5339 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro)) | |
5340 | |
5341 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil) | |
5342 | |
5343 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\ | |
5344 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS. | |
5345 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items | |
5346 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil) | |
5347 | |
5348 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\ | |
5349 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS. | |
25998 | 5350 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that |
5351 should contain a submenu named NAME. | |
5352 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'. | |
5353 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu. | |
5354 | |
5355 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one. | |
5356 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before | |
5357 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu. | |
25876 | 5358 |
5359 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter, | |
5360 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil) | |
5361 | |
5362 ;;;*** | |
5363 | |
27545 | 5364 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style |
5365 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup | |
5366 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer | |
5367 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer | |
35668 | 5368 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (14914 29482)) |
27545 | 5369 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el |
5370 | |
5371 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5372 Customization for ebnf group." t nil) | |
5373 | |
5374 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5375 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer. | |
5376 | |
5377 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for | |
5378 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending | |
5379 it to the printer. | |
5380 | |
5381 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it | |
5382 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save | |
5383 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a | |
5384 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil) | |
5385 | |
5386 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5387 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region. | |
5388 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil) | |
5389 | |
5390 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5391 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer. | |
5392 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a | |
5393 local buffer to be sent to the printer later. | |
5394 | |
5395 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
5396 | |
5397 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5398 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally. | |
5399 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region. | |
5400 | |
5401 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
5402 | |
5403 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5404 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file. | |
5405 | |
5406 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file. | |
5407 The EPS file name has the following form: | |
5408 | |
5409 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps | |
5410 | |
5411 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'. | |
5412 The default value is \"ebnf--\". | |
5413 | |
5414 <PRODUCTION> is the production name. | |
5415 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name. | |
5416 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to | |
5417 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\". | |
5418 | |
5419 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil) | |
5420 | |
5421 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5422 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file. | |
5423 | |
5424 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file. | |
5425 The EPS file name has the following form: | |
5426 | |
5427 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps | |
5428 | |
5429 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'. | |
5430 The default value is \"ebnf--\". | |
5431 | |
5432 <PRODUCTION> is the production name. | |
5433 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name. | |
5434 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to | |
5435 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\". | |
5436 | |
5437 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil) | |
5438 | |
5439 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool)) | |
5440 | |
5441 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5442 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil) | |
5443 | |
5444 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5445 Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil) | |
5446 | |
5447 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5448 Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil) | |
5449 | |
5450 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5451 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil) | |
5452 | |
5453 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5454 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil) | |
5455 | |
5456 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5457 Set STYLE to current style. | |
5458 | |
5459 It returns the old style symbol." t nil) | |
5460 | |
5461 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5462 Reset current style. | |
5463 | |
5464 It returns the old style symbol." t nil) | |
5465 | |
5466 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5467 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style. | |
5468 | |
5469 It returns the old style symbol." t nil) | |
5470 | |
5471 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5472 Pop a style and set it to current style. | |
5473 | |
5474 It returns the old style symbol." t nil) | |
5475 | |
5476 ;;;*** | |
5477 | |
28523 | 5478 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-tags-query-replace |
5479 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-electric-choose-tree | |
35668 | 5480 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (14895 |
5481 ;;;;;; 24174)) | |
28523 | 5482 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el |
5483 | |
5484 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\ | |
5485 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers. | |
5486 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree. | |
5487 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands. | |
5488 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures. | |
5489 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from. | |
5490 | |
5491 Tree mode key bindings: | |
28542 | 5492 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}" t nil) |
28523 | 5493 |
5494 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\ | |
5495 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled." t nil) | |
5496 | |
30565 | 5497 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\ |
5498 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point. | |
5499 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match. | |
5500 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with | |
5501 completion." t nil) | |
28523 | 5502 |
5503 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\ | |
5504 Repeat last operation on files in tree. | |
5505 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time. | |
5506 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over." t nil) | |
5507 | |
5508 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\ | |
5509 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree. | |
5510 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only." t nil) | |
5511 | |
5512 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\ | |
5513 Write the current tree data structure to a file. | |
5514 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive. | |
5515 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in." t nil) | |
5516 | |
5517 ;;;*** | |
5518 | |
25876 | 5519 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" |
33357 | 5520 ;;;;;; (14783 15355)) |
25876 | 5521 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el |
5522 | |
5523 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\ | |
5524 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers. | |
5525 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer | |
5526 listing with menuoid buffer selection. | |
5527 | |
5528 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list | |
5529 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list | |
5530 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted. | |
5531 | |
5532 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on | |
5533 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are | |
5534 much like those of buffer-menu-mode. | |
5535 | |
5536 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil. | |
5537 | |
5538 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil) | |
5539 | |
5540 ;;;*** | |
5541 | |
5542 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" | |
33357 | 5543 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (14777 22184)) |
25876 | 5544 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el |
5545 | |
5546 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\ | |
5547 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result. | |
5548 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil) | |
5549 | |
5550 ;;;*** | |
5551 | |
5552 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms | |
35196 | 5553 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (14921 47235)) |
25876 | 5554 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el |
5555 | |
5556 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\ | |
5557 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug. | |
5558 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and | |
5559 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by | |
5560 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'. | |
5561 | |
5562 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this | |
5563 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with | |
5564 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your | |
5565 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.") | |
5566 | |
5567 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\ | |
5568 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug. | |
5569 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer. | |
5570 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.") | |
5571 | |
5572 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\ | |
27321 | 5573 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC. |
25876 | 5574 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol |
5575 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro)) | |
5576 | |
5577 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form)) | |
5578 | |
5579 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\ | |
5580 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro. | |
5581 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug. | |
5582 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is, | |
5583 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil) | |
5584 | |
5585 ;;;*** | |
5586 | |
5587 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision | |
5588 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer | |
5589 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions | |
5590 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor | |
5591 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise | |
5592 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor | |
5593 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor | |
5594 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions | |
5595 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3 | |
35668 | 5596 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (14952 1182)) |
25876 | 5597 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el |
5598 | |
5599 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\ | |
5600 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil) | |
5601 | |
5602 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\ | |
5603 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil) | |
5604 | |
5605 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3)) | |
5606 | |
5607 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files)) | |
5608 | |
5609 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\ | |
5610 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil) | |
5611 | |
5612 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers)) | |
5613 | |
5614 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\ | |
5615 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil) | |
5616 | |
5617 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3)) | |
5618 | |
5619 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\ | |
5620 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have | |
26724 | 5621 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression |
5622 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil) | |
25876 | 5623 |
5624 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories)) | |
5625 | |
5626 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\ | |
5627 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions. | |
5628 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file | |
26724 | 5629 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil) |
25876 | 5630 |
5631 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions)) | |
5632 | |
5633 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\ | |
5634 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that | |
26724 | 5635 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular |
25876 | 5636 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil) |
5637 | |
5638 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3)) | |
5639 | |
5640 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\ | |
5641 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have | |
26724 | 5642 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression |
5643 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil) | |
25876 | 5644 |
5645 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories)) | |
5646 | |
5647 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
5648 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors. | |
26724 | 5649 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files |
25876 | 5650 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge |
26724 | 5651 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that |
25876 | 5652 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil) |
5653 | |
5654 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\ | |
5655 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions. | |
5656 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file | |
26724 | 5657 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil) |
25876 | 5658 |
5659 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions)) | |
5660 | |
5661 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
5662 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors. | |
5663 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file | |
26724 | 5664 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil) |
25876 | 5665 |
5666 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)) | |
5667 | |
5668 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)) | |
5669 | |
5670 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\ | |
5671 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise. | |
5672 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as | |
5673 follows: | |
5674 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window. | |
5675 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil) | |
5676 | |
5677 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\ | |
5678 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise. | |
5679 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as | |
5680 follows: | |
5681 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window. | |
5682 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil) | |
5683 | |
5684 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\ | |
5685 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers. | |
5686 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance. | |
5687 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200 | |
26724 | 5688 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil) |
25876 | 5689 |
5690 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\ | |
5691 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers. | |
5692 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance. | |
5693 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines. | |
5694 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200 | |
26724 | 5695 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil) |
25876 | 5696 |
5697 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files)) | |
5698 | |
5699 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\ | |
5700 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil) | |
5701 | |
5702 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
5703 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil) | |
5704 | |
5705 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)) | |
5706 | |
5707 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\ | |
5708 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil) | |
5709 | |
5710 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
5711 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil) | |
5712 | |
5713 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\ | |
5714 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file. | |
5715 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current | |
5716 buffer." t nil) | |
5717 | |
5718 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
5719 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor. | |
5720 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current | |
5721 buffer." t nil) | |
5722 | |
5723 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\ | |
5724 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file. | |
26724 | 5725 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a |
25876 | 5726 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil) |
5727 | |
5728 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\ | |
26724 | 5729 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME. |
5730 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer | |
5731 and don't ask the user. | |
5732 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a | |
5733 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil) | |
25876 | 5734 |
5735 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\ | |
35196 | 5736 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME. |
5737 Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for | |
5738 the buffer or a file, depending on the answer. | |
5739 With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file. | |
5740 With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer." t nil) | |
25876 | 5741 |
5742 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file)) | |
5743 | |
5744 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer)) | |
5745 | |
5746 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\ | |
5747 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file. | |
35196 | 5748 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt. |
5749 Default: the file visited by the current buffer. | |
5750 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil) | |
25876 | 5751 |
5752 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision)) | |
5753 | |
5754 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\ | |
5755 Return string describing the version of Ediff. | |
5756 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil) | |
5757 | |
5758 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\ | |
5759 Display Ediff's manual. | |
5760 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil) | |
5761 | |
5762 ;;;*** | |
5763 | |
27949 | 5764 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el" |
34166 | 5765 ;;;;;; (14878 17055)) |
27949 | 5766 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el |
5767 | |
5768 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" nil t nil) | |
5769 | |
5770 ;;;*** | |
5771 | |
35668 | 5772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (14952 1182)) |
26724 | 5773 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el |
5774 | |
5775 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function) | |
5776 | |
35668 | 5777 (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) |
26724 | 5778 |
5779 (cond ((string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) ((featurep (quote menu-bar)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation))))) | |
5780 | |
5781 ;;;*** | |
5782 | |
25876 | 5783 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el" |
33357 | 5784 ;;;;;; (14845 20842)) |
25876 | 5785 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el |
5786 | |
5787 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\ | |
5788 Display Ediff's registry." t nil) | |
5789 | |
5790 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry)) | |
5791 | |
5792 ;;;*** | |
5793 | |
5794 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe) | |
35668 | 5795 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (14952 1182)) |
25876 | 5796 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el |
5797 | |
5798 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\ | |
5799 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back. | |
5800 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function', | |
5801 which see." t nil) | |
5802 | |
5803 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\ | |
5804 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar. | |
5805 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars. | |
5806 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil) | |
5807 | |
5808 ;;;*** | |
5809 | |
5810 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro | |
5811 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el" | |
33357 | 5812 ;;;;;; (14777 22205)) |
25876 | 5813 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el |
5814 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro) | |
5815 | |
5816 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\ | |
5817 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact. | |
5818 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.") | |
5819 | |
5820 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
5821 Edit a keyboard macro. | |
5822 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro. | |
5823 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit | |
5824 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by | |
5825 its command name. | |
5826 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil) | |
5827 | |
5828 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
5829 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil) | |
5830 | |
5831 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
5832 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil) | |
5833 | |
5834 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
5835 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition. | |
5836 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\". | |
5837 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details. | |
5838 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored. | |
5839 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro. | |
5840 | |
5841 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case | |
5842 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro. | |
5843 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector. | |
5844 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil) | |
5845 | |
5846 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
5847 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string. | |
5848 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'. | |
5849 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments. | |
5850 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted | |
5851 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil) | |
5852 | |
5853 ;;;*** | |
5854 | |
35196 | 5855 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" |
35668 | 5856 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (14937 48218)) |
25876 | 5857 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el |
5858 | |
35196 | 5859 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\ |
5860 Set scroll margins. | |
5861 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window. | |
5862 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window." t nil) | |
5863 | |
25876 | 5864 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\ |
5865 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil) | |
5866 | |
5867 ;;;*** | |
5868 | |
5869 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el" | |
35668 | 5870 ;;;;;; (14793 8263)) |
25876 | 5871 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el |
5872 | |
5873 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\ | |
5874 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer. | |
5875 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT. | |
5876 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the | |
5877 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be | |
5878 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will | |
5879 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to | |
5880 the buffer specified by BUFFER. | |
5881 | |
5882 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and | |
5883 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things. | |
5884 | |
5885 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window | |
5886 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer | |
5887 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if | |
5888 this value is non-nil. | |
5889 | |
5890 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and | |
32115 | 5891 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil. |
5892 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things. | |
25876 | 5893 |
5894 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise) the help | |
5895 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion') | |
5896 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil) | |
5897 | |
5898 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil) | |
5899 | |
5900 ;;;*** | |
5901 | |
30565 | 5902 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string |
35668 | 5903 ;;;;;; eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (14890 7814)) |
25876 | 5904 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el |
5905 | |
5906 (defvar eldoc-mode nil "\ | |
5907 *If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point. | |
5908 | |
5909 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is | |
5910 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area. | |
5911 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is | |
5912 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained | |
5913 from the documentation string if possible. | |
5914 | |
5915 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring | |
5916 instead. | |
5917 | |
5918 This variable is buffer-local.") | |
5919 | |
30565 | 5920 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\ |
5921 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled.") | |
5922 | |
5923 (cond ((fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (add-minor-mode (quote eldoc-mode) (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string))) ((assq (quote eldoc-mode) (default-value (quote minor-mode-alist)))) (t (setq-default minor-mode-alist (append (default-value (quote minor-mode-alist)) (quote ((eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string))))))) | |
5924 | |
25876 | 5925 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\ |
5926 *Enable or disable eldoc mode. | |
5927 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details. | |
5928 | |
5929 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition | |
5930 of the mode. | |
5931 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable | |
5932 the mode, respectively." t nil) | |
5933 | |
5934 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\ | |
5935 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil) | |
5936 | |
5937 ;;;*** | |
5938 | |
35744 | 5939 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (14966 |
5940 ;;;;;; 38375)) | |
26899 | 5941 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el |
5942 | |
5943 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\ | |
5944 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'. | |
5945 | |
5946 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show | |
5947 an elided material again. | |
5948 | |
5949 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil) | |
5950 | |
5951 ;;;*** | |
5952 | |
25876 | 5953 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" |
25998 | 5954 ;;;;;; (13363 2909)) |
25876 | 5955 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el |
5956 | |
5957 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\ | |
5958 Initialize elint." t nil) | |
5959 | |
5960 ;;;*** | |
5961 | |
29505 | 5962 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list |
35668 | 5963 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (14849 |
5964 ;;;;;; 20130)) | |
25876 | 5965 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el |
5966 | |
5967 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\ | |
5968 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling. | |
5969 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil) | |
5970 | |
5971 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\ | |
5972 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'. | |
5973 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil) | |
5974 | |
5975 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\ | |
5976 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX. | |
5977 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following: | |
5978 | |
5979 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil) | |
5980 | |
5981 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\ | |
5982 Display current profiling results. | |
5983 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling | |
5984 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are | |
5985 displayed." t nil) | |
5986 | |
5987 ;;;*** | |
5988 | |
5989 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" | |
35668 | 5990 ;;;;;; (14959 64907)) |
25876 | 5991 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el |
5992 | |
5993 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\ | |
5994 Report a bug in GNU Emacs. | |
5995 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil) | |
5996 | |
5997 ;;;*** | |
5998 | |
5999 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor | |
6000 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote | |
6001 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor | |
6002 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge" | |
33357 | 6003 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (14777 22209)) |
25876 | 6004 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el |
6005 | |
6006 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge")) | |
6007 | |
6008 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu))) | |
6009 | |
6010 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))) | |
6011 | |
6012 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))) | |
6013 | |
6014 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))) | |
6015 | |
6016 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))) | |
6017 | |
6018 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files))) | |
6019 | |
6020 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))) | |
6021 | |
6022 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))) | |
6023 | |
6024 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\ | |
6025 Run Emerge on two files." t nil) | |
6026 | |
6027 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\ | |
6028 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil) | |
6029 | |
6030 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\ | |
6031 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil) | |
6032 | |
6033 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\ | |
6034 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil) | |
6035 | |
6036 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil) | |
6037 | |
6038 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil) | |
6039 | |
6040 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil) | |
6041 | |
6042 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil) | |
6043 | |
6044 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\ | |
6045 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil) | |
6046 | |
6047 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\ | |
6048 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil) | |
6049 | |
6050 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil) | |
6051 | |
6052 ;;;*** | |
6053 | |
6054 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el" | |
29505 | 6055 ;;;;;; (14642 24031)) |
25876 | 6056 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el |
6057 | |
6058 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\ | |
6059 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode. | |
6060 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
6061 | |
6062 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command | |
6063 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode | |
6064 automatically. | |
6065 | |
6066 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted | |
6067 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by | |
6068 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." nil nil) | |
6069 | |
6070 ;;;*** | |
6071 | |
6072 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode) | |
35668 | 6073 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (14885 14624)) |
25876 | 6074 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el |
6075 | |
6076 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\ | |
6077 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files. | |
6078 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard | |
6079 text/enriched format. | |
6080 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'. | |
6081 | |
6082 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file | |
6083 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory. | |
6084 | |
6085 Commands: | |
6086 | |
6087 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil) | |
6088 | |
6089 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil) | |
6090 | |
6091 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil) | |
6092 | |
6093 ;;;*** | |
6094 | |
33357 | 6095 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (14845 |
6096 ;;;;;; 20873)) | |
30565 | 6097 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el |
6098 | |
6099 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\ | |
6100 Emacs shell interactive mode. | |
6101 | |
6102 \\{eshell-mode-map}" nil nil) | |
6103 | |
6104 ;;;*** | |
6105 | |
33357 | 6106 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (14845 |
6107 ;;;;;; 20873)) | |
30565 | 6108 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el |
6109 | |
6110 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\ | |
6111 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected." t nil) | |
6112 | |
6113 ;;;*** | |
6114 | |
6115 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command | |
33357 | 6116 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (14823 12923)) |
30565 | 6117 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el |
6118 | |
6119 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\ | |
6120 Create an interactive Eshell buffer. | |
6121 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of | |
6122 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in | |
6123 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session | |
6124 will begin. A new session is always created if the the prefix | |
6125 argument ARG is specified. Returns the buffer selected (or created)." t nil) | |
6126 | |
6127 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\ | |
6128 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND. | |
6129 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point." t nil) | |
6130 | |
6131 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\ | |
6132 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result. | |
6133 The result might be any Lisp object. | |
6134 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the | |
6135 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned | |
6136 corresponding to a successful execution." nil nil) | |
6137 | |
6138 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\ | |
6139 Report a bug in Eshell. | |
6140 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer. | |
6141 Please include any configuration details that might be involved." t nil) | |
6142 | |
6143 ;;;*** | |
6144 | |
25876 | 6145 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags |
6146 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file | |
6147 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window | |
6148 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table | |
28288 | 6149 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-table-list |
35668 | 6150 ;;;;;; tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (14962 |
6151 ;;;;;; 53443)) | |
25876 | 6152 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el |
6153 | |
6154 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\ | |
6155 *File name of tags table. | |
6156 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient. | |
6157 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'. | |
6158 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.") | |
6159 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ") | |
6160 | |
28288 | 6161 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\ |
6162 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive. | |
6163 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive. | |
6164 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.") | |
6165 | |
25876 | 6166 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\ |
6167 *List of file names of tags tables to search. | |
6168 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory. | |
6169 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient. | |
6170 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'. | |
6171 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.") | |
6172 | |
6173 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\ | |
6174 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list. | |
6175 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list). | |
6176 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table | |
6177 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).") | |
6178 | |
6179 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\ | |
6180 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'. | |
6181 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used, | |
6182 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.") | |
6183 | |
6184 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\ | |
6185 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag. | |
6186 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode' | |
6187 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used. | |
6188 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.") | |
6189 | |
6190 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\ | |
6191 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE. | |
6192 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program. | |
6193 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory. | |
6194 | |
6195 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'. | |
6196 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead. | |
6197 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag | |
6198 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags | |
6199 file the tag was in." t nil) | |
6200 | |
6201 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\ | |
6202 Return a list of files in the current tags table. | |
6203 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned | |
6204 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually | |
6205 without directory names." nil nil) | |
6206 | |
6207 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\ | |
6208 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. | |
6209 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there, | |
6210 but does not select the buffer. | |
6211 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point. | |
6212 | |
6213 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
6214 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
6215 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
6216 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number | |
6217 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
6218 | |
6219 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. | |
6220 | |
6221 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
6222 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
6223 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
6224 | |
6225 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
6226 | |
6227 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\ | |
6228 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. | |
6229 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there. | |
6230 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point. | |
6231 | |
6232 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
6233 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
6234 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
6235 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number | |
6236 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
6237 | |
6238 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. | |
6239 | |
6240 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
6241 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
6242 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
6243 | |
6244 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
6245 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag) | |
6246 | |
6247 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\ | |
6248 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. | |
6249 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and | |
6250 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer | |
6251 around or before point. | |
6252 | |
6253 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
6254 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
6255 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
6256 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or | |
6257 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
6258 | |
6259 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. | |
6260 | |
6261 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
6262 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
6263 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
6264 | |
6265 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
6266 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window) | |
6267 | |
6268 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\ | |
6269 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. | |
6270 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and | |
6271 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer | |
6272 around or before point. | |
6273 | |
6274 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
6275 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
6276 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
6277 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or | |
6278 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
6279 | |
6280 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. | |
6281 | |
6282 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
6283 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
6284 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
6285 | |
6286 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
6287 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame) | |
6288 | |
6289 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\ | |
6290 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP. | |
6291 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there. | |
6292 | |
6293 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
6294 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
6295 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
6296 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or | |
6297 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
6298 | |
6299 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window. | |
6300 | |
6301 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
6302 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
6303 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
6304 | |
6305 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
6306 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp) | |
6307 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark) | |
6308 | |
6309 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\ | |
6310 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked. | |
6311 | |
6312 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument | |
6313 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from | |
6314 where they were found." t nil) | |
6315 | |
6316 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\ | |
6317 Select next file among files in current tags table. | |
6318 | |
6319 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the | |
6320 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is | |
6321 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files. | |
6322 | |
6323 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer | |
6324 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings. | |
6325 | |
6326 Value is nil if the file was already visited; | |
6327 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil) | |
6328 | |
6329 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\ | |
6330 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command. | |
6331 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the | |
6332 argument is passed to `next-file', which see). | |
6333 | |
6334 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of | |
6335 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is | |
6336 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to | |
6337 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to | |
6338 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil) | |
6339 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue) | |
6340 | |
6341 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\ | |
6342 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP. | |
6343 Stops when a match is found. | |
6344 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]. | |
6345 | |
6346 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
6347 | |
6348 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\ | |
33002 | 6349 `Query-replace-regexp' FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table. |
25876 | 6350 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches. |
6351 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace | |
6352 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]. | |
6353 | |
6354 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
6355 | |
6356 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\ | |
6357 Display list of tags in file FILE. | |
6358 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables. | |
6359 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a | |
6360 directory specification." t nil) | |
6361 | |
6362 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\ | |
6363 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil) | |
6364 | |
6365 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\ | |
6366 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used. | |
6367 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list'; | |
6368 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil) | |
6369 | |
6370 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\ | |
6371 Perform tags completion on the text around point. | |
6372 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table. | |
6373 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default | |
6374 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil) | |
6375 | |
6376 ;;;*** | |
6377 | |
6378 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer | |
6379 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer | |
6380 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel | |
6381 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker | |
6382 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker | |
6383 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker | |
28919 | 6384 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) |
6385 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (14623 45988)) | |
25876 | 6386 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el |
6387 | |
6388 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil) | |
6389 | |
6390 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6391 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL. | |
6392 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language | |
6393 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. | |
6394 | |
6395 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region | |
6396 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary | |
6397 language. | |
6398 | |
6399 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion | |
6400 even if the buffer is read-only. | |
6401 | |
6402 See also the descriptions of the variables | |
6403 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and | |
6404 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil) | |
6405 | |
6406 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6407 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL. | |
6408 | |
6409 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary | |
6410 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. | |
6411 | |
6412 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer | |
6413 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary | |
6414 language. | |
6415 | |
6416 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the | |
6417 buffer is read-only. | |
6418 | |
6419 See also the descriptions of the variables | |
6420 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and | |
6421 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil) | |
6422 | |
6423 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6424 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode. | |
6425 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil) | |
6426 | |
6427 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6428 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news. | |
6429 | |
6430 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\", | |
6431 convert the segments between them into FIDEL. | |
6432 | |
6433 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field | |
6434 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil) | |
6435 | |
6436 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6437 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL. | |
6438 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'. | |
6439 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil) | |
6440 | |
6441 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6442 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format. | |
6443 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary | |
6444 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. | |
6445 | |
6446 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert | |
6447 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with | |
6448 the primary language. | |
6449 | |
6450 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the | |
6451 buffer is read-only. | |
6452 | |
6453 See also the descriptions of the variables | |
6454 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question', | |
6455 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil) | |
6456 | |
6457 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6458 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format. | |
6459 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary | |
6460 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. | |
6461 | |
6462 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the | |
6463 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the | |
6464 primary language. | |
6465 | |
6466 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the | |
6467 buffer is read-only. | |
6468 | |
6469 See also the descriptions of the variables | |
6470 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question', | |
6471 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil) | |
6472 | |
6473 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6474 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode. | |
6475 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil) | |
6476 | |
6477 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6478 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news. | |
6479 | |
6480 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character, | |
6481 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body, | |
6482 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and | |
6483 3) convert the body into SERA. | |
6484 | |
6485 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil) | |
6486 | |
6487 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6488 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA. | |
6489 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil) | |
6490 | |
6491 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6492 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil) | |
6493 | |
6494 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6495 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region. | |
6496 | |
6497 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two | |
6498 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should | |
6499 be 1, 2, or 3. | |
6500 | |
6501 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space. | |
6502 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces. | |
6503 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator. | |
6504 | |
6505 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil) | |
6506 | |
6507 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6508 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil) | |
6509 | |
6510 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6511 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command. | |
6512 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil) | |
6513 | |
6514 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6515 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil) | |
6516 | |
6517 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6518 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences. | |
6519 | |
6520 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the | |
6521 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode. | |
6522 | |
6523 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f]. | |
6524 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil) | |
6525 | |
6526 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6527 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil) | |
6528 | |
6529 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6530 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil) | |
6531 | |
6532 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6533 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil) | |
6534 | |
6535 ;;;*** | |
6536 | |
27321 | 6537 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline |
6538 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el" | |
35668 | 6539 ;;;;;; (14463 3149)) |
27321 | 6540 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el |
6541 | |
6542 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\ | |
6543 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL. | |
6544 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default | |
6545 server for future sessions." t nil) | |
6546 | |
6547 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\ | |
6548 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil) | |
6549 | |
6550 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\ | |
6551 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil) | |
6552 | |
6553 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\ | |
6554 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point. | |
6555 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to | |
6556 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line. | |
6557 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the | |
6558 individual inline query words with directory attribute names. | |
6559 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by | |
6560 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point. | |
6561 If REPLACE is non nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer. | |
6562 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE. | |
6563 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match, | |
6564 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil) | |
6565 | |
6566 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\ | |
6567 Display a form to query the directory server. | |
6568 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first | |
6569 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil) | |
6570 | |
6571 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\ | |
6572 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client. | |
6573 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil) | |
6574 | |
27326 | 6575 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu))))))))))) |
6576 | |
27321 | 6577 ;;;*** |
6578 | |
6579 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline | |
6580 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary) | |
35668 | 6581 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (14867 31700)) |
27321 | 6582 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el |
6583 | |
6584 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\ | |
6585 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA." nil nil) | |
6586 | |
6587 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\ | |
6588 Display URL and make it clickable." nil nil) | |
6589 | |
6590 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\ | |
6591 Display a button to play the sound DATA." nil nil) | |
6592 | |
6593 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\ | |
6594 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible." nil nil) | |
6595 | |
6596 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\ | |
6597 Display a button for the JPEG DATA." nil nil) | |
6598 | |
6599 ;;;*** | |
6600 | |
6601 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) | |
35668 | 6602 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (14460 58168)) |
27321 | 6603 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el |
6604 | |
6605 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\ | |
6606 Insert record at point into the BBDB database. | |
6607 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer." t nil) | |
6608 | |
6609 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\ | |
6610 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record." t nil) | |
6611 | |
6612 ;;;*** | |
6613 | |
6614 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" | |
35668 | 6615 ;;;;;; (14460 58176)) |
27321 | 6616 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el |
6617 | |
6618 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\ | |
6619 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer." t nil) | |
6620 | |
6621 ;;;*** | |
6622 | |
30565 | 6623 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p |
6624 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find) | |
35668 | 6625 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (14764 3331)) |
25876 | 6626 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el |
6627 | |
30565 | 6628 (autoload (quote executable-find) "executable" "\ |
6629 Search for COMMAND in exec-path and return the absolute file name. | |
6630 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'." nil nil) | |
6631 | |
25876 | 6632 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\ |
6633 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT. | |
6634 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix', | |
6635 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control | |
6636 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made | |
6637 executable." t nil) | |
6638 | |
6639 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\ | |
6640 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command. | |
6641 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil) | |
6642 | |
30565 | 6643 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\ |
6644 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable. | |
6645 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing | |
6646 file modes." nil nil) | |
6647 | |
25876 | 6648 ;;;*** |
6649 | |
6650 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot | |
33357 | 6651 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (14777 22210)) |
25876 | 6652 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el |
6653 | |
6654 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\ | |
6655 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE. | |
6656 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry | |
6657 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG). | |
6658 | |
6659 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace. | |
6660 | |
6661 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the | |
6662 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages | |
6663 to generate such functions. | |
6664 | |
6665 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of | |
6666 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the | |
6667 beginning of the expanded text. | |
6668 | |
6669 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first | |
6670 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions | |
6671 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and | |
6672 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'. | |
6673 | |
6674 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil) | |
6675 | |
6676 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\ | |
6677 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion. | |
6678 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil) | |
6679 | |
6680 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\ | |
6681 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion. | |
6682 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil) | |
6683 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot) | |
6684 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot) | |
6685 | |
6686 ;;;*** | |
6687 | |
35668 | 6688 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (14623 45936)) |
25876 | 6689 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el |
6690 | |
6691 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\ | |
6692 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format. | |
6693 | |
6694 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line. | |
6695 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly. | |
6696 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram. | |
6697 | |
6698 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords. | |
6699 | |
6700 Key definitions: | |
6701 \\{f90-mode-map} | |
6702 | |
6703 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features: | |
6704 | |
6705 f90-do-indent | |
6706 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3) | |
6707 f90-if-indent | |
6708 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3) | |
6709 f90-type-indent | |
6710 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3) | |
6711 f90-program-indent | |
6712 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks. | |
6713 (default 2) | |
6714 f90-continuation-indent | |
6715 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5) | |
6716 f90-comment-region | |
6717 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in | |
6718 region. (default \"!!!$\") | |
6719 f90-indented-comment-re | |
6720 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code. | |
6721 (default \"!\") | |
6722 f90-directive-comment-re | |
6723 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented. | |
6724 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\") | |
6725 f90-break-delimiters | |
6726 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken. | |
6727 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\") | |
6728 f90-break-before-delimiters | |
6729 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters. | |
6730 (default t) | |
6731 f90-beginning-ampersand | |
6732 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t) | |
6733 f90-smart-end | |
6734 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start. | |
6735 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine | |
6736 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink) | |
6737 f90-auto-keyword-case | |
6738 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil) | |
6739 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word. | |
6740 f90-leave-line-no | |
6741 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil) | |
6742 f90-startup-message | |
6743 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t) | |
6744 f90-keywords-re | |
6745 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc. | |
6746 | |
6747 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook' | |
6748 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
6749 | |
6750 ;;;*** | |
6751 | |
6752 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at | |
6753 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props | |
6754 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible | |
6755 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground | |
35668 | 6756 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (14964 4164)) |
25876 | 6757 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el |
6758 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap) | |
6759 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap) | |
6760 | |
6761 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\ | |
6762 Menu keymap for faces.") | |
6763 | |
6764 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu) | |
6765 | |
6766 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\ | |
6767 Menu keymap for foreground colors.") | |
6768 | |
6769 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu) | |
6770 | |
6771 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\ | |
30565 | 6772 Menu keymap for background colors.") |
25876 | 6773 |
6774 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu) | |
6775 | |
27545 | 6776 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\ |
25876 | 6777 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.") |
6778 | |
6779 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu) | |
6780 | |
27545 | 6781 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\ |
25876 | 6782 Submenu for text justification commands.") |
6783 | |
6784 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu) | |
6785 | |
27545 | 6786 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\ |
25876 | 6787 Submenu for indentation commands.") |
6788 | |
6789 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu) | |
6790 | |
6791 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\ | |
6792 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.") | |
6793 | |
6794 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties")) | |
6795 | |
27545 | 6796 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "List Properties") (quote list-text-properties-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--")))) |
6797 | |
6798 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu)))) | |
25876 | 6799 |
6800 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu) | |
6801 | |
6802 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\ | |
6803 Add FACE to the region or next character typed. | |
6804 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that | |
6805 will not show through at all will be removed. | |
6806 | |
6807 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer. | |
6808 | |
35668 | 6809 In the Transient Mark mode, if the region is active and there is no |
6810 prefix argument, this command sets the region to the requested face. | |
25876 | 6811 |
6812 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character | |
6813 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before | |
6814 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil) | |
6815 | |
6816 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\ | |
30565 | 6817 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed. |
25876 | 6818 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created). |
6819 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If | |
6820 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next | |
6821 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to | |
6822 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before | |
6823 typing a character cancels the request." t nil) | |
6824 | |
6825 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\ | |
30565 | 6826 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed. |
25876 | 6827 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created). |
6828 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If | |
6829 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next | |
6830 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to | |
6831 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before | |
6832 typing a character cancels the request." t nil) | |
6833 | |
6834 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\ | |
30565 | 6835 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed. |
25876 | 6836 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use |
6837 is the menu item's name. | |
6838 | |
35668 | 6839 In the Transient Mark mode, if the region is active and there is no |
6840 prefix argument, this command sets the region to the requested face. | |
25876 | 6841 |
6842 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character | |
6843 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before | |
6844 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil) | |
6845 | |
6846 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\ | |
6847 Make the region invisible. | |
6848 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with | |
6849 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil) | |
6850 | |
6851 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\ | |
6852 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it. | |
6853 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with | |
6854 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil) | |
6855 | |
6856 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\ | |
6857 Make the region unmodifiable. | |
6858 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with | |
6859 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil) | |
6860 | |
6861 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\ | |
6862 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil) | |
6863 | |
6864 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\ | |
6865 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil) | |
6866 | |
6867 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\ | |
6868 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region. | |
6869 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil) | |
6870 | |
6871 (autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\ | |
6872 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil) | |
6873 | |
6874 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\ | |
6875 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil) | |
6876 | |
6877 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\ | |
6878 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like. | |
6879 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of | |
6880 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list | |
6881 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil) | |
6882 | |
6883 ;;;*** | |
6884 | |
6885 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" | |
27545 | 6886 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (14477 53252)) |
25876 | 6887 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el |
6888 | |
6889 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\ | |
6890 Toggle Fast Lock mode. | |
6891 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer | |
6892 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by: | |
6893 | |
6894 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode) | |
6895 | |
6896 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text | |
6897 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the | |
6898 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using. | |
6899 | |
6900 Font Lock caches may be saved: | |
6901 - When you save the file's buffer. | |
6902 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer. | |
6903 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers. | |
6904 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'. | |
6905 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'. | |
6906 | |
6907 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad. | |
6908 | |
6909 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general, | |
6910 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'. | |
6911 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events', | |
6912 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil) | |
6913 | |
6914 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\ | |
6915 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil) | |
6916 | |
6917 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil)) | |
6918 | |
6919 ;;;*** | |
6920 | |
6921 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue | |
34166 | 6922 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts |
35668 | 6923 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (14962 39487)) |
25876 | 6924 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el |
6925 | |
34166 | 6926 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\ |
35668 | 6927 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package. |
6928 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used | |
6929 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing." nil nil) | |
34166 | 6930 |
25876 | 6931 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\ |
6932 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil) | |
6933 | |
6934 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\ | |
6935 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt. | |
6936 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can | |
6937 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil) | |
6938 | |
6939 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\ | |
6940 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out. | |
6941 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of | |
6942 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly | |
6943 backup file names and the like)." t nil) | |
6944 | |
6945 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\ | |
6946 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages. | |
6947 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event | |
6948 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which | |
6949 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up | |
6950 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed | |
6951 internally by feedmail): | |
6952 | |
6953 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode) | |
6954 after-queue (a message has just been queued) | |
6955 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory) | |
6956 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages) | |
6957 | |
6958 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If | |
6959 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected | |
6960 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions | |
6961 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders, | |
6962 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil) | |
6963 | |
6964 ;;;*** | |
6965 | |
35196 | 6966 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu |
35668 | 6967 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (14937 32770)) |
25876 | 6968 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el |
6969 | |
6970 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\ | |
6971 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap. | |
6972 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards. | |
6973 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary. | |
6974 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards, | |
6975 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards. | |
6976 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil) | |
6977 | |
6978 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\ | |
6979 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point. | |
6980 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL. | |
6981 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'. | |
6982 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed. | |
6983 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt', | |
6984 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'. | |
6985 | |
6986 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil) | |
26899 | 6987 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point) |
25876 | 6988 |
6989 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\ | |
6990 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer. | |
6991 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is | |
6992 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'. | |
6993 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces | |
6994 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil) | |
6995 | |
6996 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\ | |
6997 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click. | |
6998 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found. | |
6999 Return value: | |
7000 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it) | |
7001 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns | |
7002 * otherwise, nil" t nil) | |
7003 | |
7004 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\ | |
7005 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil) | |
7006 | |
35196 | 7007 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\ |
7008 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'." t nil) | |
7009 | |
25876 | 7010 ;;;*** |
7011 | |
7012 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el" | |
35668 | 7013 ;;;;;; (14887 28113)) |
25876 | 7014 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el |
7015 | |
7016 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\ | |
7017 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache. | |
7018 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in | |
7019 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through | |
31388 | 7020 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument, |
7021 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution | |
25876 | 7022 \(directories) is done." t nil) |
7023 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete) | |
7024 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete) | |
7025 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete) | |
7026 | |
7027 ;;;*** | |
7028 | |
7029 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options | |
35668 | 7030 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (14717 43187)) |
25876 | 7031 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el |
7032 | |
7033 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\ | |
7034 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing. | |
7035 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION | |
7036 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output. | |
7037 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.") | |
7038 | |
7039 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\ | |
7040 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible. | |
7041 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it. | |
7042 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.") | |
7043 | |
7044 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\ | |
7045 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output. | |
7046 The command run (after changing into DIR) is | |
7047 | |
7048 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls | |
7049 | |
7050 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use | |
7051 as the final argument." t nil) | |
7052 | |
7053 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\ | |
7054 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN, | |
7055 and run dired on those files. | |
7056 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted. | |
7057 The command run (after changing into DIR) is | |
7058 | |
7059 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil) | |
7060 | |
7061 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\ | |
7062 Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output. | |
7063 The command run (after changing into DIR) is | |
7064 | |
7065 find . -exec grep -s ARG {} \\; -ls | |
7066 | |
7067 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil) | |
7068 | |
7069 ;;;*** | |
7070 | |
7071 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file | |
7072 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el" | |
31388 | 7073 ;;;;;; (14746 24125)) |
25876 | 7074 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el |
7075 | |
7076 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\ | |
7077 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file. | |
31388 | 7078 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'. |
25876 | 7079 |
7080 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil) | |
7081 | |
7082 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\ | |
7083 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file. | |
7084 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file. | |
7085 | |
7086 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window. | |
7087 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines. | |
7088 | |
7089 Variables of interest include: | |
7090 | |
31388 | 7091 - `ff-case-fold-search' |
7092 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search'). | |
25876 | 7093 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil. |
7094 | |
31388 | 7095 - `ff-always-in-other-window' |
25876 | 7096 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an |
31388 | 7097 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'. |
7098 | |
7099 - `ff-ignore-include' | |
25876 | 7100 If non-nil, ignores #include lines. |
7101 | |
31388 | 7102 - `ff-always-try-to-create' |
25876 | 7103 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found. |
7104 | |
31388 | 7105 - `ff-quiet-mode' |
25876 | 7106 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched. |
7107 | |
31388 | 7108 - `ff-special-constructs' |
7109 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special | |
7110 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for | |
25876 | 7111 extracting the filename from that construct. |
7112 | |
31388 | 7113 - `ff-other-file-alist' |
25876 | 7114 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension. |
7115 | |
31388 | 7116 - `ff-search-directories' |
25876 | 7117 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in |
31388 | 7118 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension. |
7119 | |
7120 - `ff-pre-find-hooks' | |
25876 | 7121 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts. |
7122 | |
31388 | 7123 - `ff-pre-load-hooks' |
25876 | 7124 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded. |
7125 | |
31388 | 7126 - `ff-post-load-hooks' |
25876 | 7127 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded. |
7128 | |
31388 | 7129 - `ff-not-found-hooks' |
25876 | 7130 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found. |
7131 | |
31388 | 7132 - `ff-file-created-hooks' |
25876 | 7133 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil) |
7134 | |
7135 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\ | |
7136 Visit the file you click on." t nil) | |
7137 | |
7138 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\ | |
31388 | 7139 Visit the file you click on in another window." t nil) |
25876 | 7140 |
7141 ;;;*** | |
7142 | |
7143 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point | |
7144 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame | |
7145 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect | |
7146 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function | |
7147 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" | |
35668 | 7148 ;;;;;; (14854 32222)) |
25876 | 7149 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el |
7150 | |
7151 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\ | |
7152 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION. | |
7153 | |
7154 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION | |
7155 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is | |
7156 not selected. | |
7157 | |
7158 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is | |
7159 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise | |
7160 in `load-path'." nil nil) | |
7161 | |
7162 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\ | |
7163 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point. | |
7164 | |
7165 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function | |
7166 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and | |
7167 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if | |
7168 it is one of the current buffers. | |
7169 | |
7170 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in | |
7171 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'. | |
7172 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil) | |
7173 | |
7174 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\ | |
7175 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point. | |
7176 | |
7177 See `find-function' for more details." t nil) | |
7178 | |
7179 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\ | |
7180 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point. | |
7181 | |
7182 See `find-function' for more details." t nil) | |
7183 | |
7184 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\ | |
7185 Return a pair `(buffer . point)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL. | |
7186 | |
7187 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL | |
7188 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is | |
7189 not selected. | |
7190 | |
7191 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in | |
7192 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil) | |
7193 | |
7194 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\ | |
7195 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point. | |
7196 | |
7197 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable | |
7198 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and | |
7199 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if | |
7200 it is one of the current buffers. | |
7201 | |
7202 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in | |
7203 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'. | |
7204 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil) | |
7205 | |
7206 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\ | |
7207 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point. | |
7208 | |
7209 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil) | |
7210 | |
7211 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\ | |
7212 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point. | |
7213 | |
7214 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil) | |
7215 | |
7216 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\ | |
7217 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string. | |
7218 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil) | |
7219 | |
7220 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\ | |
7221 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil) | |
7222 | |
7223 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\ | |
7224 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil) | |
7225 | |
7226 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\ | |
7227 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil) | |
7228 | |
7229 ;;;*** | |
7230 | |
28530 | 7231 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords) |
35668 | 7232 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (14862 37894)) |
28530 | 7233 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el |
7234 | |
7235 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\ | |
7236 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer." t nil) | |
7237 | |
7238 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\ | |
7239 Display FILE's commentary section. | |
7240 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'." t nil) | |
7241 | |
7242 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\ | |
7243 Find packages matching a given keyword." t nil) | |
7244 | |
7245 ;;;*** | |
7246 | |
25876 | 7247 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" |
25998 | 7248 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450)) |
25876 | 7249 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el |
7250 | |
7251 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\ | |
7252 Toggle flow control handling. | |
7253 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^. | |
7254 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil) | |
7255 | |
7256 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\ | |
7257 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types. | |
7258 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control | |
7259 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled, | |
7260 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^ | |
7261 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil) | |
7262 | |
7263 ;;;*** | |
7264 | |
30565 | 7265 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-mode-off flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode |
7266 ;;;;;; flyspell-mode-line-string) "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" | |
35668 | 7267 ;;;;;; (14962 39487)) |
25876 | 7268 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el |
7269 | |
30565 | 7270 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\ |
7271 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active. | |
7272 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.") | |
7273 | |
7274 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\ | |
7275 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings." t nil) | |
7276 | |
7277 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap)) | |
7278 | |
25876 | 7279 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\ |
7280 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking. | |
7281 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words. | |
7282 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words. | |
7283 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode. | |
7284 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive. | |
7285 | |
7286 Bindings: | |
7287 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell). | |
7288 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word. | |
7289 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words. | |
7290 | |
7291 Hooks: | |
7292 flyspell-mode-hook is run after flyspell is entered. | |
7293 | |
7294 Remark: | |
7295 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are | |
7296 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by | |
7297 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'. | |
7298 | |
7299 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance | |
7300 consider adding: | |
7301 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex)))) | |
7302 in your .emacs file. | |
7303 | |
7304 flyspell-region checks all words inside a region. | |
7305 | |
7306 flyspell-buffer checks the whole buffer." t nil) | |
7307 | |
30565 | 7308 (if (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode)) (or (assoc (quote flyspell-mode) minor-mode-alist) (setq minor-mode-alist (cons (quote (flyspell-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)) minor-mode-alist))) (or (assoc (quote flyspell-mode) minor-mode-map-alist) (setq minor-mode-map-alist (cons (cons (quote flyspell-mode) flyspell-mode-map) minor-mode-map-alist)))) |
7309 | |
25876 | 7310 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\ |
7311 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil) | |
7312 | |
7313 ;;;*** | |
7314 | |
7315 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode | |
7316 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el" | |
35668 | 7317 ;;;;;; (14392 8455)) |
25876 | 7318 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el |
7319 | |
7320 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\ | |
7321 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil) | |
7322 | |
7323 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\ | |
7324 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil) | |
7325 | |
7326 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\ | |
7327 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window. | |
7328 | |
7329 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use | |
7330 of two major techniques: | |
7331 | |
7332 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer. | |
7333 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the | |
7334 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.) | |
7335 | |
7336 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another | |
7337 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This | |
7338 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor | |
7339 movement commands. | |
7340 | |
7341 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two | |
7342 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow | |
7343 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been | |
7344 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text, | |
7345 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your | |
7346 mileage may vary). | |
7347 | |
7348 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands | |
7349 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used. | |
7350 | |
7351 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other. | |
7352 | |
7353 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode | |
7354 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly. | |
7355 \(This is the default.) | |
7356 | |
7357 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook' | |
7358 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called. | |
7359 | |
7360 Keys specific to Follow mode: | |
7361 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil) | |
7362 | |
7363 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\ | |
7364 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode. | |
7365 | |
7366 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text | |
7367 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current | |
7368 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two | |
7369 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the | |
7370 two windows always will display two successive pages. | |
7371 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.) | |
7372 | |
7373 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative, | |
7374 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is | |
7375 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame. | |
7376 | |
7377 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line | |
7378 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key: | |
7379 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil) | |
7380 | |
7381 ;;;*** | |
7382 | |
7383 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode | |
33357 | 7384 ;;;;;; font-lock-remove-keywords font-lock-add-keywords turn-on-font-lock |
35668 | 7385 ;;;;;; font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el" (14958 40595)) |
25876 | 7386 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el |
7387 | |
33002 | 7388 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote font-lock-defaults)) |
7389 | |
25876 | 7390 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\ |
7391 Toggle Font Lock mode. | |
35668 | 7392 With arg, turn Font Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive, |
7393 otherwise turn it off. | |
33002 | 7394 \(Font Lock is also known as \"syntax highlighting\".) |
25876 | 7395 |
7396 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it: | |
7397 | |
7398 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face'; | |
7399 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face'; | |
7400 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the | |
7401 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'. | |
7402 | |
33002 | 7403 To customize the faces (colors, fonts, etc.) used by Font Lock for |
7404 fontifying different parts of buffer text, use \\[customize-face]. | |
7405 | |
25876 | 7406 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in |
7407 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs: | |
7408 | |
7409 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock) | |
7410 | |
7411 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font | |
7412 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one | |
7413 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs: | |
7414 | |
7415 (global-font-lock-mode t) | |
7416 | |
7417 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode | |
7418 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where | |
7419 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable | |
7420 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer. | |
7421 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though | |
7422 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'. | |
7423 | |
7424 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support | |
7425 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs: | |
7426 | |
7427 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode) | |
7428 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t) | |
7429 | |
7430 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting | |
7431 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can | |
7432 use `font-lock-add-keywords'. | |
7433 | |
7434 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer | |
7435 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer]. | |
7436 | |
7437 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of | |
7438 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused | |
7439 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block]. | |
7440 | |
7441 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default | |
7442 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a | |
7443 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil) | |
7444 | |
7445 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\ | |
34166 | 7446 Turn on Font Lock mode (only if the terminal can display it)." nil nil) |
25876 | 7447 |
7448 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\ | |
26899 | 7449 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE. |
7450 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode' | |
25876 | 7451 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer. |
7452 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'. | |
7453 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list. | |
7454 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current | |
7455 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the | |
7456 end of the current highlighting list. | |
7457 | |
7458 For example: | |
7459 | |
7460 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode | |
7461 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend) | |
7462 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face))) | |
7463 | |
7464 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in | |
7465 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords. | |
7466 | |
7467 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g., | |
7468 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types', | |
7469 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil) | |
7470 | |
26899 | 7471 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\ |
27949 | 7472 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE. |
7473 | |
7474 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode' | |
26963 | 7475 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer." nil nil) |
26899 | 7476 |
25998 | 7477 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\ |
33357 | 7478 Toggle Global-Font-Lock mode on or off. |
7479 See the command `global-font-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
25998 | 7480 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
7481 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.") | |
7482 | |
7483 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
7484 | |
7485 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock)) | |
7486 | |
33357 | 7487 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\ |
7488 Toggle Font-Lock mode in every buffer. | |
7489 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Font-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
7490 Font-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those | |
7491 in which `turn-on-font-lock-if-enabled' turns it on." t nil) | |
7492 | |
25876 | 7493 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\ |
26724 | 7494 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil) |
25876 | 7495 |
7496 ;;;*** | |
7497 | |
7498 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el" | |
35668 | 7499 ;;;;;; (14924 25355)) |
25876 | 7500 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el |
7501 | |
7502 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\ | |
7503 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC. | |
7504 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format: | |
7505 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ... | |
7506 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas. | |
7507 | |
28288 | 7508 Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward |
7509 compatibility. | |
25876 | 7510 |
7511 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is | |
7512 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil. | |
7513 | |
7514 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil) | |
7515 | |
7516 ;;;*** | |
7517 | |
27949 | 7518 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (14517 |
7519 ;;;;;; 9680)) | |
26963 | 7520 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el |
7521 | |
7522 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\ | |
7523 Toggle footnote minor mode. | |
7524 \\<message-mode-map> | |
7525 key binding | |
7526 --- ------- | |
7527 | |
7528 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes | |
7529 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote | |
7530 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote | |
7531 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style | |
7532 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message | |
7533 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote | |
7534 " t nil) | |
7535 | |
7536 ;;;*** | |
7537 | |
25876 | 7538 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode) |
26724 | 7539 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (14381 57540)) |
25876 | 7540 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el |
7541 | |
7542 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\ | |
7543 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form. | |
7544 | |
7545 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode: | |
7546 TAB forms-next-field TAB | |
7547 C-c TAB forms-next-field | |
7548 C-c < forms-first-record < | |
7549 C-c > forms-last-record > | |
7550 C-c ? describe-mode ? | |
7551 C-c C-k forms-delete-record | |
7552 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q | |
7553 C-c C-o forms-insert-record | |
7554 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l | |
7555 C-c C-n forms-next-record n | |
7556 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p | |
7557 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r | |
7558 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s | |
7559 C-c C-x forms-exit x | |
7560 " t nil) | |
7561 | |
7562 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\ | |
7563 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil) | |
7564 | |
7565 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\ | |
7566 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil) | |
7567 | |
7568 ;;;*** | |
7569 | |
7570 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran" | |
35668 | 7571 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (14942 54439)) |
25876 | 7572 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el |
7573 | |
7574 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\ | |
7575 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode. | |
7576 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control. | |
7577 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked | |
7578 with a character in column 6.") | |
7579 | |
7580 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\ | |
7581 Major mode for editing Fortran code. | |
7582 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly. | |
7583 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE. | |
7584 | |
7585 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for | |
7586 Fortran keywords. | |
7587 | |
7588 Key definitions: | |
7589 \\{fortran-mode-map} | |
7590 | |
7591 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features: | |
7592 | |
7593 `comment-start' | |
30565 | 7594 If you want to use comments starting with `!', |
7595 set this to the string \"!\". | |
25876 | 7596 `fortran-do-indent' |
7597 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3) | |
7598 `fortran-if-indent' | |
7599 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3) | |
7600 `fortran-structure-indent' | |
7601 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks. | |
7602 (default 3) | |
7603 `fortran-continuation-indent' | |
7604 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5) | |
7605 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' | |
7606 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0) | |
7607 `fortran-comment-indent-style' | |
7608 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments, | |
7609 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond | |
7610 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed | |
7611 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' | |
7612 (for TAB format continuation style). | |
7613 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the | |
7614 indentation for a line of code. | |
7615 (default 'fixed) | |
7616 `fortran-comment-indent-char' | |
7617 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for | |
7618 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \") | |
7619 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' | |
7620 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6) | |
7621 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' | |
7622 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9) | |
7623 `fortran-line-number-indent' | |
7624 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get | |
7625 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching | |
7626 column 5. (default 1) | |
7627 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do' | |
7628 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\" | |
7629 statements. (default nil) | |
7630 `fortran-blink-matching-if' | |
7631 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on | |
7632 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE] | |
7633 statement. (default nil) | |
7634 `fortran-continuation-string' | |
7635 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation | |
7636 line. (default \"$\") | |
7637 `fortran-comment-region' | |
7638 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in | |
7639 region. (default \"c$$$\") | |
7640 `fortran-electric-line-number' | |
7641 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column | |
7642 as typed. (default t) | |
7643 `fortran-break-before-delimiters' | |
26724 | 7644 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters. |
25876 | 7645 (default t) |
7646 | |
7647 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook' | |
7648 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
7649 | |
7650 ;;;*** | |
7651 | |
7652 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el" | |
35668 | 7653 ;;;;;; (14915 6801)) |
25876 | 7654 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el |
7655 | |
7656 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\ | |
7657 Create a new generic mode with NAME. | |
7658 | |
7659 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST | |
7660 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION) | |
7661 | |
7662 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function | |
7663 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new | |
7664 function. | |
7665 | |
7666 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character, | |
7667 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character | |
7668 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with | |
33002 | 7669 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the |
7670 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively. | |
25876 | 7671 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters. |
7672 | |
7673 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'. | |
7674 Each keyword should be a string. | |
7675 | |
7676 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry | |
7677 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist' | |
7678 | |
33002 | 7679 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'. |
7680 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode' | |
25876 | 7681 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed. |
7682 | |
7683 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup. | |
7684 | |
7685 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil) | |
7686 | |
7687 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\ | |
7688 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files. | |
7689 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have | |
7690 comment characters, keywords, and the like.) | |
7691 | |
7692 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'. | |
7693 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil) | |
7694 | |
7695 ;;;*** | |
7696 | |
27545 | 7697 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" |
35668 | 7698 ;;;;;; (14901 64340)) |
27545 | 7699 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el |
7700 | |
7701 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\ | |
7702 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable. | |
7703 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores) | |
7704 at places they belong to." t nil) | |
7705 | |
7706 ;;;*** | |
7707 | |
25876 | 7708 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server |
35668 | 7709 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (14859 52340)) |
25876 | 7710 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el |
7711 | |
7712 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\ | |
7713 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil) | |
7714 | |
7715 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\ | |
7716 Read network news. | |
7717 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the | |
7718 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. | |
7719 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will | |
7720 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use. | |
7721 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil) | |
7722 | |
7723 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\ | |
7724 Read news as a slave." t nil) | |
7725 | |
7726 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\ | |
7727 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil) | |
7728 | |
7729 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\ | |
7730 Read network news. | |
7731 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the | |
7732 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will | |
7733 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil) | |
7734 | |
7735 ;;;*** | |
7736 | |
7737 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize | |
7738 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" | |
35668 | 7739 ;;;;;; (14862 37895)) |
25876 | 7740 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el |
7741 | |
7742 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\ | |
7743 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil) | |
7744 | |
7745 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\ | |
7746 Start Gnus plugged." t nil) | |
7747 | |
7748 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\ | |
7749 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader. | |
7750 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the | |
7751 last form in your `.gnus.el' file: | |
7752 | |
7753 \(gnus-agentize) | |
7754 | |
7755 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method', | |
7756 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus | |
7757 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil) | |
7758 | |
7759 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\ | |
7760 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil) | |
7761 | |
7762 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil) | |
7763 | |
7764 ;;;*** | |
7765 | |
32115 | 7766 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" |
35668 | 7767 ;;;;;; (14955 64849)) |
32115 | 7768 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el |
7769 | |
7770 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\ | |
7771 Make the current buffer look like a nice article." nil nil) | |
7772 | |
7773 ;;;*** | |
7774 | |
25876 | 7775 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el" |
35668 | 7776 ;;;;;; (14896 40329)) |
25876 | 7777 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el |
7778 | |
7779 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\ | |
33002 | 7780 Play a sound FILE through the speaker." t nil) |
25876 | 7781 |
7782 ;;;*** | |
7783 | |
7784 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active | |
35668 | 7785 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14862 |
7786 ;;;;;; 37896)) | |
25876 | 7787 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el |
7788 | |
7789 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\ | |
7790 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache. | |
7791 | |
7792 Usage: | |
7793 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil) | |
7794 | |
7795 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\ | |
7796 Generate the cache active file." t nil) | |
7797 | |
7798 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\ | |
7799 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil) | |
7800 | |
7801 ;;;*** | |
7802 | |
7803 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group) | |
35668 | 7804 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (14875 56701)) |
25876 | 7805 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el |
7806 | |
7807 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\ | |
7808 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP. | |
7809 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil) | |
7810 | |
7811 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\ | |
7812 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil) | |
7813 | |
7814 ;;;*** | |
7815 | |
7816 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" | |
33357 | 7817 ;;;;;; (14813 40531)) |
25876 | 7818 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el |
7819 | |
7820 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score)) | |
7821 | |
7822 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\ | |
7823 Run batched scoring. | |
7824 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil) | |
7825 | |
7826 ;;;*** | |
7827 | |
33357 | 7828 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) |
35668 | 7829 ;;;;;; "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (14855 56553)) |
33357 | 7830 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el |
7831 | |
7832 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" nil nil nil) | |
7833 | |
7834 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\ | |
7835 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands. | |
7836 | |
7837 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}" t nil) | |
7838 | |
7839 ;;;*** | |
7840 | |
32115 | 7841 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update |
7842 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" | |
35668 | 7843 ;;;;;; (14862 37897)) |
32115 | 7844 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el |
7845 | |
7846 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\ | |
7847 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy. | |
7848 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail | |
7849 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with | |
7850 group parameters. | |
7851 | |
7852 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called | |
7853 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before | |
7854 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to | |
34166 | 7855 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook. |
7856 | |
7857 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of | |
7858 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used | |
7859 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is | |
7860 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as | |
7861 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy, | |
7862 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical | |
7863 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more | |
7864 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't | |
7865 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See | |
7866 gnus-group-split-fancy for details." t nil) | |
32115 | 7867 |
7868 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\ | |
34166 | 7869 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL, by |
7870 calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL). | |
7871 | |
7872 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used | |
7873 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup." t nil) | |
32115 | 7874 |
7875 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\ | |
7876 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail. | |
7877 See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information. | |
7878 | |
7879 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods." nil nil) | |
7880 | |
7881 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\ | |
7882 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail. It | |
7883 can be embedded into nnmail-split-fancy lists with the SPLIT | |
7884 | |
7885 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL) | |
7886 | |
7887 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will | |
7888 be used to select candidate groups. If it is ommited or nil, all | |
7889 existing groups are considered. | |
7890 | |
7891 if NO-CROSSPOST is ommitted or nil, a & split will be returned, | |
7892 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be | |
7893 returned. | |
7894 | |
7895 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC | |
7896 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this | |
7897 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or | |
7898 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is | |
7899 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if | |
7900 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it | |
7901 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT | |
7902 clauses will be generated. | |
7903 | |
34166 | 7904 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of |
7905 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no | |
7906 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is | |
7907 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy | |
7908 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list, | |
7909 as the last element of a '| SPLIT. | |
7910 | |
32115 | 7911 For example, given the following group parameters: |
7912 | |
7913 nnml:mail.bar: | |
7914 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\") | |
7915 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\")) | |
7916 nnml:mail.foo: | |
7917 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\") | |
7918 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\") | |
7919 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\") | |
7920 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\")) | |
7921 nnml:mail.others: | |
7922 \((split-spec . catch-all)) | |
7923 | |
7924 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns: | |
7925 | |
7926 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\" | |
7927 \"mail.bar\") | |
7928 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\" | |
7929 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\")) | |
7930 \"mail.others\")" nil nil) | |
7931 | |
7932 ;;;*** | |
7933 | |
25876 | 7934 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el" |
35668 | 7935 ;;;;;; (14791 18898)) |
25876 | 7936 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el |
7937 | |
7938 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\ | |
7939 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER. | |
7940 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil) | |
7941 | |
7942 ;;;*** | |
7943 | |
35668 | 7944 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (14915 |
7945 ;;;;;; 6802)) | |
32115 | 7946 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el |
7947 | |
7948 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\ | |
7949 Start editing a mail message to be sent. | |
7950 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the | |
35196 | 7951 Gcc: header for archiving purposes." t nil) |
7952 | |
7953 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook)) | |
32115 | 7954 |
25876 | 7955 ;;;*** |
7956 | |
33002 | 7957 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el" |
33357 | 7958 ;;;;;; (14845 20875)) |
33002 | 7959 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el |
7960 | |
7961 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\ | |
7962 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM. | |
7963 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target. | |
7964 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr | |
7965 part is ignored. | |
7966 | |
7967 This function exists for backward comaptibility with Emacs 20. It is | |
7968 recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist' | |
7969 rather than using this function." nil nil) | |
7970 | |
7971 ;;;*** | |
7972 | |
25876 | 7973 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el" |
35668 | 7974 ;;;;;; (14791 18898)) |
25876 | 7975 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el |
7976 | |
7977 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\ | |
7978 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line. | |
7979 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions | |
7980 for matching on group names. | |
7981 | |
7982 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as | |
7983 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like: | |
7984 | |
7985 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\" | |
7986 | |
7987 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil) | |
7988 | |
7989 ;;;*** | |
7990 | |
7991 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" | |
35668 | 7992 ;;;;;; (14862 37897)) |
25876 | 7993 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el |
7994 | |
7995 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\ | |
7996 Update the format specification near point." t nil) | |
7997 | |
7998 ;;;*** | |
7999 | |
8000 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start" | |
35668 | 8001 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (14862 37897)) |
25876 | 8002 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el |
8003 | |
8004 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\ | |
32115 | 8005 Unload all Gnus features. |
8006 \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names | |
8007 have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use | |
8008 cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble." t nil) | |
25876 | 8009 |
8010 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\ | |
8011 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil) | |
8012 | |
8013 ;;;*** | |
8014 | |
8015 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" | |
35668 | 8016 ;;;;;; (14955 64850)) |
25876 | 8017 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el |
8018 | |
8019 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\ | |
8020 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil) | |
8021 | |
8022 ;;;*** | |
8023 | |
35668 | 8024 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (14726 36008)) |
25876 | 8025 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el |
8026 | |
8027 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\ | |
8028 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs. | |
8029 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it. | |
8030 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used. | |
8031 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for. | |
8032 | |
8033 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X | |
8034 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous | |
8035 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal. | |
8036 | |
8037 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting | |
8038 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays]. | |
8039 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil) | |
8040 | |
8041 ;;;*** | |
8042 | |
8043 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse) | |
31388 | 8044 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (14747 44775)) |
28212 | 8045 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el |
25876 | 8046 |
8047 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\ | |
8048 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse. | |
8049 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for | |
8050 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found | |
8051 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil) | |
8052 | |
8053 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\ | |
8054 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point. | |
8055 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for | |
8056 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found | |
8057 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil) | |
8058 | |
8059 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\ | |
8060 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer. | |
8061 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL | |
8062 or to send e-mail. | |
8063 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET. | |
8064 | |
8065 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and | |
8066 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil) | |
8067 | |
8068 ;;;*** | |
8069 | |
35668 | 8070 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (14959 64907)) |
25876 | 8071 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el |
8072 | |
8073 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\ | |
8074 Load a PS image for display on FRAME. | |
8075 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width | |
8076 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of | |
8077 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil) | |
8078 | |
8079 ;;;*** | |
8080 | |
8081 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el" | |
35668 | 8082 ;;;;;; (14961 24253)) |
25876 | 8083 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el |
8084 | |
8085 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\ | |
8086 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
8087 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
8088 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
8089 | |
8090 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\ | |
8091 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
8092 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
8093 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
8094 | |
8095 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\ | |
8096 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
8097 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
8098 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
8099 | |
8100 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\ | |
8101 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
8102 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
8103 and source-file directory for your debugger. | |
8104 | |
8105 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source | |
8106 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil) | |
8107 | |
8108 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\ | |
8109 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
8110 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
8111 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
8112 | |
8113 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\ | |
8114 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'. | |
8115 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
8116 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
8117 | |
8118 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\ | |
8119 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. The buffer is named | |
8120 \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" | |
8121 if there is. If the \"-classpath\" switch is given, omit all whitespace | |
8122 between it and it's value." t nil) | |
8123 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)") | |
8124 | |
8125 ;;;*** | |
8126 | |
29505 | 8127 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (14638 |
8128 ;;;;;; 40782)) | |
25876 | 8129 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el |
8130 | |
8131 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\ | |
8132 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document. | |
8133 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt' | |
8134 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output. | |
8135 | |
8136 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12) | |
8137 handwrite-fontsize (default 11) | |
8138 handwrite-numlines (default 60) | |
8139 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil) | |
8140 | |
8141 ;;;*** | |
8142 | |
25998 | 8143 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" |
28162 | 8144 ;;;;;; (14539 53714)) |
25876 | 8145 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el |
8146 | |
8147 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\ | |
25998 | 8148 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil) |
8149 | |
8150 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\ | |
8151 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version. | |
8152 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per | |
8153 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT. | |
8154 | |
8155 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil) | |
8156 | |
8157 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\ | |
8158 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock. | |
8159 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the | |
8160 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need | |
8161 to be updated." t nil) | |
8162 | |
8163 ;;;*** | |
8164 | |
8165 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el" | |
8166 ;;;;;; (14264 39262)) | |
25876 | 8167 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el |
8168 | |
8169 (defvar three-step-help nil "\ | |
8170 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps. | |
8171 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, | |
8172 and window listing and describing the options. | |
8173 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that | |
8174 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.") | |
8175 | |
8176 ;;;*** | |
8177 | |
8178 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" | |
35668 | 8179 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (14518 20602)) |
25876 | 8180 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el |
8181 | |
8182 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\ | |
8183 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil) | |
8184 | |
8185 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\ | |
8186 Provide help for current mode." t nil) | |
8187 | |
8188 ;;;*** | |
8189 | |
8190 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl" | |
35668 | 8191 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (14821 31346)) |
25876 | 8192 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el |
8193 | |
8194 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\ | |
25998 | 8195 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format. |
8196 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects | |
8197 if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit | |
8198 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'. | |
25876 | 8199 |
8200 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format | |
8201 using the function `hexlify-buffer'. | |
8202 | |
8203 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal) | |
8204 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line | |
8205 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal | |
8206 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values. | |
8207 | |
8208 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are | |
8209 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as | |
8210 periods. | |
8211 | |
8212 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be | |
8213 in hexl format. | |
8214 | |
8215 A sample format: | |
8216 | |
8217 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT | |
8218 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---------------- | |
8219 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod | |
8220 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re | |
8221 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte | |
8222 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal | |
8223 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print | |
8224 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara | |
8225 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont | |
8226 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII | |
8227 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are | |
8228 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per | |
8229 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin | |
8230 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character | |
8231 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region.. | |
8232 | |
8233 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most | |
8234 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line] | |
8235 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up). | |
8236 | |
8237 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are | |
8238 also supported. | |
8239 | |
8240 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode: | |
8241 | |
8242 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are | |
8243 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will | |
8244 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer. | |
8245 | |
8246 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if | |
8247 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place | |
8248 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation. | |
8249 | |
8250 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF) | |
8251 into the buffer at the current point. | |
8252 | |
8253 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377) | |
8254 into the buffer at the current point. | |
8255 | |
8256 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255) | |
8257 into the buffer at the current point. | |
8258 | |
8259 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode. | |
8260 | |
8261 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands | |
8262 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving. | |
8263 | |
25998 | 8264 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode. |
25876 | 8265 |
8266 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil) | |
8267 | |
8268 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\ | |
8269 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode. | |
8270 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil) | |
8271 | |
8272 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\ | |
8273 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format. | |
8274 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil) | |
8275 | |
8276 ;;;*** | |
8277 | |
30565 | 8278 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer |
8279 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer hi-lock-mode | |
35668 | 8280 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (14941 34892)) |
30565 | 8281 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el |
8282 | |
8283 (defgroup hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting nil "Interactively add and remove font-lock patterns for highlighting text." :group (quote faces)) | |
8284 | |
8285 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\ | |
8286 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.") | |
8287 | |
8288 (custom-add-to-group (quote hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting) (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
8289 | |
8290 (custom-add-load (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote hi-lock)) | |
8291 | |
8292 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\ | |
8293 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns. | |
8294 | |
8295 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also | |
8296 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock turned on an \"Automatic Highlighting\" | |
8297 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, | |
8298 which can be called interactively, are: | |
8299 | |
8300 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE | |
8301 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE. | |
8302 | |
8303 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE | |
8304 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE. | |
8305 | |
8306 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP | |
8307 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer. | |
8308 | |
8309 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns] | |
8310 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will | |
8311 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command | |
8312 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords. | |
8313 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns], | |
8314 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. | |
8315 | |
8316 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] | |
8317 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]). | |
8318 | |
8319 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the | |
8320 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form: | |
8321 Hi-lock: FOO | |
8322 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords | |
8323 already present. The patterns must start before position (number | |
8324 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns | |
8325 will be read until | |
8326 Hi-lock: end | |
8327 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'." t nil) | |
8328 | |
8329 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer)) | |
8330 | |
8331 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\ | |
8332 Set face of all lines containing matches of REGEXP to FACE. | |
8333 | |
8334 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history | |
8335 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces. | |
8336 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item. | |
8337 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil) | |
8338 | |
8339 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer)) | |
8340 | |
8341 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\ | |
8342 Set face of all matches of REGEXP to FACE. | |
8343 | |
8344 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history | |
8345 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces. | |
8346 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item. | |
8347 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil) | |
8348 | |
8349 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer)) | |
8350 | |
8351 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\ | |
8352 Remove highlighting of matches to REGEXP set by hi-lock. | |
8353 | |
8354 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted | |
8355 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock | |
31388 | 8356 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.) |
30565 | 8357 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp. |
8358 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)" t nil) | |
8359 | |
8360 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\ | |
8361 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point. | |
8362 | |
8363 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using | |
8364 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can | |
8365 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'." t nil) | |
8366 | |
8367 ;;;*** | |
8368 | |
25876 | 8369 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially |
35668 | 8370 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (14745 13974)) |
25876 | 8371 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el |
8372 | |
25998 | 8373 (defvar hide-ifdef-mode nil "\ |
8374 Non-nil when hide-ifdef-mode is activated.") | |
8375 | |
25876 | 8376 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\ |
8377 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one. | |
8378 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise. | |
8379 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor | |
8380 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect | |
8381 how the hiding is done: | |
8382 | |
8383 hide-ifdef-env | |
8384 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the | |
8385 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env' | |
8386 is used. | |
8387 | |
8388 hide-ifdef-define-alist | |
8389 An association list of defined symbol lists. | |
8390 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env' | |
8391 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env' | |
8392 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'. | |
8393 | |
8394 hide-ifdef-lines | |
8395 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and | |
8396 #endif lines when hiding. | |
8397 | |
8398 hide-ifdef-initially | |
8399 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode | |
8400 is activated. | |
8401 | |
8402 hide-ifdef-read-only | |
8403 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding. | |
8404 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value. | |
8405 | |
8406 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil) | |
8407 | |
8408 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\ | |
8409 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.") | |
8410 | |
8411 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\ | |
8412 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.") | |
8413 | |
8414 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\ | |
8415 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.") | |
8416 | |
8417 ;;;*** | |
8418 | |
27016 | 8419 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all) |
33357 | 8420 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (14799 2695)) |
25876 | 8421 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el |
8422 | |
8423 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\ | |
27016 | 8424 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.") |
8425 | |
8426 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\ | |
25876 | 8427 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes. |
27016 | 8428 Each element has the form |
25876 | 8429 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC). |
27016 | 8430 |
8431 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks | |
8432 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE. | |
8433 | |
8434 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is | |
8435 defined as text surrounded by START and END. | |
8436 | |
8437 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START | |
8438 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and | |
8439 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper | |
8440 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For | |
8441 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'. | |
8442 | |
8443 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those | |
8444 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead. | |
8445 | |
8446 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the | |
8447 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC. | |
8448 | |
8449 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess | |
8450 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing | |
8451 whitespace. Case does not matter.") | |
25876 | 8452 |
8453 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\ | |
8454 Toggle hideshow minor mode. | |
8455 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. | |
8456 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow | |
8457 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled. | |
8458 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'. | |
8459 | |
8460 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block', | |
32115 | 8461 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also |
27016 | 8462 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'. |
25876 | 8463 |
8464 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the | |
8465 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands. | |
8466 | |
27949 | 8467 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'. |
8468 | |
25876 | 8469 Key bindings: |
8470 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil) | |
8471 | |
8472 ;;;*** | |
8473 | |
8474 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file | |
8475 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change | |
8476 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight) | |
35668 | 8477 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (14750 31723)) |
25876 | 8478 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el |
8479 | |
25998 | 8480 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil) |
8481 | |
25876 | 8482 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\ |
31388 | 8483 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END. |
25876 | 8484 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil) |
8485 | |
8486 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
8487 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode. | |
8488 | |
31388 | 8489 Without an argument: |
8490 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active | |
8491 or passive state as determined by the variable | |
8492 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active | |
8493 and passive state. | |
8494 | |
8495 With an argument ARG: | |
8496 If ARG is positive, set state to active; | |
8497 If ARG is zero, set state to passive; | |
8498 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely. | |
8499 | |
8500 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face. | |
25876 | 8501 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are |
8502 not displayed in a different face. | |
8503 | |
8504 Functions: | |
8505 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change | |
8506 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change | |
8507 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this | |
8508 buffer with the contents of a file | |
8509 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region | |
8510 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through | |
8511 various faces. | |
8512 | |
8513 Hook variables: | |
31388 | 8514 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode. |
8515 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state | |
8516 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode." t nil) | |
25876 | 8517 |
8518 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
8519 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil) | |
8520 | |
8521 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
8522 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil) | |
8523 | |
8524 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
8525 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode. | |
8526 | |
31388 | 8527 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element |
8528 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in | |
25876 | 8529 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain |
8530 shown in the last face in the list. | |
8531 | |
8532 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved | |
31388 | 8533 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the |
25876 | 8534 buffer to be saved): |
31388 | 8535 |
8536 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)" t nil) | |
25876 | 8537 |
8538 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
8539 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences. | |
8540 | |
8541 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file, | |
31388 | 8542 and must not be read-only. |
8543 | |
8544 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when | |
8545 this function is called interactively. | |
8546 | |
8547 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it | |
8548 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is | |
8549 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted. | |
8550 | |
8551 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property | |
8552 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and | |
25876 | 8553 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil) |
8554 | |
8555 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
8556 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode. | |
8557 | |
8558 When called interactively: | |
8559 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off | |
8560 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode | |
8561 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode | |
8562 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off | |
8563 | |
8564 When called from a program: | |
8565 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off | |
31388 | 8566 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode |
8567 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode | |
25876 | 8568 - otherwise just turn it on |
8569 | |
8570 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned | |
8571 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if | |
8572 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil). | |
31388 | 8573 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil) |
25876 | 8574 |
8575 ;;;*** | |
8576 | |
8577 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers | |
8578 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction | |
8579 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space | |
26724 | 8580 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp" |
31388 | 8581 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (14735 57398)) |
25876 | 8582 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el |
8583 | |
8584 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\ | |
8585 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'. | |
8586 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of, | |
8587 or insert functions in this list.") | |
8588 | |
8589 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\ | |
8590 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.") | |
8591 | |
8592 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\ | |
8593 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.") | |
8594 | |
8595 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\ | |
8596 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.") | |
8597 | |
8598 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\ | |
8599 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.") | |
8600 | |
8601 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\ | |
8602 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched. | |
8603 If nil, all buffers are searched.") | |
8604 | |
8605 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\ | |
8606 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current). | |
8607 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes | |
8608 \(as atoms)") | |
8609 | |
8610 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\ | |
8611 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current). | |
8612 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes | |
8613 \(as atoms). If non-NIL, this variable overrides the variable | |
8614 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.") | |
8615 | |
8616 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\ | |
8617 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods. | |
8618 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are | |
8619 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated | |
8620 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible | |
8621 expansions. | |
8622 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next | |
8623 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument], | |
8624 undoes the expansion." t nil) | |
8625 | |
8626 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\ | |
8627 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'. | |
8628 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second | |
8629 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro)) | |
8630 | |
8631 ;;;*** | |
8632 | |
35668 | 8633 ;;;### (autoloads (hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (14932 18342)) |
25998 | 8634 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el |
8635 | |
30565 | 8636 (defvar hl-line-mode nil "\ |
33357 | 8637 Toggle Hl-Line mode on or off. |
8638 See the command `hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
30565 | 8639 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
8640 use either \\[customize] or the function `hl-line-mode'.") | |
8641 | |
8642 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
8643 | |
8644 (custom-add-load (quote hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line)) | |
8645 | |
25998 | 8646 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\ |
27321 | 8647 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window. |
25998 | 8648 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. |
8649 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on | |
8650 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil) | |
8651 | |
8652 ;;;*** | |
8653 | |
25876 | 8654 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" |
8655 ;;;;;; (13462 53924)) | |
8656 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el | |
8657 | |
8658 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\ | |
8659 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive). | |
8660 | |
8661 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the | |
8662 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists. | |
8663 | |
8664 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil) | |
8665 | |
8666 ;;;*** | |
8667 | |
8668 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll) | |
35668 | 8669 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (14883 57782)) |
35196 | 8670 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el |
25876 | 8671 |
8672 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\ | |
34166 | 8673 This function is obsolete. |
8674 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil. | |
8675 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." nil nil) | |
25876 | 8676 |
8677 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\ | |
34166 | 8678 This function is obsolete. |
8679 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil. | |
8680 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil) | |
25876 | 8681 |
8682 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\ | |
34166 | 8683 This function is obsolete. |
8684 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil. | |
8685 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil) | |
25876 | 8686 |
8687 ;;;*** | |
8688 | |
8689 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete" | |
35668 | 8690 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (14957 20511)) |
25876 | 8691 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el |
8692 | |
8693 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\ | |
8694 Activate incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session. | |
8695 Deactivates with negative universal argument." t nil) | |
8696 | |
8697 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\ | |
8698 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion. | |
8699 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil) | |
8700 | |
8701 ;;;*** | |
8702 | |
35668 | 8703 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (14854 32223)) |
25876 | 8704 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el |
8705 | |
8706 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\ | |
8707 Major mode for editing Icon code. | |
8708 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets. | |
8709 Tab indents for Icon code. | |
8710 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. | |
8711 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
8712 \\{icon-mode-map} | |
8713 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
8714 icon-tab-always-indent | |
8715 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line, | |
8716 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
8717 icon-auto-newline | |
8718 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces | |
8719 inserted in Icon code. | |
8720 icon-indent-level | |
8721 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block. | |
8722 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation | |
8723 of the line on which the open-brace appears. | |
8724 icon-continued-statement-offset | |
8725 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the | |
8726 then-clause of an if or body of a while. | |
8727 icon-continued-brace-offset | |
8728 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement. | |
8729 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'. | |
8730 icon-brace-offset | |
8731 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace. | |
8732 icon-brace-imaginary-offset | |
8733 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were | |
8734 this far to the right of the start of its line. | |
8735 | |
8736 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook' | |
8737 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
8738 | |
8739 ;;;*** | |
8740 | |
27321 | 8741 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" |
35668 | 8742 ;;;;;; (14912 33400)) |
27321 | 8743 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el |
8744 | |
8745 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\ | |
8746 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'. | |
8747 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL. | |
8748 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer. | |
8749 | |
8750 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame' | |
8751 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in | |
8752 separate frames. | |
8753 | |
8754 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name'. | |
8755 | |
8756 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending | |
8757 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'. | |
8758 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'. | |
8759 | |
8760 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
8761 | |
8762 ;;;*** | |
8763 | |
27016 | 8764 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" |
35668 | 8765 ;;;;;; (14912 33400)) |
27016 | 8766 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el |
8767 | |
8768 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\ | |
8769 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files. | |
8770 | |
8771 The main features of this mode are | |
8772 | |
8773 1. Indentation and Formatting | |
8774 -------------------------- | |
8775 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents. | |
8776 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line. | |
8777 | |
8778 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This function can also | |
8779 be used in the middle of a line to split the line at that point. | |
8780 When used inside a long constant string, the string is split at | |
8781 that point with the `+' concatenation operator. | |
8782 | |
8783 Comments are indented as follows: | |
8784 | |
8785 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged. | |
8786 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code | |
8787 `;' Indent to a minimum column. | |
8788 | |
8789 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed. | |
8790 | |
8791 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a comment. The indentation | |
8792 of the second line of the paragraph relative to the first will be | |
8793 retained. Use \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these comments. | |
8794 When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is nil, code | |
8795 can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not recommended). | |
8796 | |
8797 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the | |
8798 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. | |
8799 Then mark the entire buffer again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region'). | |
8800 | |
8801 2. Routine Info | |
8802 ------------ | |
8803 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the accepted | |
8804 keyword parameters of a procedure or function with \\[idlwave-routine-info]. | |
8805 \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the source file of a module. | |
8806 These commands know about system routines, all routines in idlwave-mode | |
8807 buffers and (when the idlwave-shell is active) about all modules | |
8808 currently compiled under this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this | |
30565 | 8809 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4). |
8810 | |
8811 3. Online IDL Help | |
8812 --------------- | |
8813 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant | |
8814 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key | |
8815 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional | |
8816 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must | |
8817 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files. | |
8818 | |
8819 4. Completion | |
27016 | 8820 ---------- |
30565 | 8821 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions |
8822 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and | |
8823 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword). | |
8824 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in | |
8825 mixed or upper case. | |
8826 | |
8827 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations | |
27016 | 8828 -------------------------------- |
8829 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates. | |
8830 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples | |
8831 | |
8832 \\pr PROCEDURE template | |
8833 \\fu FUNCTION template | |
8834 \\c CASE statement template | |
35196 | 8835 \\sw SWITCH statement template |
27016 | 8836 \\f FOR loop template |
8837 \\r REPEAT Loop template | |
8838 \\w WHILE loop template | |
8839 \\i IF statement template | |
8840 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template | |
8841 \\b BEGIN | |
8842 | |
8843 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have | |
8844 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below. | |
8845 | |
8846 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the | |
8847 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries | |
8848 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification]. | |
8849 | |
30565 | 8850 6. Automatic Case Conversion |
27016 | 8851 ------------------------- |
8852 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by | |
8853 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'. | |
8854 | |
30565 | 8855 7. Automatic END completion |
27016 | 8856 ------------------------ |
8857 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed | |
8858 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc. | |
8859 | |
30565 | 8860 8. Hooks |
27016 | 8861 ----- |
8862 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'. | |
8863 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'. | |
8864 | |
30565 | 8865 9. Documentation and Customization |
27016 | 8866 ------------------------------- |
8867 Info documentation for this package is available. Use \\[idlwave-info] | |
8868 to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does not work). | |
8869 For Postscript and HTML versions of the documentation, check IDLWAVE's | |
8870 homepage at `http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/idlwave'. | |
8871 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'. | |
8872 | |
30565 | 8873 10.Keybindings |
27016 | 8874 ----------- |
8875 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode. | |
8876 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key] | |
8877 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does. | |
8878 | |
8879 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil) | |
8880 | |
8881 ;;;*** | |
8882 | |
33357 | 8883 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (14821 31346)) |
25876 | 8884 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el |
8885 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*") | |
8886 | |
8887 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\ | |
8888 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions. | |
8889 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil) | |
8890 | |
8891 ;;;*** | |
8892 | |
28724 | 8893 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image |
8894 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header | |
35668 | 8895 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (14898 8349)) |
25876 | 8896 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el |
8897 | |
27321 | 8898 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\ |
8899 Determine the image type from image data DATA. | |
8900 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot | |
8901 be determined." nil nil) | |
8902 | |
25876 | 8903 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\ |
8904 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes. | |
8905 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot | |
8906 be determined." nil nil) | |
8907 | |
8908 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\ | |
8909 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available. | |
8910 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil) | |
8911 | |
8912 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\ | |
27321 | 8913 Create an image. |
8914 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data. | |
25876 | 8915 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted |
27321 | 8916 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes |
8917 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name, | |
35196 | 8918 use its file extension as image type. |
27321 | 8919 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data. |
25876 | 8920 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image, |
32115 | 8921 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'. |
25876 | 8922 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil) |
8923 | |
8924 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\ | |
25998 | 8925 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer. |
25876 | 8926 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'. |
25998 | 8927 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a |
8928 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the | |
29505 | 8929 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it. |
25876 | 8930 POS may be an integer or marker. |
8931 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means | |
8932 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means | |
8933 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin' | |
25998 | 8934 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil) |
25876 | 8935 |
8936 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\ | |
8937 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point. | |
25998 | 8938 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer |
29505 | 8939 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is |
8940 defaulted if you omit it. | |
25876 | 8941 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means |
8942 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means | |
8943 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin' | |
25998 | 8944 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil) |
25876 | 8945 |
8946 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\ | |
8947 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER. | |
8948 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'. | |
8949 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil) | |
8950 | |
28724 | 8951 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\ |
8952 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications. | |
8953 | |
29505 | 8954 SPECS is a list of image specifications. |
28724 | 8955 |
8956 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of | |
8957 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at | |
8958 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or | |
8959 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type, | |
8960 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a | |
29505 | 8961 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE |
8962 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image | |
8963 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is | |
8964 satisfied. | |
8965 | |
8966 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'." nil nil) | |
28724 | 8967 |
25876 | 8968 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\ |
8969 Define SYMBOL as an image. | |
8970 | |
8971 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional | |
8972 documentation string. | |
8973 | |
8974 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of | |
8975 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at | |
27321 | 8976 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or |
8977 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type, | |
8978 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a | |
8979 string containing the actual image data. The first image | |
8980 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to | |
8981 define SYMBOL. | |
25876 | 8982 |
8983 Example: | |
8984 | |
8985 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\") | |
8986 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro)) | |
8987 | |
8988 ;;;*** | |
8989 | |
33002 | 8990 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp |
8991 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file" | |
35668 | 8992 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (14909 56659)) |
32115 | 8993 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el |
8994 | |
35196 | 8995 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm")) "\ |
33002 | 8996 *A list of image-file filename extensions. |
8997 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files, | |
8998 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'. | |
8999 | |
9000 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled, | |
9001 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless | |
9002 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically the | |
9003 variable is set using \\[customize].") | |
9004 | |
9005 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\ | |
9006 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames. | |
9007 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files, | |
9008 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'. | |
9009 | |
9010 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is | |
9011 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless | |
9012 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically the | |
9013 variable is set using \\[customize].") | |
9014 | |
32115 | 9015 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\ |
33002 | 9016 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames." nil nil) |
9017 | |
9018 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\ | |
9019 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer. | |
9020 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for | |
9021 the command `insert-file-contents'." nil nil) | |
32115 | 9022 |
9023 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\ | |
33357 | 9024 Toggle Auto-Image-File mode on or off. |
9025 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
32115 | 9026 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
9027 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.") | |
9028 | |
9029 (custom-add-to-group (quote image) (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
9030 | |
9031 (custom-add-load (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote image-file)) | |
9032 | |
9033 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\ | |
9034 Toggle visiting of image files as images. | |
9035 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off. | |
9036 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled. | |
9037 | |
9038 Image files are those whose name has an extension in | |
9039 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in | |
9040 `image-file-name-regexps'." t nil) | |
9041 | |
9042 ;;;*** | |
9043 | |
25876 | 9044 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar |
35744 | 9045 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (14965 37091)) |
25876 | 9046 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el |
9047 | |
9048 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\ | |
9049 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu. | |
9050 | |
9051 Affects only the mouse index menu. | |
9052 | |
9053 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster). | |
9054 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found | |
9055 in the buffer. | |
9056 | |
9057 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting. | |
9058 | |
9059 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first | |
9060 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells; | |
9061 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.") | |
9062 | |
9063 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\ | |
9064 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index. | |
9065 | |
9066 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' | |
9067 to create a buffer index. | |
9068 | |
9069 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this: | |
9070 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX) | |
9071 or like this: | |
9072 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...) | |
9073 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in | |
9074 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element | |
30565 | 9075 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...) |
9076 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'. | |
25876 | 9077 |
9078 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the | |
9079 entries are not nested. | |
9080 | |
9081 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is | |
9082 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions, | |
9083 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the | |
9084 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information. | |
9085 | |
9086 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the | |
9087 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu. | |
9088 | |
9089 The variable is buffer-local. | |
9090 | |
9091 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the | |
9092 regexp matches are case sensitive. and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be | |
9093 used to alter the syntax table for the search. | |
9094 | |
9095 For example, see the value of `lisp-imenu-generic-expression' used by | |
9096 `lisp-mode' and `emacs-lisp-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set | |
9097 locally to give the characters which normally have \"punctuation\" | |
9098 syntax \"word\" syntax during matching.") | |
9099 | |
9100 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression)) | |
9101 | |
9102 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\ | |
9103 The function to use for creating a buffer index. | |
9104 | |
9105 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index | |
9106 of the current buffer as an alist. | |
9107 | |
9108 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION). | |
9109 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...). | |
9110 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST). | |
9111 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t | |
9112 if it is a sub-alist. | |
9113 | |
9114 This function is called within a `save-excursion'. | |
9115 | |
9116 The variable is buffer-local.") | |
9117 | |
9118 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function)) | |
9119 | |
9120 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\ | |
9121 Function for finding the next index position. | |
9122 | |
9123 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to | |
9124 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable | |
9125 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the | |
9126 file. | |
9127 | |
9128 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the | |
9129 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index. | |
9130 | |
9131 This variable is local in all buffers.") | |
9132 | |
9133 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function)) | |
9134 | |
9135 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\ | |
9136 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position. | |
9137 | |
9138 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function' | |
9139 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position. | |
9140 It should return the name for that index item. | |
9141 | |
9142 This variable is local in all buffers.") | |
9143 | |
9144 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function)) | |
9145 | |
25998 | 9146 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\ |
9147 Function to compare string with index item. | |
9148 | |
9149 This function will be called with two strings, and should return | |
9150 non-nil if they match. | |
9151 | |
9152 If nil, comparison is done with `string='. | |
9153 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons, | |
9154 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of | |
9155 arguments match\". | |
9156 | |
9157 This variable is local in all buffers.") | |
9158 | |
9159 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function)) | |
9160 | |
25876 | 9161 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\ |
9162 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item. | |
9163 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.") | |
9164 | |
9165 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function)) | |
9166 | |
35744 | 9167 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist)) |
9168 | |
25876 | 9169 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search)) |
9170 | |
9171 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\ | |
9172 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer. | |
9173 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item. | |
9174 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil) | |
9175 | |
9176 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\ | |
9177 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer. | |
9178 | |
9179 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil) | |
9180 | |
9181 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\ | |
9182 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu. | |
9183 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index' | |
9184 for more information." t nil) | |
9185 | |
9186 ;;;*** | |
9187 | |
25998 | 9188 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" |
33357 | 9189 ;;;;;; (14821 31354)) |
25998 | 9190 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el |
25876 | 9191 |
9192 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\ | |
9193 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history. | |
9194 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp | |
33002 | 9195 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword |
25876 | 9196 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)") |
9197 | |
9198 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\ | |
9199 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.") | |
9200 | |
9201 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\ | |
9202 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file. | |
9203 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name | |
9204 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp | |
9205 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps. | |
9206 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\" | |
9207 produces cosmetically superior output for this application, | |
9208 but it works only in Common Lisp.") | |
9209 | |
9210 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\ | |
9211 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode. | |
9212 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl, | |
33002 | 9213 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the |
25876 | 9214 Inferior Lisp buffer. |
9215 | |
31388 | 9216 This variable is only used if the variable |
9217 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil. | |
9218 | |
25876 | 9219 More precise choices: |
9220 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\" | |
9221 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\" | |
9222 kcl: \"^>+ *\" | |
9223 | |
9224 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.") | |
9225 | |
9226 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\ | |
9227 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.") | |
9228 | |
9229 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\ | |
9230 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'. | |
9231 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch | |
9232 to that buffer. | |
9233 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value | |
9234 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from | |
9235 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run). | |
9236 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
9237 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*") | |
9238 | |
9239 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp)) | |
9240 | |
9241 ;;;*** | |
9242 | |
9243 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node | |
28710 | 9244 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-directory info-standalone |
35668 | 9245 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (14942 54438)) |
25876 | 9246 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el |
9247 | |
9248 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\ | |
9249 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil) | |
9250 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*") | |
9251 | |
9252 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\ | |
9253 Enter Info, the documentation browser. | |
9254 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine; | |
9255 the default is the top-level directory of Info. | |
25998 | 9256 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form |
9257 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'. | |
25876 | 9258 |
9259 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command | |
9260 to read a file name from the minibuffer. | |
9261 | |
9262 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'. | |
29505 | 9263 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir' |
25876 | 9264 in all the directories in that path." t nil) |
9265 | |
9266 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\ | |
9267 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader. | |
9268 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename] | |
9269 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil) | |
9270 | |
28710 | 9271 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\ |
9272 Go to the Info directory node." t nil) | |
9273 | |
25876 | 9274 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\ |
9275 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND. | |
35196 | 9276 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices |
25876 | 9277 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or |
9278 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil) | |
9279 | |
9280 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\ | |
35196 | 9281 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY. |
9282 KEY is a string. | |
30565 | 9283 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read. |
35196 | 9284 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices |
25876 | 9285 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or |
9286 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil) | |
9287 | |
9288 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\ | |
9289 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser. | |
9290 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil) | |
9291 | |
9292 ;;;*** | |
9293 | |
9294 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file | |
9295 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el" | |
35668 | 9296 ;;;;;; (14710 63985)) |
25876 | 9297 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el |
9298 | |
9299 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\ | |
9300 Throw away all cached data. | |
9301 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without | |
9302 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the | |
9303 system." t nil) | |
9304 | |
9305 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\ | |
9306 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual. | |
9307 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer. | |
9308 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value | |
9309 into the minibuffer so you can edit it. | |
25998 | 9310 The default symbol is the one found at point. |
9311 | |
9312 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil) | |
25876 | 9313 |
9314 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\ | |
9315 Display the documentation of a file. | |
9316 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer. | |
9317 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name | |
9318 into the minibuffer so you can edit it. | |
25998 | 9319 The default file name is the one found at point. |
9320 | |
9321 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil) | |
25876 | 9322 |
9323 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\ | |
9324 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil) | |
9325 | |
9326 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\ | |
9327 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil) | |
9328 | |
9329 ;;;*** | |
9330 | |
9331 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify) | |
25998 | 9332 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (14281 34724)) |
25876 | 9333 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el |
9334 | |
9335 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\ | |
9336 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil) | |
9337 | |
9338 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\ | |
9339 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles. | |
9340 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node. | |
9341 | |
9342 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag | |
9343 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which | |
9344 should be saved in place of the original visited file. | |
9345 | |
9346 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is | |
9347 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original | |
9348 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it | |
9349 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil) | |
9350 | |
9351 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\ | |
9352 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file. | |
9353 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil) | |
9354 | |
9355 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\ | |
9356 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line. | |
9357 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion. | |
9358 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously. | |
9359 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil) | |
9360 | |
9361 ;;;*** | |
9362 | |
9363 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method | |
9364 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" | |
35668 | 9365 ;;;;;; (14837 20776)) |
25876 | 9366 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el |
9367 | |
9368 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\ | |
9369 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil) | |
9370 | |
9371 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\ | |
9372 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil) | |
9373 | |
9374 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil) | |
9375 | |
9376 ;;;*** | |
9377 | |
9378 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el" | |
35668 | 9379 ;;;;;; (14388 10886)) |
25876 | 9380 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el |
9381 | |
9382 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\ | |
9383 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter. | |
9384 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1. | |
9385 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys | |
9386 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following | |
9387 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter. | |
9388 | |
9389 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language | |
9390 with the command `iso-accents-customize'. | |
9391 | |
9392 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla, | |
9393 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash). | |
9394 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn. | |
9395 \"s gives German sharp s. | |
9396 /a gives a with ring. | |
9397 /e gives an a-e ligature. | |
9398 ~< and ~> give guillemots. | |
9399 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark. | |
9400 ~? gives an inverted question mark. | |
9401 | |
9402 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode, | |
9403 and a negative argument disables it." t nil) | |
9404 | |
9405 ;;;*** | |
9406 | |
9407 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only | |
28523 | 9408 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso |
9409 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" | |
35668 | 9410 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (14913 56005)) |
25876 | 9411 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el |
9412 | |
9413 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
9414 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1. | |
9415 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
35196 | 9416 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil) |
25876 | 9417 |
9418 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
9419 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1. | |
9420 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
35196 | 9421 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil) |
25876 | 9422 |
9423 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
9424 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences. | |
9425 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
35196 | 9426 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil) |
25876 | 9427 |
9428 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
9429 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters. | |
9430 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
35196 | 9431 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil) |
25876 | 9432 |
9433 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
9434 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters. | |
9435 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
35196 | 9436 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil) |
25876 | 9437 |
9438 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
9439 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences. | |
9440 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
35196 | 9441 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil) |
25876 | 9442 |
9443 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
9444 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences. | |
9445 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
35196 | 9446 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil) |
25876 | 9447 |
28523 | 9448 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\ |
9449 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities. | |
9450 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\". | |
35196 | 9451 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil) |
28523 | 9452 |
9453 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
9454 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters. | |
9455 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\". | |
35196 | 9456 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil) |
28523 | 9457 |
25876 | 9458 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\ |
9459 Warn that format is read-only." t nil) | |
9460 | |
9461 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
9462 Warn that format is write-only." t nil) | |
9463 | |
9464 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
9465 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil) | |
9466 | |
9467 ;;;*** | |
9468 | |
9469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el" | |
35668 | 9470 ;;;;;; (14716 1570)) |
25876 | 9471 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el |
9472 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap))) | |
9473 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map) | |
9474 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap) | |
9475 | |
9476 ;;;*** | |
9477 | |
30565 | 9478 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag |
25876 | 9479 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings |
9480 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell | |
9481 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist ispell-local-dictionary-alist | |
25998 | 9482 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" |
35668 | 9483 ;;;;;; (14941 34892)) |
25998 | 9484 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el |
25876 | 9485 |
28710 | 9486 (defconst xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\ |
27321 | 9487 Non nil if using XEmacs.") |
9488 | |
28710 | 9489 (defconst version18p (string-match "18\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\ |
27321 | 9490 Non nil if using emacs version 18.") |
9491 | |
28710 | 9492 (defconst version20p (string-match "20\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\ |
27321 | 9493 Non nil if using emacs version 20.") |
9494 | |
25876 | 9495 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\ |
9496 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil. | |
9497 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used, | |
9498 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.") | |
9499 | |
9500 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\ | |
9501 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions. | |
9502 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.") | |
9503 | |
31388 | 9504 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1)))) |
25876 | 9505 |
9506 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1)))) | |
9507 | |
31388 | 9508 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1)))) |
9509 | |
9510 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1)))) | |
25876 | 9511 |
9512 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2)))) | |
9513 | |
31388 | 9514 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "portugues") "~latin1" iso-8859-1)))) |
25876 | 9515 |
9516 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\ | |
9517 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters. | |
9518 | |
9519 Each element of this list is also a list: | |
9520 | |
9521 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P | |
9522 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET) | |
9523 | |
9524 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary', | |
9525 nil means the default dictionary. | |
9526 | |
9527 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a | |
9528 word. | |
9529 | |
9530 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS. | |
9531 | |
9532 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be | |
9533 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow | |
9534 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word, | |
9535 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the | |
9536 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and | |
9537 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but | |
9538 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word. | |
9539 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string. | |
9540 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here. | |
9541 | |
9542 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word. | |
9543 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any | |
9544 single word. | |
9545 | |
9546 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell | |
9547 subprocess. | |
9548 | |
9549 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which | |
9550 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts | |
9551 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff | |
9552 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option. | |
9553 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode, | |
9554 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode. | |
9555 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See | |
9556 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this. | |
9557 | |
9558 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters. | |
9559 | |
9560 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should | |
9561 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the | |
9562 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).") | |
9563 | |
9564 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\ | |
9565 Key map for ispell menu.") | |
9566 | |
9567 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\ | |
9568 Spelling menu for XEmacs. | |
9569 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set, | |
9570 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.") | |
9571 | |
28710 | 9572 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not version18p) (not xemacsp) (quote reload))) |
9573 | |
33357 | 9574 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (path (and (boundp (quote ispell-library-path)) ispell-library-path)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (quote default)) (cons "Select Default Dict" (cons "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "default")))))) ((or (not path) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name))))))))) |
9575 | |
9576 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit path to dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor"))))) | |
9577 | |
9578 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings"))))) | |
9579 | |
9580 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map))))) | |
31388 | 9581 |
9582 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(-+\\|\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\|~\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\ | |
25876 | 9583 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check. |
9584 The alist key must be a regular expression. | |
9585 Valid forms include: | |
9586 (KEY) - just skip the key. | |
9587 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol. | |
9588 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string. | |
9589 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.") | |
9590 | |
31388 | 9591 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\ |
25876 | 9592 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode. |
9593 First list is used raw. | |
9594 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}. | |
9595 | |
9596 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected | |
9597 for skipping in latex mode.") | |
9598 | |
9599 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word)) | |
9600 | |
9601 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\ | |
9602 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor. | |
9603 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections | |
9604 in a window allowing you to choose one. | |
9605 | |
9606 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word' | |
9607 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word | |
9608 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word. | |
9609 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil | |
9610 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed. | |
9611 | |
9612 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil), | |
9613 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region. | |
9614 | |
9615 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see). | |
9616 | |
9617 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary] | |
27321 | 9618 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process. |
9619 | |
9620 return values: | |
9621 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted. | |
9622 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions. | |
9623 \"word\" word corrected from word list. | |
9624 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered. | |
9625 quit spell session exited." t nil) | |
25876 | 9626 |
9627 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\ | |
9628 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered. | |
9629 | |
9630 Selections are: | |
9631 | |
9632 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer. | |
9633 SPC: Accept word this time. | |
9634 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary. | |
9635 `a': Accept word for this session. | |
9636 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'. | |
9637 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked. | |
9638 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked. | |
9639 `?': Show these commands. | |
9640 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point. | |
9641 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits | |
9642 the aborted check to be completed later. | |
9643 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process). | |
9644 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay. | |
9645 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first. | |
9646 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word. | |
9647 `C-l': redraws screen | |
9648 `C-r': recursive edit | |
9649 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil) | |
9650 | |
9651 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\ | |
9652 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one). | |
9653 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil) | |
9654 | |
9655 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\ | |
9656 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process. | |
9657 A new one will be started as soon as necessary. | |
9658 | |
9659 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is. | |
9660 | |
9661 With prefix argument, set the default directory." t nil) | |
9662 | |
9663 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\ | |
9664 Interactively check a region for spelling errors. | |
27321 | 9665 Return nil if spell session is quit, |
9666 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil) | |
25876 | 9667 |
9668 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\ | |
9669 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil) | |
9670 | |
9671 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\ | |
9672 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil) | |
9673 | |
9674 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\ | |
9675 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil) | |
9676 | |
9677 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\ | |
9678 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words') | |
9679 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character | |
9680 sequence inside of a word. | |
9681 | |
9682 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil) | |
9683 | |
9684 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\ | |
9685 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil) | |
9686 | |
30565 | 9687 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\ |
9688 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors. | |
31388 | 9689 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check |
35196 | 9690 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer. |
9691 | |
9692 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are | |
9693 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell | |
9694 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries | |
9695 available on the net." t nil) | |
30565 | 9696 |
25876 | 9697 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\ |
9698 Toggle Ispell minor mode. | |
9699 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive. | |
31388 | 9700 |
25876 | 9701 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET |
9702 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled. | |
9703 | |
9704 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read | |
9705 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil) | |
9706 | |
9707 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\ | |
9708 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post. | |
9709 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field. | |
9710 Don't check included messages. | |
9711 | |
9712 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway, | |
9713 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.) | |
9714 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer. | |
9715 | |
9716 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines | |
9717 in your .emacs file: | |
9718 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5 | |
9719 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4 | |
9720 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message) | |
9721 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message) | |
9722 | |
9723 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to | |
9724 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression: | |
9725 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil) | |
9726 | |
9727 ;;;*** | |
9728 | |
32115 | 9729 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer |
25876 | 9730 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings |
32115 | 9731 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" |
35668 | 9732 ;;;;;; (14960 24010)) |
25876 | 9733 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el |
9734 | |
32115 | 9735 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\ |
9736 Toggle Iswitchb mode. | |
9737 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
9738 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.") | |
9739 | |
33002 | 9740 (custom-add-to-group (quote iswitchb) (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-variable)) |
9741 | |
9742 (custom-add-load (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote iswitchb)) | |
9743 | |
25876 | 9744 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\ |
9745 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'. | |
32115 | 9746 Return the name of a buffer selected. |
25876 | 9747 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default |
9748 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list. | |
9749 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil) | |
9750 | |
9751 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\ | |
9752 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'. | |
9753 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also | |
32115 | 9754 adds a hook to the minibuffer. |
9755 | |
9756 Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'." t nil) | |
25876 | 9757 |
9758 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\ | |
9759 Switch to another buffer. | |
9760 | |
9761 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The | |
9762 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the | |
9763 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible | |
9764 in another frame. | |
9765 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil) | |
9766 | |
9767 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\ | |
9768 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window. | |
9769 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | |
9770 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil) | |
9771 | |
9772 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\ | |
9773 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it. | |
9774 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | |
9775 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil) | |
9776 | |
9777 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\ | |
9778 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame. | |
9779 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | |
9780 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil) | |
9781 | |
32115 | 9782 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\ |
9783 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode. | |
9784 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive. | |
9785 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See | |
9786 `iswitchb' for details." t nil) | |
9787 | |
25876 | 9788 ;;;*** |
9789 | |
9790 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region | |
9791 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku | |
28919 | 9792 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal) |
30565 | 9793 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (14718 42200)) |
25876 | 9794 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el |
9795 | |
9796 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil) | |
9797 | |
9798 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\ | |
9799 Convert argument to Katakana and return that. | |
9800 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. | |
9801 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy. | |
9802 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana | |
9803 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value | |
9804 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are | |
9805 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil) | |
9806 | |
9807 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\ | |
9808 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that. | |
9809 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. | |
9810 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil) | |
9811 | |
9812 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\ | |
9813 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that. | |
9814 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. | |
9815 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy. | |
9816 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil) | |
9817 | |
9818 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\ | |
9819 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that. | |
9820 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. | |
9821 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil) | |
9822 | |
9823 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\ | |
9824 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars. | |
9825 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character | |
9826 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil) | |
9827 | |
9828 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\ | |
9829 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil) | |
9830 | |
9831 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\ | |
9832 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars. | |
9833 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208' | |
9834 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'. | |
9835 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil) | |
9836 | |
9837 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\ | |
9838 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars. | |
9839 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208' | |
9840 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'. | |
9841 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil) | |
9842 | |
9843 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\ | |
9844 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT. | |
9845 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil) | |
9846 | |
9847 ;;;*** | |
9848 | |
35668 | 9849 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (14952 |
9850 ;;;;;; 26678)) | |
25876 | 9851 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el |
9852 | |
33002 | 9853 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\ |
9854 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer. | |
9855 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region | |
9856 that needs to be (re)fontified. | |
9857 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful." nil nil) | |
9858 | |
9859 ;;;*** | |
9860 | |
9861 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode) | |
35668 | 9862 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (14913 56004)) |
25876 | 9863 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el |
25998 | 9864 |
9865 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\ | |
33357 | 9866 Toggle Auto-Compression mode on or off. |
9867 See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
25998 | 9868 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
9869 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.") | |
9870 | |
9871 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
9872 | |
9873 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr)) | |
32115 | 9874 |
9875 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\ | |
25876 | 9876 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression. |
9877 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off. | |
32115 | 9878 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)." t nil) |
25876 | 9879 |
33002 | 9880 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\ |
9881 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled." nil (quote macro)) | |
9882 | |
25876 | 9883 ;;;*** |
9884 | |
9885 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" | |
25998 | 9886 ;;;;;; (13866 35434)) |
25876 | 9887 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el |
9888 | |
9889 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\ | |
9890 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing. | |
9891 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before. | |
9892 | |
9893 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed | |
9894 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed | |
9895 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<' | |
9896 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or | |
9897 shorter. | |
9898 | |
9899 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay | |
9900 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in | |
9901 the context of text formatting." nil nil) | |
9902 | |
9903 ;;;*** | |
9904 | |
31388 | 9905 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (14762 |
35668 | 9906 ;;;;;; 12604)) |
25876 | 9907 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el |
9908 | |
30565 | 9909 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\ |
9910 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method. | |
9911 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from | |
9912 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this | |
9913 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer | |
9914 positions that contains the current selection.") | |
9915 | |
25876 | 9916 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\ |
9917 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string. | |
9918 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively. | |
9919 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
9920 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region. | |
9921 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion, | |
9922 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil) | |
9923 | |
9924 ;;;*** | |
9925 | |
28919 | 9926 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" |
9927 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (14623 45991)) | |
25876 | 9928 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el |
9929 | |
25998 | 9930 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\ |
25876 | 9931 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method. |
9932 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.") | |
9933 | |
9934 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil) | |
9935 | |
9936 ;;;*** | |
9937 | |
9938 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el" | |
35668 | 9939 ;;;;;; (14914 10736)) |
25876 | 9940 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el |
9941 | |
9942 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run)) | |
9943 | |
9944 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\ | |
9945 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil) | |
9946 | |
9947 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm)) | |
9948 | |
9949 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\ | |
9950 Start or resume an Lm game. | |
9951 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it. | |
9952 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options: | |
9953 | |
9954 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game | |
9955 --------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9956 none / 1 | yes | no | |
9957 2 | yes | yes | |
9958 3 | no | yes | |
9959 4 | no | no | |
9960 | |
9961 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot], | |
9962 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start. | |
9963 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil) | |
9964 | |
9965 ;;;*** | |
9966 | |
28919 | 9967 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string |
9968 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string) | |
29505 | 9969 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (14647 32047)) |
25876 | 9970 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el |
9971 | |
26899 | 9972 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil) |
9973 | |
9974 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\ | |
9975 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string. | |
9976 Only the first syllable is transcribed. | |
9977 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where | |
9978 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable, | |
9979 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it. | |
9980 | |
9981 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao | |
9982 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil) | |
9983 | |
9984 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\ | |
9985 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil) | |
9986 | |
9987 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\ | |
9988 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO. | |
9989 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN. | |
9990 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text | |
9991 to compose. | |
9992 | |
9993 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil) | |
9994 | |
28919 | 9995 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" nil t nil) |
9996 | |
25876 | 9997 ;;;*** |
9998 | |
32115 | 9999 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" |
35668 | 10000 ;;;;;; (14950 54051)) |
32115 | 10001 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el |
10002 | |
10003 (defvar latin1-display nil "\ | |
10004 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets. | |
10005 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets', | |
10006 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using | |
10007 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise | |
10008 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input | |
10009 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if | |
10010 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil. | |
10011 | |
10012 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
10013 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.") | |
10014 | |
10015 (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display) (quote custom-variable)) | |
10016 | |
10017 (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-disp)) | |
10018 | |
10019 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\ | |
10020 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS. | |
10021 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list | |
10022 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the | |
10023 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also `latin1-display-setup'." nil nil) | |
10024 | |
10025 ;;;*** | |
10026 | |
25876 | 10027 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" |
35668 | 10028 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (14862 37894)) |
25876 | 10029 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el |
10030 | |
10031 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\ | |
10032 Toggle Lazy Lock mode. | |
10033 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it | |
10034 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by: | |
10035 | |
10036 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode) | |
10037 | |
10038 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways: | |
10039 | |
10040 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil. | |
10041 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than | |
10042 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs | |
10043 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise | |
10044 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow | |
10045 for large buffers. | |
10046 | |
10047 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil. | |
10048 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll. | |
10049 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds | |
10050 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if | |
10051 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling. | |
10052 | |
10053 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil. | |
10054 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead, | |
10055 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs | |
10056 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too | |
10057 slow to keep up with your typing. | |
10058 | |
10059 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil. | |
10060 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic | |
10061 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs | |
10062 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and | |
10063 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic | |
10064 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines. | |
10065 | |
10066 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil. | |
10067 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has | |
10068 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle. | |
10069 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification. | |
10070 | |
10071 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified | |
10072 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode | |
10073 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any | |
10074 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block]. | |
10075 | |
10076 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded. | |
10077 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth | |
10078 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via | |
10079 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and | |
10080 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil) | |
10081 | |
10082 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\ | |
10083 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil) | |
10084 | |
10085 ;;;*** | |
10086 | |
10087 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el" | |
33357 | 10088 ;;;;;; (14821 31349)) |
25876 | 10089 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el |
10090 | |
10091 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\ | |
10092 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.") | |
10093 | |
10094 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\ | |
10095 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.") | |
10096 | |
10097 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\ | |
10098 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.") | |
10099 | |
10100 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\ | |
10101 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job. | |
10102 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands: | |
10103 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point | |
10104 for later transmission to Lisp job. | |
10105 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job. | |
10106 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text. | |
10107 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job | |
10108 and transmit saved text. | |
10109 \\{ledit-mode-map} | |
10110 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode, | |
10111 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil) | |
10112 | |
10113 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil) | |
10114 | |
10115 ;;;*** | |
10116 | |
25998 | 10117 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (13578 3356)) |
25876 | 10118 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el |
10119 | |
10120 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\ | |
10121 Run Conway's Life simulation. | |
10122 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first | |
10123 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between | |
10124 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil) | |
10125 | |
10126 ;;;*** | |
10127 | |
35668 | 10128 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (14847 |
10129 ;;;;;; 14322)) | |
25876 | 10130 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el |
10131 | |
10132 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\ | |
10133 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads. | |
29505 | 10134 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE |
25876 | 10135 is nil, raise an error." t nil) |
10136 | |
10137 ;;;*** | |
10138 | |
10139 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el" | |
31388 | 10140 ;;;;;; (14763 31121)) |
25876 | 10141 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el |
10142 | |
10143 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\ | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
10144 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer. |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
10145 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil) |
25876 | 10146 |
10147 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\ | |
26724 | 10148 Run the locate command with a filter. |
10149 | |
10150 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are | |
10151 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil) | |
25876 | 10152 |
10153 ;;;*** | |
10154 | |
35668 | 10155 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (14909 56659)) |
28162 | 10156 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el |
10157 | |
10158 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\ | |
10159 Setup a buffer to enter a log message. | |
33357 | 10160 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'. |
28162 | 10161 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run. |
10162 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the | |
10163 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region]. | |
10164 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call | |
35196 | 10165 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit. |
10166 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files | |
10167 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names). | |
10168 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the | |
10169 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it | |
10170 uses the current buffer." nil nil) | |
10171 | |
10172 ;;;*** | |
10173 | |
35668 | 10174 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (14909 |
10175 ;;;;;; 56659)) | |
28162 | 10176 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el |
10177 | |
10178 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\ | |
28288 | 10179 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil) |
28162 | 10180 |
10181 ;;;*** | |
10182 | |
25876 | 10183 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer |
35744 | 10184 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (14967 |
10185 ;;;;;; 5972)) | |
25876 | 10186 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el |
10187 | |
35744 | 10188 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt)))) |
10189 | |
10190 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix)))) | |
10191 | |
10192 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\ | |
25876 | 10193 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing. |
10194 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.) | |
10195 | |
10196 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by | |
10197 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil. | |
10198 | |
10199 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of | |
10200 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\". | |
10201 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel | |
10202 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or | |
10203 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set | |
10204 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that | |
10205 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".") | |
10206 | |
10207 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\ | |
10208 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program. | |
10209 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit | |
10210 switch on this list. | |
10211 See `lpr-command'.") | |
10212 | |
35744 | 10213 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\ |
25876 | 10214 *Name of program for printing a file. |
10215 | |
10216 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then | |
10217 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'. | |
10218 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on | |
10219 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using | |
10220 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is | |
10221 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last | |
10222 argument.") | |
10223 | |
10224 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\ | |
27016 | 10225 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers. |
10226 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command' | |
10227 for customization of the printer command." t nil) | |
25876 | 10228 |
10229 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\ | |
26724 | 10230 Paginate and print buffer contents. |
27016 | 10231 |
10232 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate. | |
10233 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program | |
10234 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate. | |
10235 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program. | |
10236 | |
10237 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used | |
10238 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination. | |
10239 | |
10240 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command' | |
10241 for further customization of the printer command." t nil) | |
25876 | 10242 |
10243 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\ | |
27016 | 10244 Print region contents without pagination or page headers. |
10245 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command' | |
10246 for customization of the printer command." t nil) | |
25876 | 10247 |
10248 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\ | |
27016 | 10249 Paginate and print the region contents. |
10250 | |
10251 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate. | |
10252 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program | |
10253 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate. | |
10254 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program. | |
10255 | |
10256 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used | |
10257 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination. | |
10258 | |
10259 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command' | |
10260 for further customization of the printer command." t nil) | |
25876 | 10261 |
10262 ;;;*** | |
10263 | |
35668 | 10264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (14930 62509)) |
25876 | 10265 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el |
10266 | |
35196 | 10267 (defgroup ls-lisp nil "Emulate the ls program completely in Emacs Lisp." :version "21.1" :group (quote dired)) |
25876 | 10268 |
10269 ;;;*** | |
10270 | |
10271 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (13462 | |
10272 ;;;;;; 53924)) | |
10273 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el | |
10274 | |
10275 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\ | |
10276 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month. | |
10277 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year. | |
10278 | |
10279 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil) | |
10280 | |
10281 ;;;*** | |
10282 | |
35668 | 10283 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (14717 |
10284 ;;;;;; 60217)) | |
25876 | 10285 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el |
10286 | |
10287 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\ | |
10288 A major mode to edit m4 macro files. | |
10289 \\{m4-mode-map} | |
10290 " t nil) | |
10291 | |
10292 ;;;*** | |
10293 | |
10294 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro | |
35668 | 10295 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (14856 15439)) |
25876 | 10296 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el |
10297 | |
10298 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\ | |
10299 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined. | |
10300 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define. | |
10301 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string. | |
10302 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil) | |
10303 | |
10304 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\ | |
10305 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code. | |
10306 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on | |
10307 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively). | |
10308 | |
10309 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same | |
10310 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code | |
10311 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings | |
10312 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global | |
10313 bindings. | |
10314 | |
10315 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs', | |
10316 use this command, and then save the file." t nil) | |
10317 | |
10318 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\ | |
10319 Query user during kbd macro execution. | |
10320 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard | |
10321 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands | |
10322 each time the macro executes. | |
10323 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro. | |
10324 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map> | |
10325 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next. | |
10326 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next. | |
10327 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now. | |
10328 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again. | |
10329 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil) | |
10330 | |
10331 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\ | |
10332 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning | |
10333 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro. | |
10334 | |
10335 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and | |
10336 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM. | |
10337 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to | |
10338 execute. | |
10339 | |
10340 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and | |
10341 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular. | |
10342 | |
10343 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another | |
10344 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a | |
10345 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point | |
10346 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use | |
10347 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section. | |
10348 | |
10349 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry | |
10350 looked like this: | |
10351 | |
10352 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function }, | |
10353 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function }, | |
10354 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function }, | |
10355 | |
10356 You could enter the names in this format: | |
10357 | |
10358 foo | |
10359 bar | |
10360 baz | |
10361 | |
10362 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry: | |
10363 | |
10364 \\C-x ( | |
10365 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function }, | |
10366 \\C-x ) | |
10367 | |
10368 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use | |
10369 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names. | |
10370 " t nil) | |
10371 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query) | |
10372 | |
10373 ;;;*** | |
10374 | |
10375 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" | |
25998 | 10376 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (14281 39314)) |
25876 | 10377 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el |
10378 | |
10379 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\ | |
10380 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address. | |
10381 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). | |
10382 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. | |
10383 | |
10384 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero | |
10385 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of | |
10386 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for | |
10387 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than | |
10388 one recipients, all but the first is ignored. | |
10389 | |
10390 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible | |
10391 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address. | |
10392 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid | |
10393 consing a string.)" nil nil) | |
10394 | |
10395 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\ | |
10396 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil) | |
10397 | |
10398 ;;;*** | |
10399 | |
10400 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history | |
10401 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" | |
35668 | 10402 ;;;;;; (14932 18342)) |
25876 | 10403 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el |
10404 | |
10405 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\ | |
10406 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil) | |
10407 | |
10408 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil) | |
10409 | |
10410 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\ | |
10411 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.") | |
10412 | |
10413 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\ | |
10414 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history. | |
10415 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the | |
10416 message. | |
10417 | |
10418 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil) | |
10419 | |
10420 ;;;*** | |
10421 | |
25998 | 10422 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region |
10423 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p | |
35668 | 10424 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (14799 |
10425 ;;;;;; 26953)) | |
25876 | 10426 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el |
10427 | |
10428 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\ | |
10429 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses. | |
10430 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and | |
10431 often correct parser.") | |
10432 | |
10433 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil) | |
10434 | |
25998 | 10435 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\ |
10436 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding. | |
10437 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil, | |
10438 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil) | |
10439 | |
10440 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\ | |
10441 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding. | |
10442 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil, | |
10443 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil) | |
10444 | |
10445 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\ | |
10446 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END. | |
10447 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil, | |
10448 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil) | |
10449 | |
25876 | 10450 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\ |
10451 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME. | |
10452 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message. | |
10453 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME. | |
10454 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between. | |
10455 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil) | |
10456 | |
10457 ;;;*** | |
10458 | |
10459 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup) | |
35668 | 10460 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (14924 32676)) |
25876 | 10461 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el |
10462 | |
10463 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\ | |
10464 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil) | |
10465 | |
10466 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\ | |
10467 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'. | |
10468 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil) | |
10469 | |
10470 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\ | |
10471 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION. | |
10472 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil) | |
10473 | |
10474 ;;;*** | |
10475 | |
10476 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases | |
10477 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (13996 | |
27321 | 10478 ;;;;;; 15646)) |
25876 | 10479 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el |
10480 | |
10481 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\ | |
10482 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes. | |
10483 If `nil', they contain just the return address like: | |
10484 king@grassland.com | |
10485 If `parens', they look like: | |
10486 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley) | |
10487 If `angles', they look like: | |
10488 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>") | |
10489 | |
10490 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\ | |
10491 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END. | |
10492 If interactive, expand in header fields. | |
10493 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and | |
10494 their `Resent-' variants. | |
10495 | |
10496 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be | |
10497 removed from alias expansions." t nil) | |
10498 | |
10499 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\ | |
10500 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION. | |
10501 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION. | |
10502 | |
10503 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas. | |
10504 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION | |
10505 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces | |
10506 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil) | |
10507 | |
10508 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\ | |
10509 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point. | |
10510 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches | |
10511 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil) | |
10512 | |
10513 ;;;*** | |
10514 | |
10515 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" | |
35668 | 10516 ;;;;;; (14717 60289)) |
25876 | 10517 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el |
10518 | |
10519 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\ | |
10520 Major mode for editing Makefiles. | |
10521 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'. | |
10522 | |
10523 \\{makefile-mode-map} | |
10524 | |
10525 In the browser, use the following keys: | |
10526 | |
10527 \\{makefile-browser-map} | |
10528 | |
10529 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables: | |
10530 | |
10531 makefile-browser-buffer-name: | |
10532 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer. | |
10533 | |
10534 makefile-target-colon: | |
10535 The string that gets appended to all target names | |
10536 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'. | |
10537 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values. | |
10538 | |
10539 makefile-macro-assign: | |
10540 The string that gets appended to all macro names | |
10541 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'. | |
10542 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what | |
26724 | 10543 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake |
25876 | 10544 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you |
10545 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" . | |
10546 | |
10547 makefile-tab-after-target-colon: | |
10548 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the | |
10549 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value. | |
10550 | |
10551 makefile-browser-leftmost-column: | |
10552 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark. | |
10553 | |
10554 makefile-browser-cursor-column: | |
10555 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves | |
10556 up or down in the browser. | |
10557 | |
10558 makefile-browser-selected-mark: | |
10559 String used to mark selected entries in the browser. | |
10560 | |
10561 makefile-browser-unselected-mark: | |
10562 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser. | |
10563 | |
10564 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p: | |
10565 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor | |
10566 will automagically advance to the next line after an item | |
10567 has been selected in the browser. | |
10568 | |
10569 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p: | |
10570 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then | |
10571 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets | |
10572 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise | |
10573 filenames are omitted. | |
10574 | |
10575 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p: | |
26724 | 10576 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode |
25876 | 10577 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash |
10578 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace. | |
10579 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving | |
10580 the backslash itself intact. | |
26724 | 10581 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode |
25876 | 10582 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\". |
10583 | |
10584 makefile-browser-hook: | |
10585 A function or list of functions to be called just before the | |
10586 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer. | |
10587 | |
10588 makefile-special-targets-list: | |
10589 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete | |
10590 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'. | |
10591 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil) | |
10592 | |
10593 ;;;*** | |
10594 | |
10595 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229 | |
25998 | 10596 ;;;;;; 28917)) |
25876 | 10597 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el |
10598 | |
10599 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\ | |
10600 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*. | |
10601 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil) | |
10602 | |
10603 ;;;*** | |
10604 | |
35668 | 10605 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (14961 25220)) |
25876 | 10606 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el |
10607 | |
10608 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man)) | |
10609 | |
10610 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\ | |
10611 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer. | |
10612 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x | |
10613 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the | |
10614 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable | |
10615 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready. | |
30565 | 10616 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately. |
10617 | |
10618 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or | |
10619 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry." t nil) | |
25876 | 10620 |
10621 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\ | |
10622 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil) | |
10623 | |
10624 ;;;*** | |
10625 | |
10626 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame | |
10627 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window | |
10628 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover | |
10629 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply | |
10630 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file | |
10631 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function | |
10632 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function | |
10633 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator | |
35668 | 10634 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (14955 64850)) |
25876 | 10635 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el |
10636 | |
10637 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\ | |
10638 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look. | |
10639 | |
35196 | 10640 If nil, they contain just the return address like: |
25876 | 10641 king@grassland.com |
10642 If `parens', they look like: | |
10643 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley) | |
10644 If `angles', they look like: | |
10645 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com> | |
10646 | |
10647 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like | |
10648 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.") | |
10649 | |
10650 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\ | |
10651 Regexp matching the signature separator.") | |
10652 | |
10653 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\ | |
10654 *Local news organization file.") | |
10655 | |
10656 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\ | |
10657 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail. | |
10658 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the | |
10659 variable `mail-header-separator'. | |
10660 | |
32115 | 10661 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default), |
35196 | 10662 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail', |
10663 `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'. | |
10664 | |
10665 See also `send-mail-function'.") | |
25876 | 10666 |
10667 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\ | |
10668 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.") | |
10669 | |
10670 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\ | |
32115 | 10671 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.") |
25876 | 10672 |
10673 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\ | |
10674 *Function for citing an original message. | |
10675 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and | |
10676 `message-cite-original-without-signature'. | |
10677 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.") | |
10678 | |
10679 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\ | |
10680 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer. | |
10681 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the | |
10682 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave | |
10683 point and mark around the citation text as modified.") | |
10684 | |
10685 (defvar message-signature t "\ | |
10686 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer. | |
10687 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead. | |
10688 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead. | |
10689 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.") | |
10690 | |
10691 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\ | |
10692 *File containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.") | |
10693 | |
32115 | 10694 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook)) |
25876 | 10695 |
10696 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\ | |
10697 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent. | |
35196 | 10698 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map> |
10699 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit' | |
10700 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message | |
25876 | 10701 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't): |
10702 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject | |
10703 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc | |
10704 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To | |
10705 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups | |
10706 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution | |
10707 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To | |
35196 | 10708 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup) |
10709 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply) | |
10710 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text). | |
10711 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature). | |
10712 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file). | |
10713 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any). | |
10714 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked). | |
10715 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark). | |
10716 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region). | |
10717 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature). | |
10718 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body). | |
10719 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME). | |
10720 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat)." t nil) | |
25876 | 10721 |
10722 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\ | |
10723 Start editing a mail message to be sent. | |
10724 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil) | |
10725 | |
10726 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\ | |
10727 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil) | |
10728 | |
10729 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\ | |
10730 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil) | |
10731 | |
10732 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\ | |
10733 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil) | |
10734 | |
10735 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\ | |
10736 Follow up to the message in the current buffer. | |
10737 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil) | |
10738 | |
10739 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\ | |
32115 | 10740 Cancel an article you posted. |
10741 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message." t nil) | |
25876 | 10742 |
10743 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\ | |
10744 Start composing a message to supersede the current message. | |
10745 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes | |
10746 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil) | |
10747 | |
10748 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\ | |
10749 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil) | |
10750 | |
10751 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\ | |
10752 Forward the current message via mail. | |
32115 | 10753 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail. |
10754 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward." t nil) | |
25876 | 10755 |
10756 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\ | |
10757 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil) | |
10758 | |
10759 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\ | |
10760 Re-mail the current message. | |
32115 | 10761 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that |
25876 | 10762 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to |
10763 you." t nil) | |
10764 | |
10765 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\ | |
10766 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil) | |
10767 | |
10768 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\ | |
10769 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil) | |
10770 | |
10771 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\ | |
10772 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil) | |
10773 | |
10774 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\ | |
10775 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil) | |
10776 | |
10777 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\ | |
10778 Bold all nonblank characters in the region. | |
10779 Works by overstriking characters. | |
10780 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END | |
10781 which specify the range to operate on." t nil) | |
10782 | |
10783 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\ | |
10784 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region. | |
10785 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END | |
10786 which specify the range to operate on." t nil) | |
10787 | |
10788 ;;;*** | |
10789 | |
10790 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" | |
25998 | 10791 ;;;;;; (13549 39401)) |
25876 | 10792 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el |
10793 | |
10794 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\ | |
10795 Major mode for editing Metafont sources. | |
10796 Special commands: | |
10797 \\{meta-mode-map} | |
10798 | |
10799 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables | |
10800 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
10801 | |
10802 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\ | |
10803 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources. | |
10804 Special commands: | |
10805 \\{meta-mode-map} | |
10806 | |
10807 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable | |
10808 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
10809 | |
10810 ;;;*** | |
10811 | |
10812 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body | |
10813 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" | |
35668 | 10814 ;;;;;; (14862 37898)) |
25876 | 10815 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el |
10816 | |
10817 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\ | |
10818 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer. | |
10819 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil) | |
10820 | |
10821 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\ | |
10822 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer. | |
10823 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the | |
10824 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1). | |
10825 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not | |
10826 redisplayed as output is inserted. | |
10827 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil) | |
10828 | |
10829 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\ | |
10830 Process current buffer through `metamail'. | |
10831 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the | |
10832 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1). | |
10833 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil | |
10834 means current). | |
10835 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not | |
10836 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil) | |
10837 | |
10838 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\ | |
10839 Process current region through 'metamail'. | |
10840 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the | |
10841 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1). | |
10842 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil | |
10843 means current). | |
10844 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not | |
10845 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil) | |
10846 | |
10847 ;;;*** | |
10848 | |
10849 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch | |
35668 | 10850 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (14849 24594)) |
25876 | 10851 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el |
10852 | |
10853 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\ | |
10854 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system. | |
10855 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end | |
10856 to the MH mail system. | |
10857 | |
10858 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil) | |
10859 | |
10860 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\ | |
10861 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system. | |
10862 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end | |
10863 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user | |
10864 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs | |
10865 that want to create a mail buffer. | |
10866 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil) | |
10867 | |
10868 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\ | |
10869 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system. | |
10870 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end | |
10871 to the MH mail system. | |
10872 | |
10873 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil) | |
10874 | |
10875 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\ | |
10876 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map> | |
10877 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message | |
10878 using the MH mail handling system. | |
10879 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME | |
10880 messages. | |
10881 | |
10882 \\{mh-letter-mode-map} | |
10883 | |
10884 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses): | |
10885 | |
10886 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil) | |
10887 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying | |
10888 the yanked message. | |
10889 | |
10890 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t) | |
10891 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message. | |
10892 If `body', just yank the body (no header). | |
10893 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked. | |
10894 If there is a region, this variable is ignored. | |
10895 | |
10896 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \") | |
10897 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is | |
10898 inserted in a draft letter. | |
10899 | |
10900 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\") | |
10901 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature]. | |
10902 | |
10903 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
10904 | |
10905 ;;;*** | |
10906 | |
35668 | 10907 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (14849 |
10908 ;;;;;; 24610)) | |
25876 | 10909 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el |
10910 | |
10911 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\ | |
10912 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder. | |
10913 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end | |
10914 to the MH mail system." t nil) | |
10915 | |
10916 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\ | |
10917 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil) | |
10918 | |
10919 ;;;*** | |
10920 | |
27321 | 10921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (13833 28022)) |
25876 | 10922 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el |
10923 | |
10924 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\ | |
10925 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].") | |
10926 | |
10927 ;;;*** | |
10928 | |
35668 | 10929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (14906 3793)) |
25876 | 10930 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el |
10931 | |
10932 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
10933 | |
10934 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
10935 | |
10936 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
10937 | |
10938 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
10939 | |
10940 ;;;*** | |
10941 | |
10942 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight" | |
35668 | 10943 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (14720 14160)) |
25876 | 10944 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el |
10945 | |
10946 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\ | |
10947 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently. | |
10948 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general', | |
10949 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names', | |
10950 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names', | |
10951 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and | |
10952 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'. | |
10953 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing | |
10954 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was | |
10955 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its | |
10956 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil) | |
10957 | |
10958 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\ | |
10959 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'. | |
10960 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay') | |
10961 to its second argument TM." nil nil) | |
10962 | |
10963 ;;;*** | |
10964 | |
35196 | 10965 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" |
10966 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (14897 44787)) | |
10967 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el | |
10968 | |
10969 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\ | |
10970 Toggle Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode on or off. | |
10971 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
10972 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
10973 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.") | |
10974 | |
10975 (custom-add-to-group (quote minibuffer) (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
10976 | |
10977 (custom-add-load (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote minibuf-eldef)) | |
10978 | |
10979 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\ | |
10980 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode | |
10981 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the | |
10982 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield | |
10983 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET | |
10984 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the | |
10985 default indication. | |
10986 | |
10987 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off. | |
10988 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil) | |
10989 | |
10990 ;;;*** | |
10991 | |
25876 | 10992 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulation/mlconvert.el" |
30565 | 10993 ;;;;;; (14660 49410)) |
25876 | 10994 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/mlconvert.el |
10995 | |
10996 (autoload (quote convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "\ | |
10997 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil) | |
10998 | |
10999 ;;;*** | |
11000 | |
32115 | 11001 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" |
35668 | 11002 ;;;;;; (14854 32223)) |
32115 | 11003 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el |
11004 | |
11005 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\ | |
11006 Show the partial part of HANDLE. | |
11007 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains | |
11008 the entire message. | |
11009 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing." nil nil) | |
11010 | |
11011 ;;;*** | |
11012 | |
25876 | 11013 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" |
25998 | 11014 ;;;;;; (13552 32940)) |
25876 | 11015 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el |
11016 | |
11017 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\ | |
11018 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2. | |
11019 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c | |
11020 followed by the first character of the construct. | |
11021 \\<m2-mode-map> | |
11022 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case | |
11023 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else | |
11024 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header | |
11025 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module | |
11026 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or | |
11027 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with | |
11028 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio | |
11029 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until | |
11030 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while | |
11031 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import | |
11032 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment | |
11033 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle | |
11034 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error | |
11035 \\[m2-link] link | |
11036 | |
11037 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation. | |
11038 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program. | |
11039 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil) | |
11040 | |
11041 ;;;*** | |
11042 | |
33002 | 11043 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el" |
33357 | 11044 ;;;;;; (14821 31351)) |
33002 | 11045 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el |
11046 | |
11047 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\ | |
11048 Convert all text in a given region to morse code." t nil) | |
11049 | |
11050 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\ | |
11051 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text." t nil) | |
11052 | |
11053 ;;;*** | |
11054 | |
31388 | 11055 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (14736 |
35668 | 11056 ;;;;;; 992)) |
25876 | 11057 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el |
11058 | |
11059 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\ | |
11060 Toggle Mouse Sel mode. | |
11061 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
11062 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on). | |
11063 | |
11064 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways: | |
11065 | |
11066 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it. | |
11067 | |
11068 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well. | |
11069 | |
11070 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words. | |
11071 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols. | |
11072 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps. | |
11073 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace. | |
11074 Triple-clicking selects lines. | |
11075 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs. | |
11076 | |
11077 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect | |
31388 | 11078 the kill-ring, nor do the kill-ring function change the X selection. |
11079 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly, | |
11080 mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function and | |
11081 interprogram-paste-function to nil. | |
25876 | 11082 |
11083 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at | |
11084 the mouse position (or point, if mouse-yank-at-point is non-nil). | |
11085 | |
11086 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection | |
11087 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it. | |
11088 | |
11089 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection. | |
11090 | |
11091 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2 | |
11092 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the | |
11093 primary selection and region." t nil) | |
11094 | |
11095 ;;;*** | |
11096 | |
25998 | 11097 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (14184 34750)) |
25876 | 11098 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el |
11099 | |
11100 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\ | |
11101 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil) | |
11102 | |
11103 ;;;*** | |
11104 | |
35744 | 11105 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (14965 57143)) |
25876 | 11106 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el |
11107 | |
11108 (defvar msb-mode nil "\ | |
35744 | 11109 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled. |
33357 | 11110 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
25876 | 11111 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
11112 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.") | |
11113 | |
11114 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
11115 | |
11116 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb)) | |
11117 | |
11118 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\ | |
11119 Toggle Msb mode. | |
11120 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
11121 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a | |
11122 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil) | |
11123 | |
11124 ;;;*** | |
11125 | |
11126 ;;;### (autoloads (dump-codings dump-charsets mule-diag list-input-methods | |
26724 | 11127 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories |
11128 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly | |
31388 | 11129 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-char-after describe-character-set |
11130 ;;;;;; list-charset-chars read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" | |
35668 | 11131 ;;;;;; "international/mule-diag.el" (14961 12689)) |
25876 | 11132 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el |
11133 | |
11134 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\ | |
11135 Display a list of all character sets. | |
11136 | |
27949 | 11137 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number |
11138 for internal Emacs use. | |
11139 | |
11140 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains a format of multibyte sequence | |
11141 of characters in the charset for buffer and string | |
11142 by one to four hexadecimal digits. | |
11143 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127. | |
11144 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255. | |
11145 | |
11146 The D column contains a dimension of this character set. | |
11147 The CH column contains a number of characters in a block of this character set. | |
11148 The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022's <final-char> to use for | |
11149 designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems. | |
25876 | 11150 |
11151 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic, | |
11152 but still shows the full information." t nil) | |
11153 | |
27949 | 11154 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\ |
11155 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT. | |
11156 It reads an Emacs' character set listed in the variable `charset-list' | |
11157 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable | |
11158 `non-iso-charset-alist'. | |
11159 | |
11160 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT. | |
11161 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value. | |
11162 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially. | |
11163 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the | |
11164 detailed meanings of these arguments." nil nil) | |
11165 | |
11166 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\ | |
11167 Display a list of characters in the specified character set." t nil) | |
11168 | |
31388 | 11169 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\ |
11170 Display information about character set CHARSET." t nil) | |
11171 | |
28919 | 11172 (autoload (quote describe-char-after) "mule-diag" "\ |
35668 | 11173 Display information about the character at POS in the current buffer. |
11174 POS defaults to point. | |
28919 | 11175 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it, |
11176 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file, | |
11177 which font is being used for displaying the character." t nil) | |
11178 | |
25876 | 11179 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\ |
11180 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil) | |
11181 | |
11182 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\ | |
11183 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area. | |
11184 | |
11185 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\", | |
11186 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order | |
11187 at the place of `..': | |
31388 | 11188 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer) |
11189 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer) | |
25876 | 11190 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system' |
31388 | 11191 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system' |
11192 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'. | |
11193 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system' | |
25876 | 11194 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any) |
31388 | 11195 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any) |
25876 | 11196 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any) |
31388 | 11197 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any) |
25876 | 11198 `default-buffer-file-coding-system' |
31388 | 11199 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system' |
25876 | 11200 `default-process-coding-system' for read |
31388 | 11201 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read |
25876 | 11202 `default-process-coding-system' for write |
31388 | 11203 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'" t nil) |
25876 | 11204 |
11205 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\ | |
11206 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil) | |
11207 | |
11208 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\ | |
11209 Display a list of all coding systems. | |
11210 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system. | |
11211 | |
11212 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic, | |
11213 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil) | |
11214 | |
26724 | 11215 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\ |
11216 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil) | |
11217 | |
25876 | 11218 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\ |
11219 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil) | |
11220 | |
11221 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\ | |
11222 Display information of FONTSET. | |
28919 | 11223 This shows which font is used for which character(s)." t nil) |
25876 | 11224 |
11225 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\ | |
11226 Display a list of all fontsets. | |
11227 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset. | |
11228 With prefix arg, it also list the fonts contained in each fontset; | |
11229 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil) | |
11230 | |
11231 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\ | |
11232 Display information about all input methods." t nil) | |
11233 | |
11234 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\ | |
11235 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule). | |
11236 | |
11237 This shows various information related to the current multilingual | |
11238 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems, | |
11239 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window | |
11240 system which uses fontsets)." t nil) | |
11241 | |
11242 (autoload (quote dump-charsets) "mule-diag" "\ | |
11243 Dump information about all charsets into the file `CHARSETS'. | |
11244 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil) | |
11245 | |
11246 (autoload (quote dump-codings) "mule-diag" "\ | |
11247 Dump information about all coding systems into the file `CODINGS'. | |
11248 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil) | |
11249 | |
11250 ;;;*** | |
11251 | |
26899 | 11252 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority |
11253 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode | |
25876 | 11254 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion |
11255 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic | |
11256 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width | |
11257 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" | |
29505 | 11258 ;;;;;; (14647 32042)) |
25876 | 11259 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el |
11260 | |
11261 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\ | |
11262 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING. | |
11263 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil) | |
11264 | |
28523 | 11265 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\ |
11266 Return a list of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote list))) | |
11267 | |
11268 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\ | |
11269 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote vector))) | |
25876 | 11270 |
11271 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\ | |
11272 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil) | |
11273 | |
11274 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\ | |
11275 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN. | |
26724 | 11276 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies |
25876 | 11277 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying |
11278 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. | |
11279 | |
26724 | 11280 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character |
25876 | 11281 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, |
11282 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR. | |
11283 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result | |
11284 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR. | |
11285 | |
11286 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so | |
11287 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil) | |
11288 | |
11289 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width)) | |
11290 | |
28523 | 11291 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\ |
11292 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist. | |
11293 | |
11294 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is | |
11295 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form | |
11296 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST). | |
11297 | |
11298 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key | |
11299 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ | |
11300 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj)))) | |
25876 | 11301 |
11302 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\ | |
11303 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST. | |
11304 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ | |
11305 is considered. | |
11306 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq | |
11307 longer than KEYSEQ. | |
11308 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil) | |
11309 | |
11310 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\ | |
11311 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition. | |
11312 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ. | |
11313 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key. | |
11314 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which | |
11315 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ. | |
11316 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is | |
11317 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes | |
11318 to reach a leaf in ALIST. | |
11319 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil | |
11320 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil) | |
11321 | |
11322 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\ | |
11323 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil) | |
11324 | |
11325 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\ | |
11326 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's post-read-conversion property." nil nil) | |
11327 | |
11328 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\ | |
11329 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's pre-write-conversion property." nil nil) | |
11330 | |
11331 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\ | |
11332 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-decode property." nil nil) | |
11333 | |
11334 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\ | |
11335 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-encode property." nil nil) | |
11336 | |
11337 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\ | |
11338 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical. | |
11339 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal | |
11340 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil) | |
11341 | |
11342 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\ | |
11343 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST. | |
11344 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding | |
11345 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro)) | |
11346 | |
11347 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\ | |
11348 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV. | |
11349 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the | |
11350 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil) | |
11351 | |
26899 | 11352 ;;;*** |
11353 | |
33002 | 11354 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el" |
35668 | 11355 ;;;;;; (14854 32222)) |
26724 | 11356 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el |
11357 | |
33002 | 11358 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\ |
33357 | 11359 Toggle Mouse-Wheel mode on or off. |
11360 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
33002 | 11361 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
11362 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.") | |
11363 | |
11364 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
11365 | |
11366 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote mwheel)) | |
11367 | |
11368 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\ | |
11369 Toggle mouse wheel support. | |
11370 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off. | |
11371 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil) | |
11372 | |
26724 | 11373 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\ |
11374 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil) | |
11375 | |
11376 ;;;*** | |
11377 | |
25876 | 11378 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
11379 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host |
28212 | 11380 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" |
35668 | 11381 ;;;;;; (14813 40531)) |
28212 | 11382 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el |
25876 | 11383 |
11384 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\ | |
11385 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil) | |
11386 | |
11387 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\ | |
11388 Ping HOST. | |
33002 | 11389 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting |
25876 | 11390 `ping-program-options'." t nil) |
11391 | |
11392 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\ | |
11393 Run ipconfig program." t nil) | |
11394 | |
11395 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig)) | |
11396 | |
11397 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\ | |
11398 Run netstat program." t nil) | |
11399 | |
11400 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\ | |
11401 Run the arp program." t nil) | |
11402 | |
11403 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\ | |
11404 Run the route program." t nil) | |
11405 | |
11406 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\ | |
11407 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil) | |
11408 | |
11409 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\ | |
11410 Run nslookup program." t nil) | |
11411 | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
11412 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\ |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
11413 Run dig program." t nil) |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
11414 |
25876 | 11415 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\ |
11416 Run ftp program." t nil) | |
11417 | |
11418 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\ | |
11419 Finger USER on HOST." t nil) | |
11420 | |
11421 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\ | |
11422 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable. | |
11423 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server | |
11424 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil) | |
11425 | |
11426 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil) | |
11427 | |
11428 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\ | |
11429 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil) | |
11430 | |
11431 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\ | |
11432 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil) | |
11433 | |
11434 ;;;*** | |
11435 | |
29505 | 11436 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-region |
11437 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent | |
33002 | 11438 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-multi-line comment-padding |
11439 ;;;;;; comment-style comment-column) "newcomment" "newcomment.el" | |
35668 | 11440 ;;;;;; (14909 56659)) |
29505 | 11441 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el |
11442 | |
11443 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent)) | |
11444 | |
11445 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column)) | |
11446 | |
11447 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill)) | |
11448 | |
11449 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line)) | |
11450 | |
30565 | 11451 (defgroup comment nil "Indenting and filling of comments." :prefix "comment-" :version "21.1" :group (quote fill)) |
29505 | 11452 |
11453 (defvar comment-column 32 "\ | |
11454 *Column to indent right-margin comments to. | |
11455 Setting this variable automatically makes it local to the current buffer. | |
11456 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you | |
11457 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.") | |
11458 | |
11459 (defvar comment-start nil "\ | |
11460 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.") | |
11461 | |
11462 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\ | |
11463 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body. | |
11464 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin | |
11465 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.") | |
11466 | |
11467 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\ | |
11468 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.") | |
11469 | |
11470 (defvar comment-end "" "\ | |
11471 *String to insert to end a new comment. | |
11472 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.") | |
11473 | |
33002 | 11474 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\ |
29505 | 11475 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment. |
11476 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of | |
33002 | 11477 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired |
11478 column indentation or nil. | |
11479 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.") | |
29505 | 11480 |
11481 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\ | |
11482 *Style to be used for `comment-region'. | |
11483 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.") | |
11484 | |
11485 (defvar comment-padding " " "\ | |
11486 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text. | |
11487 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string | |
11488 of the corresponding number of spaces. | |
11489 | |
11490 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text | |
11491 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.") | |
11492 | |
11493 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\ | |
30565 | 11494 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter. |
29505 | 11495 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].") |
11496 | |
33002 | 11497 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\ |
11498 Default for `comment-indent-function'." nil nil) | |
11499 | |
29505 | 11500 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\ |
11501 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment. | |
11502 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continuation' markers if any." t nil) | |
11503 | |
11504 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\ | |
11505 Set the comment column based on point. | |
11506 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column. | |
11507 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line. | |
11508 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment | |
11509 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column." t nil) | |
11510 | |
11511 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\ | |
11512 Kill the comment on this line, if any. | |
11513 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one." t nil) | |
11514 | |
11515 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\ | |
11516 Uncomment each line in the BEG..END region. | |
11517 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the | |
11518 comment markers." t nil) | |
11519 | |
11520 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\ | |
11521 Comment or uncomment each line in the region. | |
35196 | 11522 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG..END. |
29505 | 11523 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters. |
11524 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead. | |
11525 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line, | |
11526 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines | |
11527 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'. | |
11528 | |
11529 The strings used as comment starts are built from | |
11530 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'." t nil) | |
11531 | |
11532 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\ | |
11533 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean). | |
11534 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call | |
35196 | 11535 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which |
29505 | 11536 case it calls `uncomment-region'). |
11537 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it. | |
11538 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'. | |
11539 Else, call `comment-indent'." t nil) | |
11540 | |
11541 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\ | |
11542 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one. | |
11543 This indents the body of the continued comment | |
11544 under the previous comment line. | |
11545 | |
11546 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line, | |
11547 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line. | |
11548 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent]. | |
11549 | |
11550 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column | |
11551 or comment indentation. | |
11552 | |
11553 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true, | |
11554 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil." t nil) | |
11555 | |
11556 ;;;*** | |
11557 | |
35668 | 11558 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (14858 |
11559 ;;;;;; 32485)) | |
25876 | 11560 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el |
11561 | |
11562 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\ | |
11563 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions. | |
11564 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added | |
11565 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the | |
11566 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that | |
11567 symbol in the alist." nil nil) | |
11568 | |
11569 ;;;*** | |
11570 | |
11571 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" | |
33357 | 11572 ;;;;;; (14813 40531)) |
25876 | 11573 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el |
11574 | |
11575 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\ | |
32115 | 11576 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups. |
11577 This command does not work if you use short group names." t nil) | |
25876 | 11578 |
11579 ;;;*** | |
11580 | |
11581 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el" | |
35668 | 11582 ;;;;;; (14859 52340)) |
25876 | 11583 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el |
11584 | |
11585 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\ | |
11586 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\". | |
11587 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil) | |
11588 | |
11589 ;;;*** | |
11590 | |
11591 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" | |
35668 | 11592 ;;;;;; (14858 32485)) |
25876 | 11593 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el |
11594 | |
11595 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\ | |
11596 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil) | |
11597 | |
11598 ;;;*** | |
11599 | |
11600 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies) | |
35668 | 11601 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (14791 18897)) |
25876 | 11602 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el |
11603 | |
11604 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\ | |
11605 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil) | |
11606 | |
11607 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\ | |
11608 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil) | |
11609 | |
11610 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\ | |
11611 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil) | |
11612 | |
11613 ;;;*** | |
11614 | |
11615 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook) | |
25998 | 11616 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (13229 29111)) |
25876 | 11617 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el |
11618 | |
11619 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\ | |
11620 Function to call to handle disabled commands. | |
11621 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.") | |
11622 | |
11623 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil) | |
11624 | |
11625 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\ | |
11626 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on. | |
11627 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply | |
11628 to future sessions." t nil) | |
11629 | |
11630 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\ | |
11631 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on. | |
11632 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply | |
11633 to future sessions." t nil) | |
11634 | |
11635 ;;;*** | |
11636 | |
11637 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" | |
27321 | 11638 ;;;;;; (13382 24740)) |
25876 | 11639 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el |
11640 | |
11641 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\ | |
11642 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format. | |
11643 \\{nroff-mode-map} | |
11644 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'. | |
11645 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting | |
11646 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil) | |
11647 | |
11648 ;;;*** | |
11649 | |
11650 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el" | |
25998 | 11651 ;;;;;; (13145 50478)) |
25876 | 11652 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el |
11653 | |
11654 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\ | |
11655 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files. | |
11656 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files | |
11657 specified by `octave-help-files'. | |
11658 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil) | |
11659 | |
11660 ;;;*** | |
11661 | |
11662 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el" | |
31388 | 11663 ;;;;;; (14747 44776)) |
25876 | 11664 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el |
11665 | |
11666 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\ | |
11667 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'. | |
11668 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'. | |
11669 | |
11670 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer. | |
11671 | |
11672 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as | |
11673 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup. | |
11674 | |
11675 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in | |
11676 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default | |
11677 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil) | |
11678 | |
11679 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave)) | |
11680 | |
11681 ;;;*** | |
11682 | |
11683 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el" | |
35668 | 11684 ;;;;;; (14535 42068)) |
25876 | 11685 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el |
11686 | |
11687 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\ | |
11688 Major mode for editing Octave code. | |
11689 | |
11690 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with | |
11691 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by | |
11692 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with | |
11693 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it). | |
11694 | |
11695 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical | |
11696 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for | |
11697 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions | |
11698 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which | |
11699 is why you need this mode!). | |
11700 | |
11701 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous | |
11702 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete | |
11703 source and binaries for several popular systems are available. | |
11704 | |
11705 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords. | |
11706 | |
11707 Keybindings | |
11708 =========== | |
11709 | |
11710 \\{octave-mode-map} | |
11711 | |
11712 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode | |
11713 ============================================== | |
11714 | |
11715 octave-auto-indent | |
11716 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space. | |
11717 Default is nil. | |
11718 | |
11719 octave-auto-newline | |
11720 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon. | |
11721 Default is nil. | |
11722 | |
11723 octave-blink-matching-block | |
11724 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space, | |
11725 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t. | |
11726 | |
11727 octave-block-offset | |
11728 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures. | |
11729 Default is 2. | |
11730 | |
11731 octave-continuation-offset | |
11732 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines. | |
11733 Default is 4. | |
11734 | |
11735 octave-continuation-string | |
11736 String used for Octave continuation lines. | |
11737 Default is a backslash. | |
11738 | |
11739 octave-mode-startup-message | |
11740 Nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message. | |
11741 Default is t. | |
11742 | |
11743 octave-send-echo-input | |
11744 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a | |
11745 command to the inferior Octave process. | |
11746 | |
11747 octave-send-line-auto-forward | |
11748 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after | |
11749 sending a line to the inferior Octave process. | |
11750 | |
11751 octave-send-echo-input | |
11752 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process. | |
11753 | |
11754 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'. | |
11755 | |
11756 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the | |
11757 following lines to your `.emacs' file: | |
11758 | |
11759 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t) | |
11760 (setq auto-mode-alist | |
11761 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist)) | |
11762 | |
11763 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features, | |
11764 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well: | |
11765 | |
11766 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook | |
11767 (lambda () | |
11768 (abbrev-mode 1) | |
11769 (auto-fill-mode 1) | |
11770 (if (eq window-system 'x) | |
11771 (font-lock-mode 1)))) | |
11772 | |
11773 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer. | |
11774 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information | |
11775 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem, | |
11776 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil) | |
11777 | |
11778 ;;;*** | |
11779 | |
11780 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el" | |
33357 | 11781 ;;;;;; (14821 31349)) |
25876 | 11782 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el |
11783 | |
11784 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\ | |
33002 | 11785 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation. |
11786 It is now better to use Customize instead." t nil) | |
25876 | 11787 |
11788 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\ | |
11789 Edit a list of Emacs user option values. | |
11790 Selects a buffer containing such a list, | |
11791 in which there are commands to set the option values. | |
11792 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands. | |
11793 | |
11794 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil) | |
11795 | |
11796 ;;;*** | |
11797 | |
11798 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el" | |
35668 | 11799 ;;;;;; (14958 40595)) |
25876 | 11800 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el |
11801 | |
11802 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\ | |
11803 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display. | |
11804 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings, | |
11805 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines. | |
11806 | |
11807 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily | |
11808 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end | |
11809 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked | |
11810 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...). | |
11811 | |
11812 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map> | |
11813 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings | |
11814 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading | |
11815 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings | |
11816 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level | |
11817 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading | |
11818 | |
11819 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings). | |
11820 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible. | |
11821 | |
11822 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line. | |
11823 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading. | |
11824 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible. | |
11825 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible. | |
11826 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible. | |
11827 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down. | |
11828 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down. | |
11829 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible. | |
11830 \\[show-entry] make it visible. | |
11831 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible. | |
11832 The subheadings remain visible. | |
11833 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible. | |
11834 | |
11835 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading. | |
11836 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the | |
11837 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level. | |
11838 | |
11839 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of | |
11840 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil) | |
11841 | |
11842 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\ | |
11843 Toggle Outline minor mode. | |
11844 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise. | |
11845 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil) | |
11846 | |
11847 ;;;*** | |
11848 | |
35668 | 11849 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (14854 32222)) |
25876 | 11850 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el |
11851 | |
25998 | 11852 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\ |
33357 | 11853 Toggle Show-Paren mode on or off. |
11854 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
25998 | 11855 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
11856 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.") | |
11857 | |
11858 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
11859 | |
11860 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren)) | |
11861 | |
25876 | 11862 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\ |
11863 Toggle Show Paren mode. | |
11864 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
11865 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on). | |
11866 | |
11867 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted | |
11868 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil) | |
11869 | |
11870 ;;;*** | |
11871 | |
35668 | 11872 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (14627 |
11873 ;;;;;; 63384)) | |
25876 | 11874 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el |
11875 | |
11876 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\ | |
11877 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map> | |
11878 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
11879 | |
11880 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code | |
11881 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point. | |
11882 | |
11883 Other useful functions are: | |
11884 | |
11885 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function. | |
11886 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end; | |
11887 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *) | |
11888 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments. | |
11889 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area]. | |
11890 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function. | |
11891 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function. | |
11892 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer. | |
11893 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline). | |
11894 | |
11895 Variables controlling indentation/edit style: | |
11896 | |
11897 pascal-indent-level (default 3) | |
11898 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block. | |
11899 pascal-case-indent (default 2) | |
11900 Indentation for case statements. | |
11901 pascal-auto-newline (default nil) | |
11902 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation | |
11903 mark after an end. | |
11904 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t) | |
11905 Non-nil means nested functions are indented. | |
11906 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t) | |
11907 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line, | |
11908 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
11909 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t) | |
11910 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and | |
11911 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces. | |
11912 pascal-auto-lineup (default t) | |
11913 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done. | |
11914 | |
11915 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and | |
11916 pascal-separator-keywords. | |
11917 | |
11918 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with | |
11919 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
11920 | |
11921 ;;;*** | |
11922 | |
11923 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el" | |
25998 | 11924 ;;;;;; (13229 29217)) |
25876 | 11925 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el |
11926 | |
11927 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\ | |
11928 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility. | |
11929 The keys affected are: | |
11930 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward. | |
11931 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would). | |
11932 M-Backspace does undo. | |
11933 Home and End move to beginning and end of line | |
11934 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer. | |
11935 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil) | |
11936 | |
11937 ;;;*** | |
11938 | |
11939 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" | |
33357 | 11940 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (14783 15356)) |
25876 | 11941 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el |
11942 | |
11943 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\ | |
11944 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style. | |
11945 | |
11946 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode. | |
11947 | |
11948 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions | |
11949 which modify the status of the mark. | |
11950 | |
11951 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark. | |
11952 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind. | |
11953 | |
11954 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark. | |
11955 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind. | |
11956 | |
11957 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark. | |
11958 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark | |
11959 behind. To control wether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the | |
11960 variable pc-select-meta-moves-sexps after loading pc-select.el but before | |
11961 turning pc-selection-mode on. | |
11962 | |
11963 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark. | |
11964 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind. | |
11965 | |
11966 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark. | |
11967 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind. | |
11968 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead. | |
11969 | |
11970 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark. | |
11971 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind. | |
11972 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead. | |
11973 | |
11974 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark. | |
11975 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind. | |
11976 | |
11977 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region'). | |
11978 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank'). | |
11979 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill'). | |
11980 | |
11981 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set | |
11982 the variable pc-select-selection-keys-only to t after loading pc-select.el | |
11983 but before calling pc-selection-mode): | |
11984 | |
11985 F6 other-window | |
11986 DELETE delete-char | |
11987 C-DELETE kill-line | |
11988 M-DELETE kill-word | |
11989 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp | |
11990 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word | |
11991 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil) | |
11992 | |
11993 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\ | |
11994 Toggle PC Selection mode. | |
11995 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style, | |
11996 and cursor movement commands. | |
11997 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode. | |
11998 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.") | |
11999 | |
12000 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
12001 | |
12002 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select)) | |
12003 | |
12004 ;;;*** | |
12005 | |
30565 | 12006 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (14680 |
35668 | 12007 ;;;;;; 31123)) |
30565 | 12008 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el |
12009 | |
12010 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\ | |
12011 Completion rules for the `cvs' command." nil nil) | |
12012 | |
12013 ;;;*** | |
12014 | |
12015 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip) | |
35668 | 12016 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (14763 31121)) |
30565 | 12017 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el |
12018 | |
12019 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\ | |
12020 Completion for `gzip'." nil nil) | |
12021 | |
12022 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\ | |
12023 Completion for `bzip2'." nil nil) | |
12024 | |
12025 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\ | |
12026 Completion for GNU `make'." nil nil) | |
12027 | |
12028 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\ | |
12029 Completion for the GNU tar utility." nil nil) | |
12030 | |
12031 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs)) | |
12032 | |
12033 ;;;*** | |
12034 | |
12035 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill) | |
35668 | 12036 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (14911 29316)) |
30565 | 12037 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el |
12038 | |
12039 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\ | |
12040 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem." nil nil) | |
12041 | |
12042 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\ | |
12043 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'." nil nil) | |
12044 | |
12045 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\ | |
12046 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'." nil nil) | |
12047 | |
12048 ;;;*** | |
12049 | |
12050 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (14680 | |
35668 | 12051 ;;;;;; 31160)) |
30565 | 12052 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el |
12053 | |
12054 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\ | |
12055 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command. | |
12056 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1 | |
12057 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm | |
12058 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find. | |
12059 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so." nil nil) | |
12060 | |
12061 ;;;*** | |
12062 | |
12063 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which | |
12064 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd) | |
35668 | 12065 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (14680 31168)) |
30565 | 12066 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el |
12067 | |
12068 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | |
12069 Completion for `cd'." nil nil) | |
12070 | |
12071 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd)) | |
12072 | |
12073 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | |
12074 Completion for `rmdir'." nil nil) | |
12075 | |
12076 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | |
12077 Completion for `rm'." nil nil) | |
12078 | |
12079 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | |
12080 Completion for `xargs'." nil nil) | |
12081 | |
12082 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs)) | |
12083 | |
12084 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | |
12085 Completion for `which'." nil nil) | |
12086 | |
12087 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | |
12088 Completion for the `chown' command." nil nil) | |
12089 | |
12090 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | |
12091 Completion for the `chgrp' command." nil nil) | |
12092 | |
12093 ;;;*** | |
12094 | |
12095 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list | |
12096 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete | |
35668 | 12097 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (14961 |
12098 ;;;;;; 12689)) | |
30565 | 12099 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el |
12100 | |
12101 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\ | |
12102 Support extensible programmable completion. | |
12103 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your | |
12104 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list)." t nil) | |
12105 | |
12106 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\ | |
12107 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards." t nil) | |
12108 | |
12109 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\ | |
12110 Expand the textual value of the current argument. | |
12111 This will modify the current buffer." t nil) | |
12112 | |
12113 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\ | |
12114 Complete without reference to any cycling completions." t nil) | |
12115 | |
12116 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\ | |
12117 Expand the textual value of the current argument. | |
12118 This will modify the current buffer." t nil) | |
12119 | |
12120 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\ | |
12121 Display any help information relative to the current argument." t nil) | |
12122 | |
12123 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\ | |
12124 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument." t nil) | |
12125 | |
12126 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\ | |
12127 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete. | |
12128 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the | |
12129 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is | |
12130 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'." nil nil) | |
12131 | |
12132 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\ | |
12133 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete." nil nil) | |
12134 | |
12135 ;;;*** | |
12136 | |
12137 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status | |
12138 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs" | |
35744 | 12139 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (14966 38375)) |
28162 | 12140 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el |
12141 | |
12142 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\ | |
12143 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR. | |
12144 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window, | |
12145 and run `cvs-mode' on it. | |
12146 | |
12147 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use." t nil) | |
12148 | |
30565 | 12149 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\ |
12150 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs. | |
12151 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use. | |
12152 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]), | |
12153 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer. | |
12154 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer. | |
12155 FLAGS is ignored." t nil) | |
12156 | |
28162 | 12157 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\ |
12158 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY. | |
12159 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc. | |
12160 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it. | |
12161 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use. | |
12162 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]), | |
12163 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer. | |
12164 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil) | |
12165 | |
12166 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\ | |
12167 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY. | |
12168 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it. | |
12169 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use. | |
12170 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]), | |
12171 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer." t nil) | |
12172 | |
12173 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\ | |
12174 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY. | |
12175 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it. | |
12176 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use. | |
12177 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]), | |
12178 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer. | |
12179 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil) | |
12180 | |
12181 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/") | |
12182 | |
33002 | 12183 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\ |
30565 | 12184 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory. |
12185 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.") | |
12186 | |
28162 | 12187 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\ |
12188 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS. | |
12189 NIL means never do it. | |
12190 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the | |
12191 command that prompted the opening of the directory. | |
12192 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.") | |
12193 | |
30565 | 12194 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\ |
12195 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory. | |
12196 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t))))) | |
12197 | |
12198 ;;;*** | |
12199 | |
35668 | 12200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (14909 56659)) |
28288 | 12201 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el |
12202 | |
12203 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m)) | |
12204 | |
12205 ;;;*** | |
12206 | |
25876 | 12207 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" |
35668 | 12208 ;;;;;; (14804 20134)) |
25876 | 12209 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el |
12210 | |
12211 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\ | |
12212 Major mode for editing Perl code. | |
12213 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets. | |
12214 Tab indents for Perl code. | |
12215 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n. | |
12216 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. | |
12217 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
12218 \\{perl-mode-map} | |
12219 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
12220 perl-tab-always-indent | |
12221 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line, | |
12222 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
12223 perl-tab-to-comment | |
12224 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will | |
12225 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move | |
12226 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment. | |
12227 perl-nochange | |
12228 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented. | |
12229 perl-indent-level | |
12230 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block. | |
12231 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation | |
12232 of the line on which the open-brace appears. | |
12233 perl-continued-statement-offset | |
12234 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the | |
12235 then-clause of an if or body of a while. | |
12236 perl-continued-brace-offset | |
12237 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement. | |
12238 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'. | |
12239 perl-brace-offset | |
12240 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace. | |
12241 perl-brace-imaginary-offset | |
12242 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were | |
12243 this far to the right of the start of its line. | |
12244 perl-label-offset | |
12245 Extra indentation for line that is a label. | |
12246 | |
12247 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW | |
12248 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4 | |
12249 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4 | |
12250 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4 | |
12251 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0 | |
12252 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0 | |
12253 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2 | |
12254 | |
12255 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
12256 | |
12257 ;;;*** | |
12258 | |
12259 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" | |
35668 | 12260 ;;;;;; (14883 29490)) |
25876 | 12261 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el |
12262 | |
12263 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\ | |
12264 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used. | |
12265 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion | |
12266 afterwards settable by these commands: | |
12267 C-c < Move left after insertion. | |
12268 C-c > Move right after insertion. | |
12269 C-c ^ Move up after insertion. | |
12270 C-c . Move down after insertion. | |
12271 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion. | |
12272 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion. | |
12273 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion. | |
12274 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion. | |
12275 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion. | |
12276 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion. | |
12277 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion. | |
12278 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion. | |
12279 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial | |
12280 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to | |
12281 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer | |
12282 with these commands: | |
12283 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line. | |
12284 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line. | |
12285 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character. | |
12286 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required. | |
12287 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required. | |
12288 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion. | |
12289 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion. | |
12290 Return Move to beginning of next line. | |
12291 You can edit tabular text with these commands: | |
12292 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character. | |
12293 `Indents' relative to a previous line. | |
12294 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list. | |
12295 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line. | |
12296 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value. | |
12297 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars | |
12298 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually | |
12299 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops]. | |
12300 You can manipulate text with these commands: | |
12301 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving. | |
12302 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d. | |
12303 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them. | |
12304 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared | |
12305 text is saved in the kill ring. | |
12306 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line. | |
12307 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands: | |
12308 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it. | |
12309 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register. | |
12310 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point. | |
12311 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register. | |
12312 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point. | |
12313 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register. | |
12314 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands | |
12315 commands if invoked soon enough. | |
12316 You can return to the previous mode with: | |
12317 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line. | |
12318 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument. | |
12319 | |
12320 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil. | |
12321 | |
12322 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but | |
12323 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil) | |
12324 | |
12325 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode)) | |
12326 | |
12327 ;;;*** | |
12328 | |
31388 | 12329 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (14747 44776)) |
27321 | 12330 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el |
12331 | |
12332 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\ | |
12333 Play pong and waste time. | |
12334 This is an implementation of the classical game pong. | |
12335 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent. | |
12336 | |
31388 | 12337 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map> |
12338 | |
12339 \\{pong-mode-map}" t nil) | |
27321 | 12340 |
12341 ;;;*** | |
12342 | |
25876 | 12343 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp" |
27321 | 12344 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (13819 15860)) |
25876 | 12345 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el |
12346 | |
12347 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\ | |
12348 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object. | |
12349 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read' | |
12350 can handle, whenever this is possible. | |
12351 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil) | |
12352 | |
12353 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\ | |
12354 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer. | |
12355 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used | |
12356 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list | |
12357 in the variable `values'." t nil) | |
12358 | |
12359 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\ | |
12360 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see). | |
12361 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer. | |
12362 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil) | |
12363 | |
12364 ;;;*** | |
12365 | |
12366 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" | |
35668 | 12367 ;;;;;; (13446 12665)) |
25876 | 12368 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el |
12369 | |
12370 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\ | |
12371 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs. | |
12372 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments. | |
12373 Commands: | |
12374 \\{prolog-mode-map} | |
12375 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook' | |
12376 if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
12377 | |
12378 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\ | |
12379 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil) | |
12380 | |
12381 ;;;*** | |
12382 | |
35668 | 12383 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (14895 24173)) |
25876 | 12384 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el |
12385 | |
12386 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (eq system-type (quote ms-dos)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\ | |
12387 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files. | |
12388 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").") | |
12389 | |
12390 ;;;*** | |
12391 | |
35668 | 12392 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (14884 |
12393 ;;;;;; 1390)) | |
25998 | 12394 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el |
12395 | |
12396 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\ | |
12397 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs. | |
12398 | |
12399 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'. | |
12400 | |
12401 The following variables hold user options, and can | |
12402 be set through the `customize' command: | |
12403 | |
12404 ps-mode-auto-indent | |
12405 ps-mode-tab | |
12406 ps-mode-paper-size | |
12407 ps-mode-print-function | |
12408 ps-run-prompt | |
26724 | 12409 ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2 |
25998 | 12410 ps-run-x |
12411 ps-run-dumb | |
12412 ps-run-init | |
12413 ps-run-error-line-numbers | |
26724 | 12414 ps-run-tmp-dir |
25998 | 12415 |
12416 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options. | |
12417 | |
12418 | |
12419 \\{ps-mode-map} | |
12420 | |
12421 | |
12422 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start], | |
12423 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called. | |
12424 The keymap for this second window is: | |
12425 | |
12426 \\{ps-run-mode-map} | |
12427 | |
12428 | |
12429 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message | |
12430 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring | |
12431 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input | |
12432 to the interpreter was sent from that window. | |
12433 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect. | |
12434 " t nil) | |
12435 | |
12436 ;;;*** | |
12437 | |
25876 | 12438 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-initialize |
26899 | 12439 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font |
27164 | 12440 ;;;;;; ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" |
35668 | 12441 ;;;;;; "ps-mule.el" (14728 6241)) |
25876 | 12442 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el |
12443 | |
27164 | 12444 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\ |
12445 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling. | |
12446 | |
12447 Valid values are: | |
12448 | |
12449 nil This is the value to use the default settings which | |
12450 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII | |
12451 and Latin characters. The default setting can be | |
12452 changed by setting the variable | |
12453 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently. | |
12454 The initial value of this variable is | |
12455 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see | |
12456 documentation). | |
12457 | |
12458 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese | |
12459 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print | |
12460 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and | |
12461 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present, | |
12462 it was not tested the Korean characters printing. | |
12463 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please, | |
12464 test it. | |
12465 | |
12466 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print | |
12467 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin | |
12468 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution | |
12469 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font | |
12470 source file. BDF fonts are included in | |
12471 `intlfonts-1.1' which is a collection of X11 fonts | |
12472 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to | |
12473 use this value, be sure to have installed | |
12474 `intlfonts-1.1' and set the variable | |
12475 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for | |
12476 documentation of this variable). | |
12477 | |
12478 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used | |
12479 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1 | |
12480 characters. This is convenient when you want or | |
12481 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on | |
12482 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family', | |
12483 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'. | |
12484 | |
12485 Any other value is treated as nil.") | |
12486 | |
25876 | 12487 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\ |
12488 Setup special ASCII font for STRING. | |
12489 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil) | |
12490 | |
12491 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil) | |
12492 | |
12493 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\ | |
12494 Generate PostScript code for ploting characters in the region FROM and TO. | |
12495 | |
12496 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset. | |
12497 | |
12498 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color. | |
12499 | |
12500 Returns the value: | |
12501 | |
12502 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH) | |
12503 | |
12504 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of | |
12505 the sequence." nil nil) | |
12506 | |
26899 | 12507 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\ |
12508 Generate PostScript code for ploting composition in the region FROM and TO. | |
12509 | |
12510 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same | |
12511 composition. | |
12512 | |
12513 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color. | |
12514 | |
12515 Returns the value: | |
12516 | |
12517 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH) | |
12518 | |
12519 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of | |
12520 the sequence." nil nil) | |
12521 | |
25876 | 12522 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\ |
12523 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil) | |
12524 | |
12525 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\ | |
12526 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO. | |
12527 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil) | |
12528 | |
12529 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil) | |
12530 | |
12531 ;;;*** | |
12532 | |
12533 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region | |
12534 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces | |
12535 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer | |
12536 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces | |
27321 | 12537 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print" |
35668 | 12538 ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (14924 30911)) |
25876 | 12539 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el |
12540 | |
12541 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\ | |
26118
cac2b0da7b3a
Updated for ps-print.el, ps-mule.el, and ps-bdf.el.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26084
diff
changeset
|
12542 *Specify the size of paper to format for. |
25876 | 12543 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for |
12544 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.") | |
12545 | |
27321 | 12546 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\ |
12547 Customization of ps-print group." t nil) | |
12548 | |
25876 | 12549 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\ |
12550 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer. | |
12551 | |
12552 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command | |
12553 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image | |
12554 in that file instead of sending it to the printer. | |
12555 | |
12556 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it | |
12557 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save | |
12558 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil) | |
12559 | |
12560 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ | |
12561 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer. | |
12562 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline | |
12563 information in the generated image. This command works only if you | |
12564 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil) | |
12565 | |
12566 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\ | |
12567 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region. | |
12568 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil) | |
12569 | |
12570 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ | |
12571 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region. | |
12572 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline | |
12573 information in the generated image. This command works only if you | |
12574 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil) | |
12575 | |
12576 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\ | |
12577 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer. | |
12578 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a | |
12579 local buffer to be sent to the printer later. | |
12580 | |
12581 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
12582 | |
12583 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ | |
12584 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer. | |
12585 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline | |
12586 information in the generated image. This command works only if you | |
12587 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values. | |
12588 | |
12589 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
12590 | |
12591 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\ | |
12592 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally. | |
12593 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region. | |
12594 | |
12595 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
12596 | |
12597 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ | |
12598 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally. | |
12599 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline | |
12600 information in the generated image. This command works only if you | |
12601 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values. | |
12602 | |
12603 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
12604 | |
12605 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\ | |
12606 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer. | |
12607 | |
12608 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command | |
12609 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript | |
12610 image in that file instead of sending it to the printer. | |
12611 | |
12612 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it | |
12613 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save | |
12614 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil) | |
12615 | |
12616 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\ | |
12617 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size, | |
12618 using the current ps-print setup. | |
12619 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s | |
12620 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil) | |
12621 | |
12622 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\ | |
12623 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights. | |
12624 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil) | |
12625 | |
12626 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\ | |
12627 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights. | |
12628 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil) | |
12629 | |
12630 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\ | |
12631 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil) | |
12632 | |
12633 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\ | |
12634 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'. | |
12635 | |
12636 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged | |
12637 with face extension in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides. | |
12638 | |
12639 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'. | |
12640 | |
12641 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil) | |
12642 | |
12643 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\ | |
12644 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'. | |
12645 | |
12646 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged | |
12647 with face extensions in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides. | |
12648 | |
12649 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form: | |
12650 | |
12651 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...) | |
12652 | |
12653 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol. | |
12654 | |
12655 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the | |
12656 foreground and background colors respectively. | |
12657 | |
12658 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols: | |
12659 bold - use bold font. | |
12660 italic - use italic font. | |
12661 underline - put a line under text. | |
12662 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text. | |
12663 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text. | |
12664 shadow - text will have a shadow. | |
12665 box - text will be surrounded by a box. | |
12666 outline - print characters as hollow outlines. | |
12667 | |
12668 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil) | |
12669 | |
12670 ;;;*** | |
12671 | |
12672 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal | |
31388 | 12673 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map |
32115 | 12674 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout |
12675 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package) "quail" "international/quail.el" | |
35668 | 12676 ;;;;;; (14962 39487)) |
25876 | 12677 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el |
12678 | |
12679 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\ | |
12680 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME. | |
12681 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package." nil nil) | |
12682 | |
12683 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\ | |
12684 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE. | |
12685 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package. | |
12686 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS, | |
12687 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT, | |
12688 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST, | |
12689 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE. | |
12690 | |
12691 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area. | |
12692 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown | |
12693 with the currently selected translation being highlighted. | |
12694 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character | |
12695 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is | |
12696 shown. | |
12697 If it is nil, the current key is shown. | |
12698 | |
32115 | 12699 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command |
12700 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form | |
12701 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a | |
12702 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is | |
12703 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a | |
12704 list of candidates. | |
25876 | 12705 |
12706 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation | |
12707 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding | |
12708 command to be called. | |
12709 | |
12710 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept | |
12711 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a | |
12712 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the | |
12713 first candidate when the same key is entered later. | |
12714 | |
12715 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is | |
12716 selected automatically without allowing users to select another | |
12717 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of | |
12718 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other | |
12719 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set | |
12720 to t. | |
12721 | |
12722 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a | |
12723 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the | |
12724 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and | |
12725 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail. | |
12726 | |
12727 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show | |
12728 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters. | |
12729 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless | |
12730 this package defines no translations for single character keys. | |
12731 | |
12732 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode | |
12733 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys. | |
12734 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some | |
12735 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to | |
12736 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII | |
12737 characters to represent Vietnamese characters. | |
12738 | |
12739 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum | |
12740 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of | |
12741 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break | |
12742 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul | |
12743 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we | |
12744 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\". | |
12745 | |
12746 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which | |
12747 covers Quail translation region. | |
12748 | |
12749 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update | |
12750 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By | |
12751 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation | |
12752 for it) is inserted. | |
12753 | |
12754 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while | |
12755 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character | |
12756 vs. corresponding command to be called. | |
12757 | |
12758 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of | |
12759 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as | |
12760 non-Quail commands." nil nil) | |
12761 | |
12762 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\ | |
12763 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE. | |
12764 | |
12765 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not | |
12766 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the | |
12767 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This | |
12768 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what | |
12769 you type is correctly handled." t nil) | |
12770 | |
32115 | 12771 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\ |
12772 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE. | |
12773 | |
12774 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected | |
12775 keyboard type." t nil) | |
12776 | |
25876 | 12777 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\ |
12778 Define translation rules of the current Quail package. | |
12779 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION. | |
12780 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated. | |
12781 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function. | |
12782 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY. | |
12783 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation. | |
12784 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate | |
12785 for the translation. | |
12786 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY. | |
12787 | |
12788 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map, | |
31388 | 12789 it is used to handle KEY. |
12790 | |
12791 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following | |
12792 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where | |
12793 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently | |
12794 the following annotation types are supported. | |
12795 | |
12796 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should | |
12797 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package. | |
12798 | |
12799 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in | |
12800 candidate list. | |
12801 | |
12802 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is | |
12803 selected. The function is called with one argument, the | |
12804 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is | |
12805 inserted. | |
12806 | |
12807 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not | |
12808 generated for the following translations." nil (quote macro)) | |
25876 | 12809 |
12810 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\ | |
12811 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package. | |
26899 | 12812 |
12813 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for | |
12814 which to install MAP. | |
12815 | |
25876 | 12816 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil) |
12817 | |
31388 | 12818 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\ |
12819 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package. | |
12820 | |
12821 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for | |
12822 which to install MAP. | |
12823 | |
12824 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'." nil nil) | |
12825 | |
25876 | 12826 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\ |
12827 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package. | |
12828 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated. | |
12829 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, | |
12830 a function, or a cons. | |
12831 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY. | |
12832 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation. | |
12833 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate | |
12834 for the translation. | |
12835 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function | |
12836 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the | |
12837 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function, | |
12838 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'. | |
12839 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY. | |
12840 | |
12841 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map, | |
12842 it is used to handle KEY. | |
12843 | |
12844 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package | |
12845 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the | |
12846 current Quail package. | |
12847 | |
12848 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION | |
12849 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil) | |
12850 | |
12851 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\ | |
31388 | 12852 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP. |
12853 | |
12854 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the | |
12855 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them. | |
12856 | |
12857 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map. | |
12858 | |
12859 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the | |
12860 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail." nil nil) | |
25876 | 12861 |
12862 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\ | |
12863 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME. | |
12864 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods; | |
12865 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory | |
12866 of the Emacs source tree. | |
12867 | |
12868 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME, | |
12869 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME. | |
12870 | |
12871 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional | |
12872 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory | |
12873 of each directory." t nil) | |
12874 | |
12875 ;;;*** | |
12876 | |
12877 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls | |
12878 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url | |
35668 | 12879 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (14914 |
12880 ;;;;;; 30023)) | |
28212 | 12881 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el |
25876 | 12882 |
12883 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\ | |
12884 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the | |
12885 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that | |
12886 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list. | |
12887 | |
12888 To make use of this do something like: | |
12889 | |
12890 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix) | |
12891 | |
12892 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).") | |
12893 | |
32115 | 12894 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\ |
12895 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP. | |
12896 | |
12897 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current | |
12898 buffer, this default action can be modifed via | |
12899 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil) | |
25876 | 12900 |
12901 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\ | |
12902 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil) | |
12903 | |
12904 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\ | |
12905 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD. | |
12906 | |
12907 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination | |
12908 is decided." t nil) | |
12909 | |
32115 | 12910 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\ |
12911 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP. | |
12912 | |
12913 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the | |
12914 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via | |
12915 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil) | |
25876 | 12916 |
12917 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\ | |
12918 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil) | |
12919 | |
12920 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\ | |
12921 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil) | |
12922 | |
12923 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\ | |
12924 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list. | |
12925 | |
12926 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are: | |
12927 | |
12928 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil) | |
12929 | |
12930 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\ | |
12931 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil) | |
12932 | |
12933 ;;;*** | |
12934 | |
35668 | 12935 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (13149 |
12936 ;;;;;; 16808)) | |
28212 | 12937 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el |
25876 | 12938 |
12939 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\ | |
12940 Compile the the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER. | |
12941 See \\[compile]." t nil) | |
12942 | |
12943 ;;;*** | |
12944 | |
28077 | 12945 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" |
35668 | 12946 ;;;;;; (14539 41135)) |
28077 | 12947 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el |
12948 | |
12949 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\ | |
12950 Call up the RE Builder for the current window." t nil) | |
12951 | |
12952 ;;;*** | |
12953 | |
30565 | 12954 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode recentf-open-more-files recentf-open-files |
12955 ;;;;;; recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list recentf-save-list) "recentf" | |
35668 | 12956 ;;;;;; "recentf.el" (14875 64576)) |
25999 | 12957 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el |
12958 | |
12959 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\ | |
12960 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil) | |
12961 | |
27949 | 12962 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\ |
12963 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list." t nil) | |
12964 | |
25999 | 12965 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\ |
27949 | 12966 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'." t nil) |
12967 | |
30565 | 12968 (autoload (quote recentf-open-files) "recentf" "\ |
33002 | 12969 Display buffer allowing user to choose a file from recently-opened list. |
12970 The optional argument FILES may be used to specify the list, otherwise | |
12971 `recentf-list' is used. The optional argument BUFFER-NAME specifies | |
12972 which buffer to use for the interaction." t nil) | |
30565 | 12973 |
27949 | 12974 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\ |
12975 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu." t nil) | |
25999 | 12976 |
33002 | 12977 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\ |
33357 | 12978 Toggle Recentf mode on or off. |
12979 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
33002 | 12980 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
12981 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.") | |
12982 | |
12983 (custom-add-to-group (quote recentf) (quote recentf-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
12984 | |
12985 (custom-add-load (quote recentf-mode) (quote recentf)) | |
12986 | |
30565 | 12987 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\ |
12988 Toggle recentf mode. | |
33002 | 12989 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off. |
12990 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled. | |
30565 | 12991 |
12992 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that | |
12993 were operated on recently." t nil) | |
12994 | |
25999 | 12995 ;;;*** |
12996 | |
28162 | 12997 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle replace-rectangle string-rectangle |
12998 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle | |
12999 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle | |
35668 | 13000 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (14877 |
13001 ;;;;;; 36786)) | |
25876 | 13002 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el |
13003 | |
13004 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\ | |
13005 Move point to column COLUMN rigidly in the current line. | |
13006 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by | |
25998 | 13007 spaces and tab. |
13008 | |
13009 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to | |
13010 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil) | |
25876 | 13011 |
13012 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 13013 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle. |
13014 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the | |
13015 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region | |
13016 ends. | |
13017 | |
13018 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
13019 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has | |
13020 to be deleted." t nil) | |
25876 | 13021 |
13022 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 13023 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END. |
13024 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle. | |
13025 | |
13026 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
13027 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be | |
13028 deleted." nil nil) | |
25876 | 13029 |
13030 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 13031 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END. |
13032 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil) | |
25876 | 13033 |
13034 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 13035 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one. |
13036 | |
13037 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
13038 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program. | |
13039 | |
13040 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be | |
13041 deleted." t nil) | |
25876 | 13042 |
13043 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
13044 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil) | |
13045 | |
13046 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
13047 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point. | |
13048 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second | |
13049 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc. | |
13050 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings. | |
13051 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner | |
13052 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil) | |
13053 | |
13054 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 13055 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right. |
13056 | |
25876 | 13057 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks, |
25998 | 13058 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle. |
13059 | |
13060 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
13061 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text | |
13062 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil) | |
25876 | 13063 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name |
13064 | |
13065 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
13066 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line. | |
13067 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line | |
13068 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the | |
25998 | 13069 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted. |
13070 | |
13071 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
13072 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil) | |
25876 | 13073 |
13074 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 13075 Insert STRING on each line of the region-rectangle, shifting text right. |
13076 | |
13077 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
13078 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion. | |
13079 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil) | |
25876 | 13080 |
28162 | 13081 (autoload (quote replace-rectangle) "rect" "\ |
13082 Like `string-rectangle', but replace the original region." t nil) | |
13083 | |
25876 | 13084 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\ |
25998 | 13085 Blank out the region-rectangle. |
13086 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks. | |
13087 | |
13088 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
13089 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the | |
13090 rectangle which were empty." t nil) | |
13091 | |
13092 ;;;*** | |
13093 | |
35668 | 13094 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (14875 |
13095 ;;;;;; 62936)) | |
33002 | 13096 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el |
13097 | |
13098 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\ | |
13099 Toggle Refill minor mode. | |
13100 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive. | |
13101 | |
13102 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when | |
13103 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause | |
13104 refilling if they would cause auto-filling." t nil) | |
13105 | |
13106 ;;;*** | |
13107 | |
25998 | 13108 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" |
35668 | 13109 ;;;;;; (14900 39721)) |
25876 | 13110 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el |
13111 | |
13112 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\ | |
13113 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil) | |
13114 | |
13115 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\ | |
13116 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX. | |
13117 | |
25998 | 13118 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing |
13119 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'. | |
13120 | |
25876 | 13121 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'. |
13122 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and | |
13123 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a | |
13124 \\ref macro. | |
13125 | |
13126 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression | |
13127 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX | |
13128 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro. | |
13129 | |
25998 | 13130 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point |
13131 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with | |
13132 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index. | |
25876 | 13133 |
13134 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by | |
13135 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature. | |
13136 | |
13137 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format. | |
13138 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'. | |
13139 | |
13140 \\{reftex-mode-map} | |
13141 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu | |
13142 on the menu bar. | |
13143 | |
13144 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil) | |
13145 | |
25998 | 13146 ;;;*** |
13147 | |
13148 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" | |
35668 | 13149 ;;;;;; (14900 39720)) |
25998 | 13150 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el |
13151 | |
13152 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\ | |
25876 | 13153 Make a citation using BibTeX database files. |
13154 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with | |
13155 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the | |
13156 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according | |
13157 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer. | |
13158 | |
13159 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned. | |
13160 | |
26963 | 13161 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format. |
13162 | |
25876 | 13163 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document. |
13164 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When | |
13165 called with point inside the braces of a `cite' command, it will | |
13166 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'. | |
13167 | |
13168 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'. | |
13169 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'. | |
13170 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible. | |
13171 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil) | |
13172 | |
13173 ;;;*** | |
13174 | |
26963 | 13175 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el" |
35668 | 13176 ;;;;;; (14900 39721)) |
26963 | 13177 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el |
13178 | |
13179 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\ | |
13180 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document. | |
13181 This buffer was created with RefTeX. | |
13182 | |
13183 To insert new phrases, use | |
13184 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word | |
13185 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer. | |
13186 | |
13187 To index phrases use one of: | |
13188 | |
13189 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase | |
13190 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg) | |
13191 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases | |
13192 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases | |
13193 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region | |
13194 | |
13195 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases]. | |
13196 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info]. | |
13197 | |
13198 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual. | |
13199 | |
13200 Here are all local bindings. | |
13201 | |
13202 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil) | |
13203 | |
13204 ;;;*** | |
13205 | |
25876 | 13206 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" |
35668 | 13207 ;;;;;; (14854 32222)) |
25876 | 13208 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el |
13209 | |
13210 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\ | |
13211 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS. | |
13212 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps, | |
13213 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp | |
13214 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct. | |
13215 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp: | |
13216 | |
33002 | 13217 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\"))) |
13218 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close)) | |
13219 | |
13220 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded | |
13221 by \\=\\< and \\>." nil nil) | |
25876 | 13222 |
13223 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\ | |
13224 Return the depth of REGEXP. | |
13225 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions) | |
13226 in REGEXP." nil nil) | |
13227 | |
13228 ;;;*** | |
13229 | |
25998 | 13230 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (14081 4820)) |
25876 | 13231 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el |
13232 | |
13233 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\ | |
13234 Repeat most recently executed command. | |
13235 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use | |
13236 the prefix arg that was used before (if any). | |
13237 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor. | |
13238 | |
13239 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then | |
13240 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior | |
13241 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil) | |
13242 | |
13243 ;;;*** | |
13244 | |
13245 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" | |
29505 | 13246 ;;;;;; (14638 40777)) |
25876 | 13247 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el |
13248 | |
26724 | 13249 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\ |
13250 Begin submitting a bug report via email. | |
13251 | |
13252 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is | |
13253 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers, | |
13254 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function). | |
29505 | 13255 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'. |
13256 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer, | |
13257 and point is left after the salutation. | |
26724 | 13258 |
13259 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state' | |
13260 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are | |
13261 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text | |
13262 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is | |
13263 left after that text. | |
13264 | |
13265 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p' | |
13266 is non-nil. | |
13267 | |
13268 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information | |
13269 to initialize a a messagem, which the user can then edit and finally send | |
13270 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which | |
13271 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil) | |
25876 | 13272 |
13273 ;;;*** | |
13274 | |
13275 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el" | |
35668 | 13276 ;;;;;; (13229 29317)) |
25876 | 13277 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el |
13278 | |
13279 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\ | |
13280 Make the current definition and/or comment visible. | |
13281 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the | |
13282 visibility of comments that precede it. | |
13283 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied. | |
13284 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the | |
13285 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the | |
13286 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment | |
13287 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get | |
13288 as much of the comment onscreen as possible. | |
13289 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and | |
13290 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of | |
13291 the comment lines. | |
13292 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun | |
13293 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line | |
13294 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only | |
13295 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the | |
13296 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil) | |
13297 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window) | |
13298 | |
13299 ;;;*** | |
13300 | |
13301 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679 | |
13302 ;;;;;; 50658)) | |
13303 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el | |
13304 | |
13305 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\ | |
13306 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil) | |
13307 | |
13308 ;;;*** | |
13309 | |
13310 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" | |
29505 | 13311 ;;;;;; (14634 20460)) |
25876 | 13312 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el |
13313 | |
13314 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\ | |
13315 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil) | |
13316 | |
13317 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\ | |
13318 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil) | |
13319 | |
13320 ;;;*** | |
13321 | |
28212 | 13322 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (14550 7959)) |
13323 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el | |
25876 | 13324 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)") |
13325 | |
13326 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\ | |
13327 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS. | |
13328 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain | |
13329 other arguments for `rlogin'. | |
13330 | |
13331 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection. | |
13332 | |
13333 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' | |
13334 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs). | |
13335 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists, | |
13336 a new buffer with a different connection will be made. | |
13337 | |
13338 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is | |
13339 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use. | |
13340 | |
13341 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to | |
13342 run. It can be a relative or absolute path. | |
13343 | |
13344 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to | |
13345 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in | |
13346 INPUT-ARGS. | |
13347 | |
13348 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the | |
13349 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to | |
13350 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes | |
13351 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This | |
13352 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory. | |
13353 | |
13354 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default | |
13355 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory. | |
13356 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine | |
13357 share the same files via NFS. This is the default. | |
13358 | |
13359 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the | |
13360 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the | |
13361 variable." t nil) | |
13362 | |
13363 ;;;*** | |
13364 | |
13365 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode | |
28919 | 13366 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge |
13367 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory | |
13368 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output | |
13369 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers | |
13370 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names) | |
35744 | 13371 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (14965 23688)) |
25876 | 13372 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el |
13373 | |
13374 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\ | |
13375 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages. | |
13376 A value of nil means exclude your own login name as an address | |
13377 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.") | |
13378 | |
13379 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\ | |
13380 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of | |
13381 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set | |
13382 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default | |
13383 value is the user's name.) | |
13384 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.") | |
13385 | |
35744 | 13386 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-type:\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:") "\ |
25876 | 13387 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide. |
13388 This variable is used for reformatting the message header, | |
13389 which normally happens once for each message, | |
13390 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail. | |
13391 To make a change in this variable take effect | |
13392 for a message that you have already viewed, | |
13393 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.") | |
13394 | |
13395 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\ | |
13396 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display. | |
13397 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by | |
13398 `rmail-ignored-headers'.") | |
13399 | |
13400 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers nil "\ | |
13401 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.") | |
13402 | |
13403 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\ | |
13404 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight. | |
13405 A value of nil means don't highlight. | |
13406 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.") | |
13407 | |
13408 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\ | |
13409 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.") | |
13410 | |
13411 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\ | |
13412 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.") | |
13413 | |
13414 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\ | |
13415 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'. | |
13416 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\") | |
13417 \(the name varies depending on the operating system, | |
13418 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).") | |
13419 | |
13420 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\ | |
13421 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.") | |
13422 | |
13423 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\ | |
13424 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.") | |
13425 | |
13426 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\ | |
13427 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.") | |
13428 | |
34166 | 13429 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\ |
28292 | 13430 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.") |
13431 | |
25876 | 13432 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\ |
13433 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.") | |
13434 | |
13435 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\ | |
13436 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.") | |
13437 | |
13438 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\ | |
13439 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.") | |
13440 | |
27949 | 13441 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\ |
13442 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.") | |
13443 | |
25876 | 13444 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\ |
13445 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message. | |
13446 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is | |
13447 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.") | |
13448 | |
13449 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\ | |
13450 Coding system used in RMAIL file. | |
13451 | |
13452 This is set to nil by default.") | |
13453 | |
13454 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\ | |
13455 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature. | |
13456 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message. | |
13457 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message | |
13458 until a user explicitly requires it.") | |
13459 | |
13460 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\ | |
13461 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.") | |
13462 | |
13463 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\ | |
13464 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail. | |
13465 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, | |
13466 this feature is required with `require'.") | |
13467 | |
13468 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\ | |
13469 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification. | |
13470 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification, | |
13471 the message is decoded as normal way. | |
13472 | |
13473 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is | |
13474 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by | |
13475 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.") | |
13476 | |
13477 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\ | |
13478 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message. | |
13479 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.") | |
13480 | |
13481 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\ | |
13482 Read and edit incoming mail. | |
13483 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file) | |
13484 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode. | |
13485 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands. | |
13486 | |
13487 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on | |
13488 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file. | |
13489 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you | |
13490 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer. | |
13491 | |
13492 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil) | |
13493 | |
13494 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\ | |
13495 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files. | |
13496 All normal editing commands are turned off. | |
13497 Instead, these commands are available: | |
13498 | |
13499 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]). | |
13500 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message. | |
13501 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message. | |
13502 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message. | |
13503 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message. | |
13504 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not. | |
13505 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not. | |
13506 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file. | |
13507 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file. | |
13508 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file. | |
13509 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in. | |
13510 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted. | |
13511 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted. | |
13512 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages | |
13513 till a deleted message is found. | |
13514 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail. | |
13515 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages. | |
13516 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file. | |
13517 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer. | |
13518 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging. | |
13519 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file. | |
13520 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]). | |
13521 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before. | |
13522 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields. | |
13523 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message. | |
13524 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user. | |
13525 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it). | |
13526 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it). | |
13527 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line. | |
13528 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file. | |
13529 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line. | |
13530 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message. | |
13531 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label | |
13532 (label defaults to last one specified). | |
13533 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted. | |
13534 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label]. | |
13535 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label | |
13536 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message. | |
13537 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s). | |
13538 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s). | |
13539 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s). | |
13540 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s). | |
13541 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil) | |
13542 | |
13543 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\ | |
13544 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil) | |
13545 | |
13546 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\ | |
13547 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil) | |
13548 | |
13549 ;;;*** | |
13550 | |
13551 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el" | |
35668 | 13552 ;;;;;; (14387 64145)) |
25876 | 13553 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el |
13554 | |
13555 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\ | |
13556 Edit the contents of this message." t nil) | |
13557 | |
13558 ;;;*** | |
13559 | |
13560 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message | |
13561 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" | |
25998 | 13562 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (12875 8164)) |
25876 | 13563 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el |
13564 | |
13565 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\ | |
13566 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message. | |
13567 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil) | |
13568 | |
13569 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\ | |
13570 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message. | |
13571 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil) | |
13572 | |
13573 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil) | |
13574 | |
13575 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\ | |
13576 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS. | |
13577 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names. | |
13578 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used. | |
13579 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil) | |
13580 | |
13581 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\ | |
13582 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS. | |
13583 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names. | |
13584 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used. | |
13585 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil) | |
13586 | |
13587 ;;;*** | |
13588 | |
13589 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el" | |
25998 | 13590 ;;;;;; (13772 51133)) |
25876 | 13591 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el |
13592 | |
13593 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\ | |
13594 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME. | |
13595 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas. | |
13596 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil) | |
13597 | |
13598 ;;;*** | |
13599 | |
13600 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output | |
13601 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout" | |
29505 | 13602 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (14636 62741)) |
25876 | 13603 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el |
13604 | |
13605 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\ | |
13606 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files. | |
13607 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP). | |
13608 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer. | |
13609 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use, | |
13610 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns | |
13611 a file name as a string.") | |
13612 | |
13613 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\ | |
13614 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME. | |
13615 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created. | |
13616 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs | |
13617 buffer visiting that file. | |
13618 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is | |
13619 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it. | |
13620 | |
13621 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file', | |
13622 which is updated to the name you use in this command. | |
13623 | |
13624 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages | |
29505 | 13625 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count. |
13626 | |
13627 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed | |
13628 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message." t nil) | |
25876 | 13629 |
13630 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\ | |
13631 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.") | |
13632 | |
13633 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\ | |
13634 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME. | |
13635 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages | |
13636 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count. | |
13637 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted. | |
13638 | |
13639 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then | |
13640 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages | |
13641 will be appended with their original headers. | |
13642 | |
13643 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file', | |
13644 which is updated to the name you use in this command. | |
13645 | |
13646 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not | |
13647 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message. | |
13648 | |
13649 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil) | |
13650 | |
13651 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\ | |
13652 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME. | |
13653 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil) | |
13654 | |
13655 ;;;*** | |
13656 | |
13657 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-keywords rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent | |
13658 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject | |
25998 | 13659 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (13054 |
13660 ;;;;;; 26387)) | |
25876 | 13661 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el |
13662 | |
13663 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\ | |
13664 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date. | |
13665 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
13666 | |
13667 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\ | |
13668 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject. | |
13669 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
13670 | |
13671 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\ | |
13672 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author. | |
13673 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
13674 | |
13675 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\ | |
13676 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient. | |
13677 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
13678 | |
13679 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\ | |
13680 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent. | |
13681 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
13682 | |
13683 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\ | |
13684 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines. | |
13685 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
13686 | |
13687 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-keywords) "rmailsort" "\ | |
13688 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels. | |
13689 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order. | |
13690 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil) | |
13691 | |
13692 ;;;*** | |
13693 | |
28523 | 13694 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder |
13695 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp | |
13696 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary | |
13697 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) | |
35668 | 13698 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (14902 15080)) |
25876 | 13699 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el |
13700 | |
13701 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\ | |
13702 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.") | |
13703 | |
13704 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\ | |
13705 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.") | |
13706 | |
13707 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\ | |
13708 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil) | |
13709 | |
13710 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\ | |
13711 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS. | |
13712 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil) | |
13713 | |
13714 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\ | |
13715 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS. | |
13716 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers; | |
13717 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given), | |
13718 only look in the To and From fields. | |
13719 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil) | |
13720 | |
13721 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\ | |
13722 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP. | |
13723 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message | |
13724 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line), | |
13725 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil) | |
13726 | |
13727 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\ | |
13728 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT. | |
13729 Normally checks the Subject field of headers; | |
13730 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given), | |
13731 look in the whole message. | |
13732 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil) | |
13733 | |
13734 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\ | |
13735 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS. | |
13736 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil) | |
13737 | |
13738 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\ | |
13739 *Function to decode summary-line. | |
13740 | |
13741 By default, `identity' is set.") | |
13742 | |
28523 | 13743 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\ |
13744 *Regexp matching user mail addresses. | |
13745 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent | |
13746 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender, | |
13747 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail. | |
13748 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address' | |
13749 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent. | |
13750 | |
13751 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails | |
13752 sent by you under different user names. | |
13753 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail adresses. | |
13754 | |
13755 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.") | |
13756 | |
25876 | 13757 ;;;*** |
13758 | |
35196 | 13759 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el" |
13760 ;;;;;; (14932 52544)) | |
13761 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el | |
25876 | 13762 |
13763 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\ | |
13764 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted. | |
13765 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands. | |
13766 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil) | |
13767 | |
13768 ;;;*** | |
13769 | |
13770 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13" | |
27321 | 13771 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (12536 45574)) |
25876 | 13772 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el |
13773 | |
13774 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\ | |
13775 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window. | |
13776 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window." t nil) | |
13777 | |
13778 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\ | |
13779 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil) | |
13780 | |
13781 ;;;*** | |
13782 | |
13783 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly | |
13784 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame | |
13785 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height | |
35668 | 13786 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "rsz-mini.el" (14895 24173)) |
25876 | 13787 ;;; Generated autoloads from rsz-mini.el |
13788 | |
13789 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\ | |
25998 | 13790 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 13791 |
13792 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
13793 | |
13794 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini)) | |
13795 | |
13796 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\ | |
25998 | 13797 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 13798 |
13799 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\ | |
25998 | 13800 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 13801 |
13802 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\ | |
25998 | 13803 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 13804 |
13805 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\ | |
25998 | 13806 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 13807 |
13808 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\ | |
25998 | 13809 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 13810 |
13811 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\ | |
25998 | 13812 This function is obsolete." t nil) |
25876 | 13813 |
13814 ;;;*** | |
13815 | |
13816 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" | |
35668 | 13817 ;;;;;; (14947 16781)) |
25876 | 13818 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el |
13819 | |
13820 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\ | |
13821 Major mode for editing Scheme code. | |
27016 | 13822 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'. |
25876 | 13823 |
13824 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional | |
13825 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling | |
13826 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the | |
13827 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact | |
33002 | 13828 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT |
13829 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the | |
13830 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to | |
13831 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package. | |
25876 | 13832 |
13833 Commands: | |
13834 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
13835 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments. | |
13836 \\{scheme-mode-map} | |
27016 | 13837 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook' |
25876 | 13838 if that value is non-nil." t nil) |
13839 | |
13840 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\ | |
13841 Major mode for editing DSSSL code. | |
27016 | 13842 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'. |
25876 | 13843 |
13844 Commands: | |
13845 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
13846 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments. | |
13847 \\{scheme-mode-map} | |
13848 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then | |
13849 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if | |
13850 that variable's value is a string." t nil) | |
13851 | |
13852 ;;;*** | |
13853 | |
13854 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" | |
35668 | 13855 ;;;;;; (14791 18897)) |
25876 | 13856 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el |
13857 | |
13858 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\ | |
13859 Mode for editing Gnus score files. | |
13860 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode. | |
13861 | |
13862 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil) | |
13863 | |
13864 ;;;*** | |
13865 | |
26724 | 13866 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (14381 |
35668 | 13867 ;;;;;; 55098)) |
25876 | 13868 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el |
13869 | |
13870 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\ | |
13871 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source. | |
26724 | 13872 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added. |
25876 | 13873 \\{scribe-mode-map} |
13874 | |
13875 Interesting variables: | |
13876 | |
13877 scribe-fancy-paragraphs | |
13878 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation. | |
13879 | |
13880 scribe-electric-quote | |
13881 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context. | |
13882 | |
13883 scribe-electric-parenthesis | |
13884 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{') | |
13885 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil) | |
13886 | |
13887 ;;;*** | |
13888 | |
34166 | 13889 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" |
35668 | 13890 ;;;;;; "scroll-all.el" (14862 37894)) |
34166 | 13891 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el |
13892 | |
13893 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\ | |
13894 Control/track scroll locking. | |
13895 | |
13896 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
13897 use either M-x customize or the function `scroll-all-mode'.") | |
13898 | |
13899 (custom-add-to-group (quote windows) (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
13900 | |
13901 (custom-add-load (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote scroll-all)) | |
13902 | |
13903 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\ | |
13904 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode." t nil) | |
13905 | |
13906 ;;;*** | |
13907 | |
25876 | 13908 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode |
13909 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to | |
35196 | 13910 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator send-mail-function |
13911 ;;;;;; mail-yank-ignored-headers mail-interactive mail-self-blind | |
13912 ;;;;;; mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" | |
35668 | 13913 ;;;;;; (14962 39487)) |
25876 | 13914 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el |
13915 | |
13916 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\ | |
13917 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look. | |
13918 | |
13919 If `nil', they contain just the return address like: | |
13920 king@grassland.com | |
13921 If `parens', they look like: | |
13922 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley) | |
13923 If `angles', they look like: | |
13924 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com> | |
25998 | 13925 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field |
13926 derived from the envelope-from address. | |
13927 | |
13928 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused | |
13929 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address' | |
13930 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now | |
13931 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.") | |
13932 | |
30565 | 13933 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\ |
25998 | 13934 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail. |
13935 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in `user-mail-address'. | |
13936 | |
13937 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address | |
13938 is a privileged operation.") | |
25876 | 13939 |
13940 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\ | |
13941 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent. | |
13942 This is done when the message is initialized, | |
13943 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.") | |
13944 | |
13945 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\ | |
13946 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors. | |
13947 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.") | |
13948 | |
13949 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\ | |
13950 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.") | |
13951 | |
13952 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\ | |
13953 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail. | |
13954 The headers should be delimited by a line which is | |
35668 | 13955 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line. |
13956 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also | |
13957 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.") | |
25876 | 13958 |
13959 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\ | |
13960 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.") | |
13961 | |
13962 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\ | |
13963 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none. | |
13964 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.") | |
13965 | |
13966 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\ | |
13967 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages. | |
13968 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable | |
13969 when you first send mail.") | |
13970 | |
13971 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\ | |
13972 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'. | |
13973 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different | |
13974 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs. | |
13975 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.") | |
13976 | |
13977 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\ | |
13978 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file. | |
13979 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by | |
13980 the `Mail' or `mailx' program. | |
13981 This file need not actually exist.") | |
13982 | |
13983 (defvar mail-signature nil "\ | |
13984 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized. | |
13985 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'. | |
13986 If a string, that string is inserted. | |
13987 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n, | |
13988 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.) | |
13989 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated | |
13990 and should insert whatever you want to insert.") | |
13991 | |
13992 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\ | |
13993 Major mode for editing mail to be sent. | |
13994 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands: | |
13995 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit | |
13996 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't): | |
13997 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject: | |
13998 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: | |
13999 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: | |
14000 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text). | |
14001 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file). | |
14002 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail). | |
14003 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked). | |
35196 | 14004 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC). |
14005 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and | |
14006 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order)." t nil) | |
25876 | 14007 |
14008 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\ | |
14009 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail. | |
14010 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system' | |
14011 and `default-sendmail-coding-system', | |
14012 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'. | |
25998 | 14013 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.") |
25876 | 14014 |
14015 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\ | |
14016 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail. | |
14017 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil. | |
14018 | |
14019 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment. | |
14020 User should not set this variable manually, | |
14021 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding | |
14022 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment. | |
25998 | 14023 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.") |
25876 | 14024 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*") |
14025 | |
14026 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\ | |
14027 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase). | |
14028 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected. | |
14029 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil. | |
14030 | |
14031 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the | |
14032 end; see the variable `mail-signature'. | |
14033 | |
14034 \\<mail-mode-map> | |
14035 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit. | |
14036 | |
14037 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode | |
14038 to move to message header fields: | |
14039 \\{mail-mode-map} | |
14040 | |
14041 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted | |
14042 when the message is initialized. | |
14043 | |
14044 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string); | |
14045 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted. | |
14046 | |
14047 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name | |
14048 is inserted. | |
14049 | |
14050 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is | |
14051 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message. | |
14052 | |
14053 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says | |
14054 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer. | |
14055 | |
14056 The second through fifth arguments, | |
14057 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil | |
14058 the initial contents of those header fields. | |
14059 These arguments should not have final newlines. | |
14060 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an | |
14061 original message being replied to, or else an action | |
14062 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original. | |
14063 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything. | |
14064 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take | |
14065 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS); | |
14066 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS. | |
14067 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil) | |
14068 | |
14069 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\ | |
14070 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil) | |
14071 | |
14072 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\ | |
14073 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil) | |
14074 | |
14075 ;;;*** | |
14076 | |
35668 | 14077 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (14914 10033)) |
25876 | 14078 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el |
14079 | |
14080 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\ | |
14081 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes. | |
14082 This starts a server communications subprocess through which | |
14083 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job. | |
14084 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the | |
14085 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\". | |
14086 | |
14087 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil) | |
14088 | |
14089 ;;;*** | |
14090 | |
14091 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" | |
35668 | 14092 ;;;;;; (14501 37288)) |
25876 | 14093 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el |
14094 | |
14095 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\ | |
14096 Major mode for editing SGML documents. | |
14097 Makes > match <. Makes / blink matching /. | |
14098 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \" and ' can be electric depending on | |
14099 `sgml-quick-keys'. | |
14100 | |
14101 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around | |
14102 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active, | |
14103 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region. | |
14104 | |
14105 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in | |
14106 your `.emacs' file. | |
14107 | |
14108 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser. | |
14109 | |
14110 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables. | |
14111 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do. | |
14112 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil) | |
14113 | |
14114 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\ | |
14115 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents. | |
14116 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with | |
14117 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use | |
14118 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on | |
14119 which this is based. | |
14120 | |
14121 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables. | |
14122 | |
14123 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most | |
14124 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so | |
14125 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you | |
14126 can also view with a browser to see what happens: | |
14127 | |
14128 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can | |
14129 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6> | |
14130 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules. | |
14131 | |
14132 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are | |
14133 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as | |
14134 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or | |
14135 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands. | |
14136 | |
14137 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points | |
14138 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a | |
14139 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current | |
14140 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'. | |
14141 | |
14142 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">. | |
14143 | |
14144 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be | |
14145 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''. | |
14146 To work around that, do: | |
14147 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil)) | |
14148 | |
14149 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil) | |
14150 | |
14151 ;;;*** | |
14152 | |
14153 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" | |
35668 | 14154 ;;;;;; (14940 15186)) |
25876 | 14155 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el |
14156 | |
14157 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special)) | |
14158 | |
14159 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\ | |
14160 Major mode for editing shell scripts. | |
14161 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax, | |
14162 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned. | |
14163 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is | |
14164 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed. | |
14165 | |
14166 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by | |
14167 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This | |
14168 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to | |
14169 shell-specific features. | |
14170 | |
14171 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book. | |
14172 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The | |
14173 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax: | |
14174 | |
14175 \\[sh-case] case statement | |
14176 \\[sh-for] for loop | |
14177 \\[sh-function] function definition | |
14178 \\[sh-if] if statement | |
14179 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n | |
14180 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop | |
14181 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop | |
14182 \\[sh-select] select loop | |
14183 \\[sh-until] until loop | |
14184 \\[sh-while] while loop | |
14185 | |
25998 | 14186 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are: |
14187 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation. | |
14188 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation. | |
14189 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line | |
14190 would indent to the way it currently is. | |
14191 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the | |
31388 | 14192 buffer indents as it currently is indented. |
25998 | 14193 |
14194 | |
25876 | 14195 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab. |
14196 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one. | |
14197 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands. | |
14198 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands. | |
14199 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number. | |
14200 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell. | |
14201 | |
14202 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document. | |
14203 {, (, [, ', \", ` | |
14204 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``. | |
14205 | |
14206 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can | |
14207 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly | |
14208 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate. | |
14209 | |
14210 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret] | |
14211 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil) | |
14212 | |
14213 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode)) | |
14214 | |
14215 ;;;*** | |
14216 | |
14217 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" | |
25998 | 14218 ;;;;;; (13667 35245)) |
25876 | 14219 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el |
14220 | |
14221 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\ | |
14222 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files. | |
14223 | |
14224 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the | |
14225 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp | |
14226 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a | |
14227 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by | |
14228 the earlier. | |
14229 | |
14230 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to | |
14231 | |
14232 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\") | |
14233 | |
14234 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then | |
14235 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of: | |
14236 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc. | |
14237 | |
14238 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless | |
14239 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file). | |
14240 | |
14241 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle | |
14242 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the | |
14243 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to | |
14244 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed | |
14245 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution. | |
14246 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX | |
14247 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new | |
14248 emacs version). | |
14249 | |
14250 This function performs these checks and flags all possible | |
14251 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc | |
14252 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file | |
14253 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is | |
14254 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa. | |
14255 | |
14256 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a | |
14257 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the | |
14258 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil) | |
14259 | |
14260 ;;;*** | |
14261 | |
32115 | 14262 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el" |
35668 | 14263 ;;;;;; (14964 4164)) |
25876 | 14264 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el |
14265 | |
32115 | 14266 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\ |
35668 | 14267 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and |
14268 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that | |
14269 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the | |
14270 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell | |
14271 arguments.") | |
25876 | 14272 |
14273 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\ | |
33002 | 14274 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*'). |
14275 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER. | |
14276 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell. | |
14277 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER. | |
25876 | 14278 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name', |
14279 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable, | |
14280 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL. | |
14281 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input | |
14282 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell | |
14283 discards input when it starts up.) | |
14284 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input | |
14285 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'. | |
14286 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'. | |
14287 | |
14288 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
14289 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
14290 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
14291 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell. | |
14292 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
14293 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
14294 | |
14295 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name | |
14296 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable, | |
14297 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell. | |
14298 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell. | |
14299 | |
14300 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
14301 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*") | |
14302 | |
14303 ;;;*** | |
14304 | |
25998 | 14305 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (14256 |
14306 ;;;;;; 23740)) | |
25876 | 14307 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el |
14308 | |
14309 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\ | |
14310 Major mode for editing SIMULA code. | |
14311 \\{simula-mode-map} | |
14312 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
14313 simula-tab-always-indent | |
14314 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line, | |
14315 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
14316 simula-indent-level | |
14317 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block. | |
14318 simula-substatement-offset | |
14319 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE. | |
14320 simula-continued-statement-offset 3 | |
14321 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement, | |
14322 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple- | |
14323 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation | |
14324 with respect to the previous line of the statement. | |
14325 simula-label-offset -4711 | |
14326 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation. | |
14327 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0) | |
14328 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF. | |
14329 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr | |
14330 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF. | |
14331 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0) | |
14332 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the | |
14333 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is | |
14334 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation. | |
14335 simula-electric-indent nil | |
14336 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line' | |
14337 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented. | |
14338 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase | |
14339 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of | |
14340 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table', | |
14341 or nil if they should not be changed. | |
14342 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table | |
14343 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be | |
14344 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', | |
14345 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed. | |
14346 | |
14347 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook | |
14348 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil | |
14349 | |
14350 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling | |
14351 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not | |
14352 at all." t nil) | |
14353 | |
14354 ;;;*** | |
14355 | |
14356 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy | |
14357 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" | |
35668 | 14358 ;;;;;; (14916 50561)) |
25876 | 14359 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el |
14360 | |
14361 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\ | |
14362 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.") | |
14363 | |
14364 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\ | |
14365 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton. | |
14366 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name, | |
14367 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect. | |
14368 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro)) | |
14369 | |
14370 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\ | |
14371 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert'). | |
14372 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert'). | |
14373 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending | |
14374 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once. | |
14375 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in | |
14376 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name). | |
14377 | |
14378 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string | |
14379 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then | |
14380 ignored." t nil) | |
14381 | |
14382 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\ | |
14383 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert'). | |
14384 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert'). | |
14385 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending | |
14386 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once. | |
14387 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in | |
14388 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name). | |
14389 | |
14390 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string | |
14391 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then | |
14392 ignored." t nil) | |
14393 | |
14394 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\ | |
14395 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely. | |
14396 | |
14397 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point | |
14398 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive. | |
14399 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first | |
14400 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton. | |
14401 | |
14402 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked | |
14403 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in | |
14404 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions. | |
14405 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C. | |
14406 | |
14407 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the | |
14408 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the | |
14409 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element. | |
14410 | |
14411 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if | |
14412 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions. | |
14413 | |
14414 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also | |
14415 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are: | |
14416 | |
14417 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode | |
14418 _ interesting point, interregion here, point after termination | |
14419 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode | |
14420 @ add position to `skeleton-positions' | |
14421 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point | |
14422 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point | |
14423 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify') | |
14424 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled | |
14425 nil skipped | |
14426 | |
14427 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may | |
14428 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for | |
14429 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a | |
14430 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but | |
14431 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such | |
14432 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is | |
14433 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of | |
14434 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string. | |
14435 | |
14436 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects. | |
14437 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above. | |
14438 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an | |
14439 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them | |
14440 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are | |
14441 available: | |
14442 | |
14443 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR | |
14444 then: insert previously read string once more | |
14445 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil' | |
14446 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str | |
14447 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want | |
14448 | |
14449 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call | |
14450 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil) | |
14451 | |
14452 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\ | |
14453 Insert the character you type ARG times. | |
14454 | |
14455 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region | |
14456 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'. | |
14457 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a | |
14458 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed. | |
14459 | |
14460 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else | |
14461 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the | |
14462 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil) | |
14463 | |
14464 ;;;*** | |
14465 | |
35668 | 14466 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (14961 |
14467 ;;;;;; 12689)) | |
26899 | 14468 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el |
14469 | |
14470 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\ | |
14471 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program. | |
14472 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil) | |
14473 | |
14474 ;;;*** | |
14475 | |
32115 | 14476 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el" |
35668 | 14477 ;;;;;; (14903 16513)) |
32115 | 14478 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el |
14479 | |
14480 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\ | |
35196 | 14481 Display textual smileys as images. |
14482 START and END specify the region; interactively, use the values | |
14483 of point and mark. The value of `smiley-regexp-alist' determines | |
14484 which smileys to operate on and which images to use for them." t nil) | |
32115 | 14485 |
14486 ;;;*** | |
14487 | |
25876 | 14488 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" |
35668 | 14489 ;;;;;; (14342 21398)) |
25876 | 14490 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el |
14491 | |
14492 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil) | |
14493 | |
14494 ;;;*** | |
14495 | |
25998 | 14496 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (13700 16733)) |
25876 | 14497 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el |
14498 | |
14499 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\ | |
14500 Play the Snake game. | |
14501 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border. | |
14502 | |
14503 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer. | |
14504 | |
14505 snake-mode keybindings: | |
14506 \\<snake-mode-map> | |
14507 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake | |
14508 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game | |
14509 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game | |
14510 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left | |
14511 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right | |
14512 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up | |
14513 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down | |
14514 | |
14515 " t nil) | |
14516 | |
14517 ;;;*** | |
14518 | |
28212 | 14519 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" |
35668 | 14520 ;;;;;; (14082 18459)) |
28212 | 14521 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el |
25876 | 14522 |
14523 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\ | |
14524 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs. | |
14525 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets. | |
14526 Tab indents for C code. | |
14527 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --. | |
14528 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
14529 \\{snmp-mode-map} | |
14530 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then | |
14531 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
14532 | |
14533 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\ | |
14534 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs. | |
14535 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets. | |
14536 Tab indents for C code. | |
14537 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --. | |
14538 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
14539 \\{snmp-mode-map} | |
14540 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', | |
14541 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
14542 | |
14543 ;;;*** | |
14544 | |
14545 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name | |
14546 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form) | |
14547 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (13462 53924)) | |
14548 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el | |
14549 | |
14550 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\ | |
14551 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted. | |
14552 | |
14553 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords | |
14554 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form, | |
14555 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings. | |
14556 | |
14557 For example, the form | |
14558 | |
14559 '(24-hours \":\" minutes | |
14560 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\")) | |
14561 | |
14562 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.") | |
14563 | |
14564 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\ | |
14565 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees. | |
14566 | |
14567 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is | |
14568 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value | |
14569 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New | |
14570 York City. | |
14571 | |
14572 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.") | |
14573 | |
14574 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\ | |
14575 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees. | |
14576 | |
14577 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is | |
14578 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value | |
14579 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New | |
14580 York City. | |
14581 | |
14582 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.") | |
14583 | |
14584 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\ | |
14585 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'. | |
14586 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude | |
14587 pair. | |
14588 | |
14589 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.") | |
14590 | |
14591 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\ | |
14592 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds. | |
14593 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date. | |
14594 | |
14595 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude, | |
14596 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time. | |
14597 | |
14598 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil) | |
14599 | |
14600 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\ | |
14601 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window. | |
14602 Requires floating point." nil nil) | |
14603 | |
14604 ;;;*** | |
14605 | |
14606 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (13672 | |
25998 | 14607 ;;;;;; 20348)) |
25876 | 14608 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el |
14609 | |
14610 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\ | |
14611 Play Solitaire. | |
14612 | |
14613 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire]. | |
14614 \\<solitaire-mode-map> | |
14615 Move around the board using the cursor keys. | |
14616 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key. | |
14617 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo]. | |
14618 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check]. | |
14619 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically | |
14620 check after each move or undo) | |
14621 | |
14622 What is Solitaire? | |
14623 | |
14624 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and | |
14625 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play: | |
14626 Initially, the board will look similar to this: | |
14627 | |
14628 Le Solitaire | |
14629 ============ | |
14630 | |
14631 o o o | |
14632 | |
14633 o o o | |
14634 | |
14635 o o o o o o o | |
14636 | |
14637 o o o . o o o | |
14638 | |
14639 o o o o o o o | |
14640 | |
14641 o o o | |
14642 | |
14643 o o o | |
14644 | |
14645 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one | |
14646 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The | |
14647 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last | |
14648 one in the middle of the board if you're cool. | |
14649 | |
14650 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole | |
14651 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either | |
14652 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like | |
14653 this: o o . | |
14654 | |
14655 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second, | |
14656 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o | |
14657 | |
14658 That's all. Here's the board after two moves: | |
14659 | |
14660 o o o | |
14661 | |
14662 . o o | |
14663 | |
14664 o o . o o o o | |
14665 | |
14666 o . o o o o o | |
14667 | |
14668 o o o o o o o | |
14669 | |
14670 o o o | |
14671 | |
14672 o o o | |
14673 | |
14674 Pick your favourite shortcuts: | |
14675 | |
14676 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil) | |
14677 | |
14678 ;;;*** | |
14679 | |
14680 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields | |
14681 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs | |
35668 | 14682 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (14906 5486)) |
25876 | 14683 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el |
14684 | |
14685 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\ | |
14686 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them. | |
14687 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN. | |
14688 | |
14689 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces | |
14690 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of | |
14691 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the | |
14692 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be | |
14693 contiguous. | |
14694 | |
14695 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key. | |
14696 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key. | |
14697 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
14698 the sort order. | |
14699 | |
14700 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point | |
14701 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr. | |
14702 | |
14703 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record. | |
14704 It moves point to the start of the next record. | |
14705 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records. | |
14706 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr | |
14707 is called. | |
14708 | |
14709 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record. | |
14710 It should move point to the end of the record. | |
14711 | |
14712 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key. | |
14713 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or | |
14714 else the key is the substring between the values of point after | |
14715 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key | |
14716 starts at the beginning of the record. | |
14717 | |
14718 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key. | |
14719 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the | |
14720 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil) | |
14721 | |
14722 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\ | |
14723 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order. | |
14724 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
14725 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort). | |
14726 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
14727 the sort order." t nil) | |
14728 | |
14729 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\ | |
14730 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order. | |
14731 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
14732 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort). | |
14733 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
14734 the sort order." t nil) | |
14735 | |
14736 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\ | |
14737 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order. | |
14738 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
14739 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort). | |
14740 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
14741 the sort order." t nil) | |
14742 | |
14743 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\ | |
14744 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line. | |
14745 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up. | |
27545 | 14746 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region, |
14747 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values. | |
14748 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base. | |
25876 | 14749 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right. |
14750 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
14751 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil) | |
14752 | |
14753 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\ | |
14754 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line. | |
14755 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up. | |
14756 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right. | |
14757 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
14758 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort. | |
14759 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
14760 the sort order." t nil) | |
14761 | |
14762 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\ | |
14763 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY. | |
14764 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted. | |
14765 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" | |
14766 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP) | |
14767 is to be used for sorting. | |
14768 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from | |
14769 RECORD-REGEXP is used. | |
14770 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used. | |
14771 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record. | |
14772 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored. | |
14773 | |
14774 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order. | |
14775 | |
14776 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
14777 the sort order. | |
14778 | |
14779 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line | |
14780 starting with the letter \"f\", | |
14781 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil) | |
14782 | |
14783 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\ | |
14784 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns. | |
34166 | 14785 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes |
25876 | 14786 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in. |
14787 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on. | |
34166 | 14788 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order. |
25876 | 14789 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects |
14790 the sort order. | |
14791 | |
14792 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs, | |
14793 because tabs could be split across the specified columns | |
14794 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible, | |
14795 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs. | |
14796 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil) | |
14797 | |
14798 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\ | |
14799 Reverse the order of lines in a region. | |
14800 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil) | |
14801 | |
14802 ;;;*** | |
14803 | |
14804 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" | |
33357 | 14805 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (14783 15356)) |
25876 | 14806 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el |
14807 | |
14808 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode)) | |
14809 | |
14810 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\ | |
14811 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off. | |
14812 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in | |
14813 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is | |
14814 supported at a time. | |
14815 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame. | |
14816 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil) | |
14817 | |
14818 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\ | |
14819 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame. | |
14820 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is | |
14821 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil) | |
14822 | |
14823 ;;;*** | |
14824 | |
14825 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer) | |
25998 | 14826 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (13553 46858)) |
25876 | 14827 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el |
14828 | |
14829 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
14830 | |
14831 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\ | |
14832 Check spelling of every word in the buffer. | |
14833 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling | |
14834 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences. | |
14835 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word | |
14836 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil) | |
14837 | |
14838 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\ | |
14839 Check spelling of word at or before point. | |
14840 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling | |
14841 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil) | |
14842 | |
14843 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\ | |
14844 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region. | |
14845 Used in a program, applies from START to END. | |
14846 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked: | |
14847 for example, \"word\"." t nil) | |
14848 | |
14849 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\ | |
14850 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil) | |
14851 | |
14852 ;;;*** | |
14853 | |
33357 | 14854 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (14821 |
14855 ;;;;;; 31351)) | |
25876 | 14856 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el |
14857 | |
14858 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\ | |
14859 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil) | |
14860 | |
14861 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\ | |
14862 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil) | |
14863 | |
14864 ;;;*** | |
14865 | |
30565 | 14866 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-postgres sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql |
14867 ;;;;;; sql-informix sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-mode sql-help) "sql" | |
35668 | 14868 ;;;;;; "progmodes/sql.el" (14911 13087)) |
25876 | 14869 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el |
14870 | |
14871 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\ | |
25998 | 14872 Show short help for the SQL modes. |
25876 | 14873 |
14874 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is | |
14875 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi. | |
14876 | |
14877 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter: | |
14878 | |
14879 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres] | |
14880 | |
14881 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported: | |
14882 | |
14883 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql] | |
14884 Solid: \\[sql-solid] | |
14885 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle] | |
14886 Informix: \\[sql-informix] | |
14887 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase] | |
14888 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres] | |
14889 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms] | |
14890 | |
14891 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these. | |
14892 | |
14893 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the | |
14894 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt | |
14895 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions | |
14896 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc. | |
14897 | |
14898 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a | |
14899 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in | |
14900 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be | |
14901 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL. | |
14902 | |
14903 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire | |
14904 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are | |
14905 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil) | |
14906 | |
14907 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\ | |
14908 Major mode to edit SQL. | |
14909 | |
14910 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using | |
14911 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this. | |
14912 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers. | |
14913 | |
25998 | 14914 \\{sql-mode-map} |
25876 | 14915 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'. |
14916 | |
14917 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi | |
14918 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This | |
14919 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this | |
14920 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to | |
14921 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the | |
14922 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer]. | |
14923 | |
14924 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see | |
14925 `sql-interactive-mode'." t nil) | |
14926 | |
30565 | 14927 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\ |
14928 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process. | |
14929 | |
14930 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
14931 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
14932 `*SQL*'. | |
14933 | |
14934 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses | |
14935 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as | |
14936 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in | |
14937 the list `sql-oracle-options'. | |
14938 | |
14939 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
14940 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
14941 | |
14942 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
14943 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
14944 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
14945 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
14946 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
14947 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
14948 | |
14949 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
14950 | |
14951 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\ | |
14952 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process. | |
14953 | |
14954 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
14955 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
14956 `*SQL*'. | |
14957 | |
14958 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses | |
33002 | 14959 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and |
14960 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. | |
30565 | 14961 |
14962 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
14963 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
14964 | |
14965 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
14966 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
14967 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
14968 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
14969 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
14970 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
14971 | |
14972 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
14973 | |
14974 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\ | |
14975 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process. | |
14976 | |
14977 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
14978 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
14979 `*SQL*'. | |
14980 | |
14981 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses | |
14982 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set. | |
14983 | |
14984 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
14985 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
14986 | |
14987 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
14988 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
14989 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
14990 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
14991 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
14992 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
14993 | |
14994 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
14995 | |
14996 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\ | |
14997 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process. | |
14998 | |
14999 Note that the widespread idea that mysql is free software is inaccurate; | |
15000 its license is too restrictive. We urge you to use PostGres instead. | |
15001 | |
15002 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
15003 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
15004 `*SQL*'. | |
15005 | |
15006 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses | |
15007 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and | |
15008 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. | |
15009 | |
15010 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
15011 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
15012 | |
15013 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
15014 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
15015 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
15016 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
15017 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
15018 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
15019 | |
15020 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
15021 | |
15022 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\ | |
15023 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process. | |
15024 | |
15025 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
15026 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
15027 `*SQL*'. | |
15028 | |
15029 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses | |
15030 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as | |
15031 defaults, if set. | |
15032 | |
15033 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
15034 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
15035 | |
15036 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
15037 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
15038 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
15039 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
15040 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
15041 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
15042 | |
15043 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
15044 | |
15045 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\ | |
15046 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process. | |
15047 | |
15048 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
15049 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
15050 `*SQL*'. | |
15051 | |
15052 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses | |
15053 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set. | |
15054 | |
15055 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
15056 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
15057 | |
15058 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
15059 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
15060 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
15061 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
15062 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
15063 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
15064 | |
15065 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
15066 | |
15067 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\ | |
15068 Run isql by Microsoft as an inferior process. | |
15069 | |
15070 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
15071 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
15072 `*SQL*'. | |
15073 | |
15074 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the | |
15075 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server' | |
15076 as defaults, if set. | |
15077 | |
15078 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
15079 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
15080 | |
15081 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
15082 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
15083 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
15084 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
15085 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
15086 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
15087 | |
15088 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
15089 | |
25876 | 15090 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\ |
15091 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process. | |
15092 | |
15093 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
15094 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
15095 `*SQL*'. | |
15096 | |
15097 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses | |
15098 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set. | |
15099 | |
15100 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
15101 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
15102 | |
15103 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
15104 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
15105 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
15106 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
15107 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
25998 | 15108 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M, |
25876 | 15109 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help, |
15110 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this: | |
15111 | |
15112 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions | |
15113 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m))) | |
15114 | |
15115 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
15116 | |
15117 ;;;*** | |
15118 | |
32115 | 15119 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer |
15120 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes | |
15121 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke | |
15122 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke | |
15123 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke strokes-mode) "strokes" "strokes.el" | |
35668 | 15124 ;;;;;; (14787 15136)) |
25876 | 15125 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el |
15126 | |
15127 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\ | |
32115 | 15128 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled. |
15129 Setting this variable directly does not take effect. Use either Customize | |
15130 or M-x strokes-mode.") | |
15131 | |
15132 (custom-add-to-group (quote strokes) (quote strokes-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
15133 | |
15134 (custom-add-load (quote strokes-mode) (quote strokes)) | |
25876 | 15135 |
15136 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
15137 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND. | |
15138 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. | |
15139 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE | |
15140 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the | |
15141 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil) | |
15142 | |
15143 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke)) | |
15144 | |
15145 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
15146 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke. | |
15147 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading. | |
15148 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being | |
15149 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable | |
15150 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil. | |
15151 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil) | |
15152 | |
15153 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
15154 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke. | |
15155 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading. | |
15156 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This | |
15157 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and | |
15158 then complete the stroke with button3. | |
15159 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil) | |
15160 | |
15161 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
32115 | 15162 Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its command. |
25876 | 15163 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil) |
15164 | |
15165 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
15166 Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command. | |
15167 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil) | |
15168 | |
15169 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
15170 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil) | |
15171 | |
15172 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke)) | |
15173 | |
15174 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\ | |
32115 | 15175 Get instructional help on using the `strokes' package." t nil) |
25876 | 15176 |
15177 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\ | |
15178 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil) | |
15179 | |
15180 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes)) | |
15181 | |
32115 | 15182 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\ |
15183 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP. | |
15184 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes | |
15185 chronologically by command name. | |
15186 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead." t nil) | |
15187 | |
25876 | 15188 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\ |
15189 Toggle strokes being enabled. | |
15190 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true. | |
15191 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor | |
15192 mode in all buffers when activated. | |
15193 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define | |
15194 new strokes with | |
15195 | |
15196 > M-x global-set-stroke | |
15197 | |
15198 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use | |
32115 | 15199 S-mouse-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your |
25876 | 15200 strokes with |
15201 | |
15202 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer | |
15203 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil) | |
15204 | |
32115 | 15205 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\ |
15206 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs. | |
15207 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer. | |
15208 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status." t nil) | |
15209 | |
15210 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
15211 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer." t nil) | |
15212 | |
25876 | 15213 ;;;*** |
15214 | |
33002 | 15215 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-word studlify-region) "studly" "play/studly.el" |
33357 | 15216 ;;;;;; (14821 31351)) |
33002 | 15217 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el |
15218 | |
15219 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\ | |
15220 Studlify-case the region" t nil) | |
15221 | |
15222 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\ | |
15223 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument" t nil) | |
15224 | |
15225 ;;;*** | |
15226 | |
25876 | 15227 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" |
28523 | 15228 ;;;;;; (14565 55801)) |
25876 | 15229 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el |
15230 | |
15231 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\ | |
15232 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation. | |
15233 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply | |
15234 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]' | |
15235 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the | |
15236 original message but it does require a few things: | |
15237 | |
15238 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer. | |
15239 | |
15240 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the | |
15241 reply buffer. | |
15242 | |
15243 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been | |
15244 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the | |
15245 original message. | |
15246 | |
15247 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers. | |
15248 | |
15249 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited. | |
15250 | |
15251 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't | |
15252 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run | |
15253 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil) | |
15254 | |
15255 ;;;*** | |
15256 | |
27321 | 15257 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639)) |
25876 | 15258 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el |
15259 | |
15260 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\ | |
15261 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns. | |
15262 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments | |
15263 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark. | |
15264 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil) | |
15265 | |
15266 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\ | |
15267 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible. | |
15268 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs | |
15269 when this can be done without changing the column they end at. | |
15270 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments | |
15271 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark. | |
15272 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil) | |
15273 | |
15274 ;;;*** | |
15275 | |
25998 | 15276 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (13229 29630)) |
25876 | 15277 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el |
15278 | |
15279 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\ | |
15280 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil) | |
15281 | |
15282 ;;;*** | |
15283 | |
35668 | 15284 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (14903 16513)) |
25876 | 15285 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el |
15286 | |
15287 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\ | |
15288 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents. | |
15289 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands. | |
15290 Letters no longer insert themselves. | |
15291 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer; | |
15292 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer. | |
15293 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk. | |
15294 | |
15295 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and | |
15296 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be | |
15297 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file | |
15298 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it. | |
15299 | |
15300 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'. | |
15301 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil) | |
15302 | |
15303 ;;;*** | |
15304 | |
25998 | 15305 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl" |
35744 | 15306 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (14965 55646)) |
25998 | 15307 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el |
15308 | |
15309 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\ | |
15310 Major mode for editing Tcl code. | |
15311 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets. | |
15312 Tab indents for Tcl code. | |
15313 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. | |
15314 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
15315 | |
15316 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
15317 tcl-indent-level | |
15318 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block. | |
15319 tcl-continued-indent-level | |
15320 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command. | |
15321 | |
15322 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable | |
15323 documentation for details): | |
15324 tcl-tab-always-indent | |
15325 Controls action of TAB key. | |
15326 tcl-auto-newline | |
15327 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets, | |
15328 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code. | |
15329 tcl-electric-hash-style | |
15330 Controls action of `#' key. | |
15331 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector | |
15332 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector. | |
15333 This variable is only used in Emacs 19. | |
15334 tcl-use-smart-word-finder | |
15335 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current | |
15336 word when looking up help on a Tcl command. | |
15337 | |
15338 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook' | |
15339 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for | |
15340 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions | |
15341 already exist. | |
15342 | |
15343 Commands: | |
15344 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil) | |
15345 | |
15346 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\ | |
15347 Run inferior Tcl process. | |
15348 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively. | |
15349 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil) | |
15350 | |
15351 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\ | |
15352 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point. | |
15353 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil) | |
15354 | |
15355 ;;;*** | |
15356 | |
35668 | 15357 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (13858 52416)) |
28212 | 15358 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el |
25876 | 15359 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)") |
15360 | |
15361 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\ | |
15362 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string). | |
15363 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*' | |
15364 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program | |
15365 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties', | |
15366 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'. | |
15367 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil) | |
15368 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)") | |
15369 | |
15370 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\ | |
15371 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string). | |
15372 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'. | |
15373 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil) | |
15374 | |
15375 ;;;*** | |
15376 | |
35668 | 15377 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (14921 |
15378 ;;;;;; 47235)) | |
25876 | 15379 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el |
15380 | |
15381 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\ | |
15382 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM. | |
15383 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s. | |
15384 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. | |
15385 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to | |
15386 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil) | |
15387 | |
15388 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\ | |
15389 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil) | |
15390 | |
15391 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\ | |
15392 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil) | |
15393 | |
15394 ;;;*** | |
15395 | |
31388 | 15396 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (14758 |
35668 | 15397 ;;;;;; 10468)) |
25876 | 15398 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el |
15399 | |
15400 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\ | |
15401 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS. | |
15402 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT. | |
15403 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program, | |
15404 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that | |
15405 program as keyboard input. | |
15406 | |
15407 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS | |
15408 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell. | |
15409 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window | |
15410 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height. | |
15411 | |
15412 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands | |
15413 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it), | |
15414 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command. | |
15415 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram. | |
15416 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'. | |
15417 | |
15418 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator. | |
15419 | |
15420 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour | |
15421 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information: | |
15422 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing, | |
15423 terminal-redisplay-interval. | |
15424 | |
15425 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists | |
15426 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the | |
15427 subprocess started." t nil) | |
15428 | |
15429 ;;;*** | |
15430 | |
25998 | 15431 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (13700 16411)) |
25876 | 15432 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el |
15433 | |
15434 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\ | |
15435 Play the Tetris game. | |
15436 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and | |
15437 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so | |
15438 as to form complete rows. | |
15439 | |
15440 tetris-mode keybindings: | |
15441 \\<tetris-mode-map> | |
15442 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris | |
15443 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game | |
15444 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game | |
15445 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left | |
15446 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right | |
15447 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise | |
15448 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise | |
15449 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area | |
15450 | |
15451 " t nil) | |
15452 | |
15453 ;;;*** | |
15454 | |
15455 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode | |
15456 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode | |
15457 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
15458 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names | |
15459 ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command | |
15460 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp | |
15461 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" | |
35668 | 15462 ;;;;;; (14890 7814)) |
25876 | 15463 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el |
15464 | |
15465 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\ | |
15466 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.") | |
15467 | |
15468 (defvar tex-directory "." "\ | |
15469 *Directory in which temporary files are written. | |
15470 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it | |
15471 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are | |
15472 `\\input' commands with relative directories.") | |
15473 | |
15474 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\ | |
15475 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include. | |
15476 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string; | |
15477 if it matches the first line of the file, | |
15478 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.") | |
15479 | |
15480 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\ | |
15481 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file. | |
15482 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file' | |
15483 if the variable is non-nil.") | |
15484 | |
15485 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\ | |
15486 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.") | |
15487 | |
15488 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\ | |
15489 *Command used to run TeX subjob. | |
15490 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string. | |
15491 See the documentation of that variable.") | |
15492 | |
15493 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\ | |
15494 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob. | |
15495 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string. | |
15496 See the documentation of that variable.") | |
15497 | |
15498 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\ | |
15499 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob. | |
15500 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string. | |
15501 See the documentation of that variable.") | |
15502 | |
15503 (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\ | |
15504 *TeX options to use when running TeX. | |
15505 These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option. | |
15506 See the documentation of `tex-command'.") | |
15507 | |
15508 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\ | |
15509 *User defined LaTeX block names. | |
15510 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.") | |
15511 | |
15512 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\ | |
15513 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data. | |
15514 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; | |
15515 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.") | |
15516 | |
15517 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\ | |
15518 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. | |
15519 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; | |
15520 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.") | |
15521 | |
15522 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\ | |
15523 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file. | |
15524 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; | |
15525 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end. | |
15526 | |
15527 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable | |
15528 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want; | |
15529 for example, | |
15530 | |
15531 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
15532 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \"))) | |
15533 | |
15534 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to | |
15535 use.") | |
15536 | |
15537 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\ | |
15538 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file. | |
15539 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; | |
15540 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end. | |
15541 | |
15542 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the | |
15543 window system being used. For example, | |
15544 | |
15545 (setq tex-dvi-view-command | |
15546 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\")) | |
15547 | |
15548 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty | |
15549 otherwise.") | |
15550 | |
15551 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\ | |
15552 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue. | |
15553 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.") | |
15554 | |
26724 | 15555 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\ |
25876 | 15556 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX. |
15557 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file | |
15558 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands. | |
15559 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.") | |
15560 | |
15561 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\ | |
15562 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.") | |
15563 | |
15564 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\ | |
15565 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.") | |
15566 | |
15567 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | |
15568 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX. | |
15569 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether | |
15570 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode', | |
15571 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined, | |
15572 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode' | |
15573 says which mode to use." t nil) | |
15574 | |
15575 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode)) | |
15576 | |
15577 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode)) | |
15578 | |
15579 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode)) | |
15580 | |
15581 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | |
15582 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX. | |
15583 Makes $ and } display the characters they match. | |
15584 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation, | |
15585 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\. | |
15586 | |
15587 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\" | |
15588 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.), | |
15589 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer. | |
15590 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file. | |
15591 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
15592 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
15593 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer. | |
15594 | |
15595 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing | |
15596 mismatched $'s or braces. | |
15597 | |
15598 Special commands: | |
15599 \\{tex-mode-map} | |
15600 | |
15601 Mode variables: | |
15602 tex-run-command | |
15603 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
15604 tex-directory | |
15605 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs | |
15606 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
15607 tex-dvi-print-command | |
15608 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. | |
15609 tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
15610 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix | |
15611 argument) to print a .dvi file. | |
15612 tex-dvi-view-command | |
15613 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file. | |
15614 tex-show-queue-command | |
15615 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print | |
15616 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on. | |
15617 | |
15618 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook | |
15619 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the | |
15620 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil) | |
15621 | |
15622 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | |
15623 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX. | |
15624 Makes $ and } display the characters they match. | |
15625 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation, | |
15626 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\. | |
15627 | |
15628 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble | |
15629 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.), | |
15630 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer. | |
15631 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file. | |
15632 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
15633 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
15634 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer. | |
15635 | |
15636 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing | |
15637 mismatched $'s or braces. | |
15638 | |
15639 Special commands: | |
15640 \\{tex-mode-map} | |
15641 | |
15642 Mode variables: | |
15643 latex-run-command | |
15644 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
15645 tex-directory | |
15646 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs | |
15647 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
15648 tex-dvi-print-command | |
15649 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. | |
15650 tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
15651 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix | |
15652 argument) to print a .dvi file. | |
15653 tex-dvi-view-command | |
15654 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file. | |
15655 tex-show-queue-command | |
15656 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print | |
15657 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on. | |
15658 | |
15659 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then | |
15660 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special | |
15661 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil) | |
15662 | |
15663 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | |
15664 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX. | |
15665 Makes $ and } display the characters they match. | |
15666 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation, | |
15667 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\. | |
15668 | |
15669 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble | |
15670 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.), | |
15671 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer. | |
15672 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file. | |
15673 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
15674 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
15675 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer. | |
15676 | |
15677 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing | |
15678 mismatched $'s or braces. | |
15679 | |
15680 Special commands: | |
15681 \\{tex-mode-map} | |
15682 | |
15683 Mode variables: | |
15684 slitex-run-command | |
15685 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
15686 tex-directory | |
15687 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs | |
15688 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
15689 tex-dvi-print-command | |
15690 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. | |
15691 tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
15692 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix | |
15693 argument) to print a .dvi file. | |
15694 tex-dvi-view-command | |
15695 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file. | |
15696 tex-show-queue-command | |
15697 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print | |
15698 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on. | |
15699 | |
15700 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook | |
15701 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook | |
15702 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook | |
15703 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil) | |
15704 | |
15705 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil) | |
15706 | |
15707 ;;;*** | |
15708 | |
15709 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer) | |
35668 | 15710 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (14600 18796)) |
25876 | 15711 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el |
15712 | |
15713 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\ | |
15714 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file. | |
15715 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file | |
15716 name specified in the @setfilename command. | |
15717 | |
15718 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table | |
15719 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and | |
15720 Info-split to do these manually." t nil) | |
15721 | |
15722 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\ | |
15723 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format. | |
15724 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info. | |
15725 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is | |
15726 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil) | |
15727 | |
15728 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\ | |
15729 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file. | |
15730 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file | |
15731 names specified in the @setfilename command. | |
15732 | |
15733 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and | |
15734 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that | |
15735 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original | |
15736 Texinfo source buffer is not changed. | |
15737 | |
15738 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file | |
15739 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil) | |
15740 | |
15741 ;;;*** | |
15742 | |
34166 | 15743 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote) |
35668 | 15744 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (14952 28430)) |
25876 | 15745 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el |
15746 | |
34166 | 15747 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\ |
15748 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.") | |
15749 | |
15750 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\ | |
15751 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.") | |
15752 | |
25876 | 15753 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\ |
15754 Major mode for editing Texinfo files. | |
15755 | |
15756 It has these extra commands: | |
15757 \\{texinfo-mode-map} | |
15758 | |
15759 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals | |
15760 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or | |
15761 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and | |
15762 modified version of TeX input format. | |
15763 | |
15764 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is | |
15765 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see | |
15766 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like, | |
15767 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region. | |
15768 | |
15769 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure]. | |
15770 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the | |
15771 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like. | |
15772 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window. | |
15773 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and | |
15774 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot | |
15775 in the Texinfo file. | |
15776 | |
15777 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various | |
15778 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these | |
15779 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with | |
15780 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to | |
15781 move forward past the closing brace. | |
15782 | |
15783 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or | |
15784 updating menus and node pointers. These functions | |
15785 | |
15786 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node, | |
15787 * insert or update the menu for a section, and | |
15788 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file. | |
15789 | |
15790 Here are the functions: | |
15791 | |
15792 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node] | |
15793 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update] | |
15794 texinfo-sequential-node-update | |
15795 | |
15796 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu] | |
15797 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update] | |
15798 texinfo-master-menu | |
15799 | |
15800 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p) | |
15801 | |
15802 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to | |
15803 which menu descriptions are indented. | |
15804 | |
15805 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the | |
15806 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs | |
15807 in the region. | |
15808 | |
15809 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file | |
15810 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the | |
15811 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an | |
15812 `@chapter' or `@section' line. | |
15813 | |
15814 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and | |
15815 be the first node in the file. | |
15816 | |
35196 | 15817 |
28710 | 15818 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the |
15819 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
25876 | 15820 |
15821 ;;;*** | |
15822 | |
26899 | 15823 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion |
28919 | 15824 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) |
29505 | 15825 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (14647 32047)) |
25876 | 15826 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el |
15827 | |
15828 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\ | |
15829 Compose Thai characters in the region. | |
15830 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
15831 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil) | |
15832 | |
15833 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\ | |
15834 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil) | |
15835 | |
15836 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\ | |
15837 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil) | |
15838 | |
15839 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil) | |
15840 | |
26899 | 15841 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\ |
15842 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO. | |
15843 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN. | |
15844 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text | |
15845 to compose. | |
15846 | |
15847 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil) | |
25876 | 15848 |
15849 ;;;*** | |
15850 | |
27949 | 15851 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point |
15852 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing) | |
31388 | 15853 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (14746 24125)) |
25876 | 15854 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el |
15855 | |
15856 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\ | |
15857 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil) | |
15858 | |
15859 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\ | |
15860 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point. | |
15861 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want. | |
15862 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url', | |
15863 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others. | |
15864 | |
15865 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define | |
15866 a symbol as a valid THING. | |
15867 | |
15868 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions | |
15869 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil) | |
15870 | |
15871 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\ | |
15872 Return the THING at point. | |
15873 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want. | |
15874 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url', | |
15875 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others. | |
15876 | |
15877 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define | |
15878 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil) | |
15879 | |
27949 | 15880 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil) |
15881 | |
15882 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil) | |
15883 | |
15884 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil) | |
15885 | |
15886 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil) | |
15887 | |
25876 | 15888 ;;;*** |
15889 | |
15890 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion | |
26899 | 15891 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-composition-function |
29505 | 15892 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region |
15893 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription | |
30565 | 15894 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (14672 |
15895 ;;;;;; 33974)) | |
25876 | 15896 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el |
15897 | |
26899 | 15898 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\ |
25876 | 15899 Check if char CH is Tibetan character. |
15900 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil) | |
15901 | |
26899 | 15902 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\ |
15903 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil) | |
15904 | |
15905 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\ | |
15906 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string. | |
15907 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil) | |
25876 | 15908 |
15909 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\ | |
26899 | 15910 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil) |
25876 | 15911 |
15912 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\ | |
26899 | 15913 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil) |
15914 | |
29505 | 15915 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\ |
15916 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO. | |
15917 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters | |
15918 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." t nil) | |
15919 | |
15920 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\ | |
15921 Decompose Tibetan string STR. | |
15922 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters | |
15923 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." nil nil) | |
26899 | 15924 |
15925 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil) | |
25876 | 15926 |
15927 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\ | |
15928 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components. | |
26899 | 15929 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil) |
25876 | 15930 |
15931 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\ | |
15932 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer. | |
15933 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil) | |
15934 | |
15935 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil) | |
15936 | |
15937 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil) | |
15938 | |
15939 ;;;*** | |
15940 | |
26724 | 15941 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" |
35668 | 15942 ;;;;;; (14883 35658)) |
26724 | 15943 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el |
15944 | |
15945 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\ | |
15946 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END. | |
15947 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and | |
15948 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration | |
15949 parameters. | |
15950 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil) | |
15951 | |
15952 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\ | |
15953 Add hard spaces in the current buffer. | |
15954 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and | |
15955 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration | |
15956 parameters. | |
15957 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil) | |
15958 | |
15959 ;;;*** | |
15960 | |
32115 | 15961 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date) |
35668 | 15962 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (14854 32222)) |
25876 | 15963 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el |
15964 | |
15965 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\ | |
15966 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.") | |
15967 | |
15968 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\ | |
15969 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines. | |
15970 This display updates automatically every minute. | |
15971 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date | |
15972 are displayed as well. | |
15973 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil) | |
15974 | |
32115 | 15975 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\ |
33357 | 15976 Toggle Display-Time mode on or off. |
15977 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
32115 | 15978 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
15979 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.") | |
15980 | |
15981 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
15982 | |
15983 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time)) | |
15984 | |
25876 | 15985 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\ |
15986 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines. | |
15987 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive. | |
15988 | |
15989 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute. | |
15990 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date | |
15991 are displayed as well. | |
15992 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil) | |
15993 | |
15994 ;;;*** | |
15995 | |
32115 | 15996 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "gnus/time-date.el" |
35668 | 15997 ;;;;;; (14862 37897)) |
32115 | 15998 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/time-date.el |
15999 | |
16000 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\ | |
16001 Convert DATE into time." nil nil) | |
16002 | |
16003 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\ | |
16004 Parse DATE and return a time structure. | |
16005 If DATE is malformed, a zero time will be returned." nil nil) | |
16006 | |
16007 ;;;*** | |
16008 | |
25876 | 16009 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp" |
35744 | 16010 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (14966 38375)) |
25876 | 16011 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el |
16012 | |
16013 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\ | |
25998 | 16014 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer. |
25876 | 16015 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp |
16016 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file: | |
16017 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) | |
16018 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and | |
16019 look like one of the following: | |
16020 Time-stamp: <> | |
16021 Time-stamp: \" \" | |
16022 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes: | |
16023 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea> | |
16024 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil. | |
16025 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'. | |
25998 | 16026 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end', |
16027 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the | |
16028 template." t nil) | |
25876 | 16029 |
16030 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\ | |
16031 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer. | |
16032 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil) | |
16033 | |
16034 ;;;*** | |
16035 | |
31388 | 16036 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string |
16037 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out | |
16038 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in | |
16039 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" | |
33357 | 16040 ;;;;;; (14845 20873)) |
31388 | 16041 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el |
16042 | |
16043 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\ | |
16044 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline. | |
16045 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil, the modeline will be | |
16046 updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise, the | |
16047 timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its updating. | |
16048 With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only if ARG is | |
16049 positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline display | |
16050 \(non-nil means on)." t nil) | |
16051 | |
16052 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\ | |
16053 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog. | |
16054 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that | |
16055 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg | |
16056 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or | |
16057 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of | |
16058 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time | |
16059 this function is called within a day. | |
16060 | |
16061 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and | |
16062 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in' | |
16063 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to | |
16064 discover the name of the project." t nil) | |
16065 | |
16066 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\ | |
16067 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog. | |
16068 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was | |
16069 begun during the last time segment. | |
16070 | |
16071 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and | |
16072 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out' | |
16073 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to | |
16074 discover the reason." t nil) | |
16075 | |
16076 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\ | |
16077 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment." t nil) | |
16078 | |
16079 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\ | |
16080 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out. | |
16081 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been | |
16082 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last | |
16083 project you were working on." t nil) | |
16084 | |
16085 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\ | |
16086 Ask the user before clocking out. | |
16087 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-hook'." nil nil) | |
16088 | |
16089 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\ | |
16090 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes. | |
16091 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'." t nil) | |
16092 | |
16093 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\ | |
16094 Return a string representing the amount of time left today. | |
16095 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY | |
16096 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today. | |
16097 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of | |
16098 \"relative to today\"." t nil) | |
16099 | |
16100 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\ | |
16101 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today. | |
16102 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is | |
16103 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked." t nil) | |
16104 | |
16105 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\ | |
16106 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today. | |
16107 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If | |
16108 NO-MESSAGE is non-nil, no messages will be displayed in the | |
16109 minibuffer. If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned | |
16110 will include seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned | |
16111 will be relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time. | |
16112 This argument only makes a difference if `timeclock-relative' is | |
16113 non-nil." t nil) | |
16114 | |
16115 ;;;*** | |
16116 | |
25876 | 16117 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer |
16118 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer" | |
31388 | 16119 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (14766 7772)) |
25876 | 16120 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el |
16121 | |
16122 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer)) | |
16123 | |
16124 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\ | |
16125 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil) | |
16126 | |
16127 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\ | |
16128 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil) | |
16129 | |
16130 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\ | |
16131 Perform an action at time TIME. | |
16132 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil. | |
16133 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds | |
16134 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT) | |
16135 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT. | |
16136 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number. | |
16137 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS. | |
16138 | |
16139 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil) | |
16140 | |
16141 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\ | |
16142 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds. | |
16143 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil. | |
16144 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers. | |
16145 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS. | |
16146 | |
16147 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil) | |
16148 | |
16149 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\ | |
16150 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT. | |
16151 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds. | |
16152 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil) | |
16153 | |
16154 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\ | |
16155 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds. | |
30565 | 16156 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS. |
25876 | 16157 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number. |
30565 | 16158 |
16159 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for | |
16160 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle). | |
25876 | 16161 |
16162 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil) | |
16163 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1) | |
16164 | |
16165 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\ | |
16166 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up. | |
16167 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one. | |
16168 The call should look like: | |
16169 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...) | |
16170 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external | |
16171 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time); | |
16172 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not | |
16173 be detected." nil (quote macro)) | |
16174 | |
16175 ;;;*** | |
16176 | |
16177 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" | |
33357 | 16178 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (14821 31351)) |
25876 | 16179 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el |
16180 | |
16181 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\ | |
16182 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package. | |
16183 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which | |
16184 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil) | |
16185 | |
16186 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\ | |
16187 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line. | |
16188 Use this from the command line, with `-batch'; | |
16189 it won't work in an interactive Emacs. | |
16190 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to | |
16191 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\". | |
16192 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil) | |
16193 | |
16194 ;;;*** | |
16195 | |
16196 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm" | |
35668 | 16197 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (14894 24587)) |
25876 | 16198 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el |
16199 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar) | |
16200 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar) | |
16201 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse) | |
16202 | |
16203 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\ | |
16204 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar. | |
16205 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'. | |
16206 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar; | |
16207 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil) | |
16208 | |
16209 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\ | |
16210 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar. | |
16211 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar | |
16212 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse. | |
16213 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil) | |
16214 | |
16215 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\ | |
16216 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap. | |
16217 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements | |
16218 in the menu in two ways: | |
16219 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer; | |
16220 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown. | |
16221 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably. | |
16222 | |
16223 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a | |
16224 keymap or an alist of alists. | |
16225 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice. | |
16226 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil) | |
16227 | |
16228 ;;;*** | |
16229 | |
35196 | 16230 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities |
16231 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category) | |
35668 | 16232 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (14930 62509)) |
28919 | 16233 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el |
16234 | |
35196 | 16235 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\ |
16236 Add new category CAT to the TODO list." t nil) | |
16237 | |
16238 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\ | |
16239 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY." nil nil) | |
16240 | |
16241 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\ | |
16242 Insert new TODO list entry. | |
16243 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current | |
16244 category." t nil) | |
16245 | |
30565 | 16246 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\ |
16247 List top priorities for each category. | |
16248 | |
16249 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which | |
16250 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'. | |
16251 | |
16252 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted | |
16253 between each category." t nil) | |
16254 | |
28919 | 16255 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\ |
29505 | 16256 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'. |
30565 | 16257 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted |
28919 | 16258 between each category. |
16259 | |
30565 | 16260 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'." t nil) |
28919 | 16261 |
35196 | 16262 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\ |
16263 Major mode for editing TODO lists. | |
16264 | |
16265 \\{todo-mode-map}" t nil) | |
16266 | |
16267 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\ | |
16268 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary." nil nil) | |
16269 | |
16270 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\ | |
16271 Show TODO list." t nil) | |
16272 | |
28919 | 16273 ;;;*** |
16274 | |
33002 | 16275 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-add-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item |
35668 | 16276 ;;;;;; tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (14956 17970)) |
32115 | 16277 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el |
16278 | |
16279 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\ | |
33357 | 16280 Toggle Tool-Bar mode on or off. |
16281 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
32115 | 16282 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
16283 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.") | |
16284 | |
33357 | 16285 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote custom-variable)) |
32115 | 16286 |
16287 (custom-add-load (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote tool-bar)) | |
16288 | |
16289 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\ | |
16290 Toggle use of the tool bar. | |
34166 | 16291 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive. |
32115 | 16292 |
16293 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for | |
16294 conveniently adding tool bar items." t nil) | |
16295 | |
16296 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\ | |
16297 Add an item to the tool bar. | |
16298 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol | |
33002 | 16299 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments |
16300 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See | |
16301 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right. | |
32115 | 16302 |
16303 ICON is the base name of a file cnntaining the image to use. The | |
33002 | 16304 function will try to use first ICON.xpm, ICON.pbm then ICON.xbm using |
16305 `find-image'. | |
16306 | |
16307 Keybindings are made in the map `tool-bar-map'. To define items in | |
16308 some local map, bind `tool-bar-map' with `let' around calls of this | |
16309 function." nil nil) | |
16310 | |
16311 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\ | |
16312 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP. | |
16313 The binding of COMMAND is looked up in the menu bar in MAP (default | |
16314 `global-map') and modified to add an image specification for ICON, which | |
16315 is looked for as by `tool-bar-add-item'. | |
16316 MAP must contain an appropriate keymap bound to `[menu-bar]'. | |
16317 PROPS is a list of additional properties to add to the binding. | |
16318 | |
16319 Keybindings are made in the map `tool-bar-map'. To define items in | |
16320 some local map, bind `tool-bar-map' with `let' around calls of this | |
16321 function." nil nil) | |
32115 | 16322 |
16323 ;;;*** | |
16324 | |
25998 | 16325 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el" |
35668 | 16326 ;;;;;; (14950 65294)) |
25876 | 16327 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el |
16328 | |
16329 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\ | |
16330 Mode for tooltip display. | |
16331 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil) | |
16332 | |
25998 | 16333 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\ |
16334 Toggle tooltip-mode. | |
16335 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
16336 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.") | |
16337 | |
16338 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
16339 | |
16340 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip)) | |
16341 | |
16342 ;;;*** | |
16343 | |
35668 | 16344 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (14892 |
16345 ;;;;;; 62442)) | |
25876 | 16346 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el |
16347 | |
16348 (fset (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on)) | |
16349 | |
16350 (fset (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on)) | |
16351 | |
16352 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\ | |
16353 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil) | |
16354 | |
16355 ;;;*** | |
16356 | |
16357 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins) | |
35668 | 16358 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (14892 62442)) |
25876 | 16359 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el |
16360 | |
16361 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\ | |
16362 Set scroll margins." t nil) | |
16363 | |
16364 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\ | |
16365 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil) | |
16366 | |
16367 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\ | |
16368 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil) | |
16369 | |
16370 ;;;*** | |
16371 | |
25998 | 16372 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (13509 34547)) |
25876 | 16373 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el |
16374 | |
16375 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\ | |
16376 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS. | |
16377 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving | |
16378 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected | |
16379 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil) | |
16380 | |
16381 ;;;*** | |
16382 | |
16383 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer) | |
28710 | 16384 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (14583 8560)) |
25876 | 16385 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el |
16386 | |
16387 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\ | |
16388 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.") | |
16389 | |
16390 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\ | |
16391 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER. | |
16392 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument | |
16393 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the | |
16394 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice | |
16395 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called. | |
16396 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other | |
16397 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil) | |
16398 | |
16399 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\ | |
16400 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER. | |
16401 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument | |
16402 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the | |
16403 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice | |
16404 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing | |
16405 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil) | |
16406 | |
16407 ;;;*** | |
16408 | |
16409 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column" | |
34166 | 16410 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (14876 60333)) |
25876 | 16411 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el |
16412 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap) | |
16413 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command) | |
16414 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command) | |
16415 | |
16416 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\ | |
16417 Split current window vertically for two-column editing. | |
16418 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current | |
16419 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ). | |
16420 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer. | |
16421 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer | |
16422 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil) | |
16423 | |
16424 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\ | |
16425 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode. | |
16426 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by | |
16427 accepting the proposed default buffer. | |
16428 | |
16429 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil) | |
16430 | |
16431 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\ | |
16432 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode. | |
16433 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that | |
16434 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The | |
16435 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local | |
16436 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both | |
16437 columns remain untouched in the first buffer. | |
16438 | |
16439 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You | |
16440 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.: | |
16441 | |
16442 First column's text sSs Second column's text | |
16443 \\___/\\ | |
16444 / \\ | |
16445 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here. | |
16446 | |
16447 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil) | |
16448 | |
16449 ;;;*** | |
16450 | |
16451 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics | |
16452 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold | |
16453 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode) | |
35668 | 16454 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14891 28342)) |
25876 | 16455 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el |
16456 | |
16457 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\ | |
16458 Toggle typing break mode. | |
16459 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information. | |
16460 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
16461 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.") | |
16462 | |
16463 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
16464 | |
16465 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break)) | |
16466 | |
16467 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\ | |
16468 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.") | |
16469 | |
16470 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\ | |
16471 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest. | |
16472 | |
16473 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between | |
16474 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\" | |
16475 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later. | |
16476 | |
16477 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be | |
16478 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.") | |
16479 | |
16480 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\ | |
16481 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break. | |
16482 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX). | |
16483 | |
16484 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been | |
16485 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if | |
16486 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later | |
16487 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil, | |
16488 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has | |
16489 elapsed, the user will always be queried. | |
16490 | |
16491 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered | |
16492 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally | |
16493 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks | |
16494 will occur; only scheduled ones will. | |
16495 | |
16496 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one | |
16497 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them. | |
16498 | |
16499 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to | |
16500 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.") | |
16501 | |
16502 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\ | |
16503 Enable or disable typing-break mode. | |
16504 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default. | |
16505 | |
16506 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at | |
16507 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the | |
16508 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user | |
16509 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask | |
16510 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time | |
16511 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently | |
16512 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely. | |
16513 | |
16514 A negative prefix argument disables this mode. | |
16515 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it. | |
16516 | |
16517 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the | |
16518 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or | |
16519 reset the keystroke counter. | |
16520 | |
16521 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of | |
16522 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to | |
16523 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the | |
16524 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter. | |
16525 | |
16526 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to | |
16527 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly | |
16528 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the | |
16529 `type-break-schedule' command. | |
16530 | |
16531 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum | |
16532 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever | |
16533 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for | |
16534 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break | |
16535 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether | |
16536 or not to continue. | |
16537 | |
16538 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the | |
16539 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use | |
16540 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to | |
16541 approximate good values for this. | |
16542 | |
16543 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about | |
16544 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include: | |
16545 | |
16546 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode' | |
16547 `type-break-time-warning-intervals' | |
16548 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals' | |
16549 `type-break-warning-repeat' | |
16550 `type-break-warning-countdown-string' | |
16551 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type' | |
16552 | |
16553 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin | |
16554 a typing break occur. They include: | |
16555 | |
16556 `type-break-query-mode' | |
16557 `type-break-query-function' | |
16558 `type-break-query-interval' | |
16559 | |
16560 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil) | |
16561 | |
16562 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\ | |
16563 Take a typing break. | |
16564 | |
16565 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in | |
16566 `type-break-demo-functions' is run. | |
16567 | |
16568 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled | |
16569 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil) | |
16570 | |
16571 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\ | |
16572 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer. | |
16573 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is | |
16574 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil) | |
16575 | |
16576 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\ | |
16577 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks. | |
16578 | |
16579 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how | |
16580 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your | |
16581 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it | |
16582 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one | |
16583 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing | |
16584 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate | |
16585 average typing speed.) | |
16586 | |
16587 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold' | |
16588 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average | |
16589 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of | |
16590 the computed maximum threshold. | |
16591 | |
16592 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be | |
16593 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the | |
16594 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold. | |
16595 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of | |
16596 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil) | |
16597 | |
16598 ;;;*** | |
16599 | |
16600 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline" | |
25998 | 16601 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (14228 39817)) |
25876 | 16602 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el |
16603 | |
16604 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\ | |
16605 Underline all nonblank characters in the region. | |
16606 Works by overstriking underscores. | |
16607 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END | |
16608 which specify the range to operate on." t nil) | |
16609 | |
16610 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\ | |
16611 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region. | |
16612 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END | |
16613 which specify the range to operate on." t nil) | |
16614 | |
16615 ;;;*** | |
16616 | |
16617 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message) | |
27545 | 16618 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (14473 58848)) |
25876 | 16619 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el |
16620 | |
16621 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\ | |
16622 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages. | |
16623 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil) | |
16624 | |
16625 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\ | |
16626 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message. | |
16627 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message | |
16628 following the containing message." t nil) | |
16629 | |
16630 ;;;*** | |
16631 | |
16632 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" | |
25998 | 16633 ;;;;;; (13229 29740)) |
25876 | 16634 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el |
16635 | |
16636 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\ | |
16637 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format. | |
16638 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments. | |
16639 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name | |
16640 is made by adding `.mail' at the end. | |
16641 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil) | |
16642 | |
16643 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\ | |
16644 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil) | |
16645 | |
16646 ;;;*** | |
16647 | |
16648 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock) | |
35668 | 16649 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (14365 43297)) |
25876 | 16650 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el |
16651 | |
16652 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\ | |
16653 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT. | |
16654 This function has a choice of three things to do: | |
26724 | 16655 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT)) |
25876 | 16656 to refrain from editing the file |
16657 return t (grab the lock on the file) | |
16658 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked). | |
16659 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives | |
16660 in any way you like." nil nil) | |
16661 | |
16662 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\ | |
16663 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do. | |
16664 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification | |
16665 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)), | |
16666 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made. | |
16667 | |
16668 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do. | |
16669 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil) | |
16670 | |
16671 ;;;*** | |
16672 | |
32115 | 16673 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external) |
35668 | 16674 ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (14877 36787)) |
32115 | 16675 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el |
16676 | |
16677 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\ | |
34166 | 16678 Uudecode region between START and END using external program. |
16679 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program | |
16680 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'." t nil) | |
32115 | 16681 |
16682 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\ | |
34166 | 16683 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program. |
32115 | 16684 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME." t nil) |
16685 | |
16686 ;;;*** | |
16687 | |
25876 | 16688 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file |
16689 ;;;;;; vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot | |
32115 | 16690 ;;;;;; vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge |
16691 ;;;;;; vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-register | |
16692 ;;;;;; vc-next-action edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-before-checkin-hook | |
35668 | 16693 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (14941 34892)) |
25876 | 16694 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el |
16695 | |
16696 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\ | |
16697 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done. | |
16698 See `run-hooks'.") | |
16699 | |
16700 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\ | |
31388 | 16701 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file gets checked in. |
25876 | 16702 See `run-hooks'.") |
16703 | |
16704 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\ | |
31388 | 16705 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary and execute the body. |
16706 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed. | |
16707 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within | |
16708 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by | |
25876 | 16709 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro)) |
16710 | |
16711 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\ | |
31388 | 16712 Edit FILE under version control, executing body. |
16713 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY. | |
25876 | 16714 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it. |
16715 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro)) | |
16716 | |
16717 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\ | |
16718 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file. | |
31388 | 16719 |
16720 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked, | |
25876 | 16721 it will operate on the file in the current line. |
31388 | 16722 |
16723 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more | |
25876 | 16724 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on |
16725 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register | |
16726 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted | |
16727 lock steals will raise an error. | |
31388 | 16728 |
16729 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use. | |
25876 | 16730 |
16731 For RCS and SCCS files: | |
16732 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version | |
16733 control. | |
16734 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out | |
16735 a writable and locked file ready for editing. | |
16736 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this | |
16737 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not, | |
16738 it performs a revert. | |
16739 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry | |
16740 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the | |
16741 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If | |
16742 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a | |
16743 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards. | |
16744 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given | |
16745 the option to steal the lock. | |
16746 | |
16747 For CVS files: | |
16748 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version | |
16749 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\". | |
16750 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed. | |
16751 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is | |
16752 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the | |
16753 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along | |
16754 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained. | |
16755 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to | |
16756 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil) | |
16757 | |
16758 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\ | |
32115 | 16759 Register the current file into a version control system. |
16760 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version | |
31388 | 16761 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment. |
16762 | |
32115 | 16763 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list |
31388 | 16764 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares |
16765 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that | |
16766 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to | |
16767 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the | |
16768 first backend that could register the file is used." t nil) | |
25876 | 16769 |
16770 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\ | |
16771 Display diffs between file versions. | |
31388 | 16772 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent |
25876 | 16773 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. |
16774 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use | |
16775 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil) | |
16776 | |
16777 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\ | |
16778 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window. | |
16779 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'. | |
16780 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil) | |
16781 | |
16782 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\ | |
32115 | 16783 Insert headers in a file for use with your version control system. |
25876 | 16784 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from |
31388 | 16785 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'." t nil) |
16786 | |
16787 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\ | |
32115 | 16788 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file. |
16789 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the | |
16790 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that | |
16791 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes | |
16792 from the current branch. | |
31388 | 16793 |
16794 See Info node `Merging'." t nil) | |
25876 | 16795 |
16796 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\ | |
16797 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer. | |
16798 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil) | |
16799 | |
31388 | 16800 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\ |
16801 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR. | |
16802 | |
16803 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'. | |
16804 | |
16805 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override | |
16806 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing." t nil) | |
25876 | 16807 |
16808 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\ | |
32115 | 16809 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME. |
31388 | 16810 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version |
16811 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument | |
16812 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files | |
16813 are checked out in that new branch." t nil) | |
25876 | 16814 |
16815 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\ | |
32115 | 16816 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME. |
16817 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions. | |
16818 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any | |
16819 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are | |
16820 allowed and simply skipped)." t nil) | |
25876 | 16821 |
16822 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\ | |
16823 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil) | |
16824 | |
16825 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\ | |
16826 Revert the current buffer's file back to the version it was based on. | |
16827 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical | |
32115 | 16828 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer |
16829 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so." t nil) | |
25876 | 16830 |
16831 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\ | |
16832 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file. | |
32115 | 16833 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil) |
25876 | 16834 |
16835 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\ | |
16836 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil) | |
16837 | |
16838 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\ | |
31388 | 16839 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs. |
25876 | 16840 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default |
31388 | 16841 directory. |
25876 | 16842 |
32115 | 16843 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file. |
25876 | 16844 |
16845 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited | |
16846 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the | |
16847 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate. | |
16848 | |
32115 | 16849 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which |
31388 | 16850 log entries should be gathered." t nil) |
25876 | 16851 |
16852 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\ | |
31388 | 16853 Display the result of the \"Annotate\" command using colors. |
16854 \"Annotate\" is defined by `vc-BACKEND-annotate-command'. New lines | |
34166 | 16855 are displayed in red, old in blue. When given a prefix argument, asks |
16856 for a version to annotate from, and a factor for stretching the time | |
16857 scale. | |
25876 | 16858 |
16859 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the | |
16860 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and | |
16861 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to | |
16862 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil) | |
16863 | |
16864 ;;;*** | |
16865 | |
35744 | 16866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (14966 38375)) |
31388 | 16867 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el |
16868 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f) | |
16869 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name | |
16870 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f))) | |
16871 (require 'vc-cvs) | |
16872 (vc-cvs-registered f))) | |
16873 | |
16874 ;;;*** | |
16875 | |
16876 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el" | |
35668 | 16877 ;;;;;; (14940 15185)) |
31388 | 16878 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el |
16879 | |
16880 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\ | |
16881 *Where to look for RCS master files. | |
16882 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.") | |
16883 | |
16884 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote RCS) f)) | |
16885 | |
16886 ;;;*** | |
16887 | |
16888 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el" | |
35668 | 16889 ;;;;;; (14940 15185)) |
31388 | 16890 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el |
16891 | |
16892 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\ | |
16893 *Where to look for SCCS master files. | |
16894 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.") | |
16895 | |
16896 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote SCCS) f)) | |
16897 | |
16898 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\ | |
16899 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory. | |
16900 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not | |
16901 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir))))) | |
16902 | |
16903 ;;;*** | |
16904 | |
25876 | 16905 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" |
35668 | 16906 ;;;;;; (14385 10956)) |
25876 | 16907 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el |
16908 | |
16909 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\ | |
16910 Major mode for editing VHDL code. | |
16911 | |
16912 Usage: | |
16913 ------ | |
16914 | |
16915 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and | |
16916 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated | |
16917 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory) | |
16918 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are | |
16919 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. | |
16920 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is | |
16921 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'. | |
16922 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template | |
16923 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be | |
16924 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable | |
16925 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION). | |
16926 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline. | |
16927 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by | |
16928 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e. | |
16929 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'. | |
16930 The following abbreviations can also be used: | |
16931 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var. | |
16932 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric' | |
16933 (see CUSTOMIZATION). | |
16934 | |
16935 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A | |
16936 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by | |
16937 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'. | |
16938 | |
16939 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax | |
16940 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by | |
16941 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in | |
16942 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are: | |
16943 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment | |
16944 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code | |
16945 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line | |
16946 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment | |
16947 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\" | |
16948 | |
16949 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL | |
16950 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts | |
16951 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions. | |
16952 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts). | |
16953 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized | |
16954 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard | |
16955 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\" | |
16956 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\"). | |
16957 | |
16958 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning | |
16959 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator | |
16960 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop. | |
16961 | |
16962 - COMMENTS: | |
16963 `--' puts a single comment. | |
16964 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments. | |
16965 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a | |
16966 comment in between. | |
16967 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out | |
16968 following lines. | |
16969 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out, | |
16970 uncomments a region if already commented out. | |
16971 | |
16972 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals, | |
16973 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications | |
16974 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are | |
16975 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and | |
16976 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil. | |
16977 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are | |
16978 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to | |
16979 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a | |
16980 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment | |
16981 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills | |
16982 multi-line comments. | |
16983 | |
16984 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. | |
16985 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'. | |
16986 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable | |
16987 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region | |
16988 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally | |
16989 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable | |
16990 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, | |
16991 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow | |
16992 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa. | |
16993 | |
16994 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline | |
16995 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group | |
16996 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an | |
16997 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code | |
16998 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns | |
16999 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region. | |
17000 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable | |
17001 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil. | |
17002 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols | |
17003 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated. | |
17004 | |
17005 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component | |
17006 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and | |
17007 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding | |
17008 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual | |
17009 parameters, and as a test bench (menu). | |
17010 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened | |
17011 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual | |
17012 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be | |
17013 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'. | |
17014 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates | |
17015 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and | |
17016 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'. | |
17017 See customization group `vhdl-port'. | |
17018 | |
17019 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION. | |
17020 | |
17021 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in | |
17022 menu). | |
17023 | |
17024 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu. | |
17025 | |
17026 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. | |
17027 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if | |
17028 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil. | |
17029 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and | |
17030 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'. | |
17031 | |
17032 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the | |
17033 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current | |
17034 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see | |
17035 variable `vhdl-project-alist'). | |
17036 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the | |
17037 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar. | |
17038 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their | |
17039 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and | |
17040 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu. | |
17041 | |
17042 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a | |
17043 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or | |
17044 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file | |
17045 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be | |
17046 specified. | |
17047 | |
17048 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can | |
17049 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible | |
17050 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to | |
17051 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu | |
17052 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing | |
17053 the current directory for VHDL source files. | |
17054 | |
17055 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed | |
17056 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is | |
17057 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed | |
17058 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command, | |
17059 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers | |
17060 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable | |
17061 `vhdl-compiler-options'. | |
17062 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command | |
17063 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists. | |
17064 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also | |
17065 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'. | |
17066 | |
17067 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable | |
17068 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, | |
17069 Math Packages. | |
17070 | |
17071 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, | |
17072 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable | |
17073 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower | |
17074 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types, | |
17075 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types, | |
17076 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu) | |
17077 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables | |
17078 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'. | |
17079 | |
17080 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes, | |
17081 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable | |
17082 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template | |
17083 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, | |
17084 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well | |
17085 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil. | |
17086 | |
17087 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that | |
17088 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or | |
17089 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable | |
17090 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as | |
17091 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil. | |
17092 | |
17093 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and | |
17094 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable | |
17095 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some | |
17096 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other | |
17097 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually. | |
17098 | |
17099 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to | |
17100 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only | |
17101 highlighted if written in lower case. | |
17102 | |
17103 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted | |
17104 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' | |
17105 is non-nil. | |
17106 | |
17107 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'. | |
17108 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group | |
17109 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]'). | |
17110 | |
17111 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made | |
17112 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword | |
17113 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'. | |
17114 | |
17115 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the | |
17116 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable | |
17117 `vhdl-hideshow-menu'). | |
17118 | |
17119 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of | |
17120 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors | |
17121 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs | |
17122 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines | |
17123 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The | |
17124 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to | |
17125 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers. | |
17126 | |
17127 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize' | |
17128 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups). | |
17129 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in | |
17130 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e. | |
17131 site-wide, read the INSTALL file). | |
17132 | |
17133 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are | |
17134 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\", | |
17135 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'): | |
17136 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)) | |
17137 | |
17138 - HINTS: | |
17139 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs. | |
17140 | |
17141 | |
17142 Maintenance: | |
17143 ------------ | |
17144 | |
17145 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode. | |
17146 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case. | |
17147 | |
17148 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>. | |
17149 | |
17150 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases. | |
17151 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases. | |
17152 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above | |
17153 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>. | |
17154 | |
17155 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page | |
17156 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest | |
17157 version and release notes can be found. | |
17158 | |
17159 | |
17160 Bugs and Limitations: | |
17161 --------------------- | |
17162 | |
17163 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow. | |
17164 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS). | |
17165 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs. | |
17166 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs. | |
17167 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers | |
17168 does not work under XEmacs. | |
17169 | |
17170 | |
17171 The VHDL Mode Maintainers | |
17172 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby | |
17173 | |
17174 Key bindings: | |
17175 ------------- | |
17176 | |
17177 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil) | |
17178 | |
17179 ;;;*** | |
17180 | |
25998 | 17181 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (13229 29773)) |
25876 | 17182 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el |
17183 | |
17184 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\ | |
17185 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor. | |
17186 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely, | |
17187 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs. | |
17188 | |
17189 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands. | |
17190 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input | |
17191 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode. | |
17192 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using) | |
17193 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned. | |
17194 | |
17195 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again. | |
17196 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key. | |
17197 | |
17198 Major differences between this mode and real vi : | |
17199 | |
17200 * Limitations and unsupported features | |
17201 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are | |
17202 not supported. | |
17203 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints. | |
17204 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature. | |
17205 | |
17206 * Modifications | |
17207 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary, | |
17208 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'. | |
17209 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching. | |
17210 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need | |
17211 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed | |
17212 for undoing a repeated change command. | |
17213 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr | |
17214 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too. | |
17215 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen. | |
17216 | |
17217 * Extensions | |
17218 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as | |
17219 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros. | |
17220 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to | |
17221 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs. | |
17222 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g. | |
17223 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def', | |
17224 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy. | |
17225 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly. | |
17226 | |
17227 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil) | |
17228 | |
17229 ;;;*** | |
17230 | |
17231 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion | |
17232 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer | |
28919 | 17233 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" |
17234 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (14623 45992)) | |
25876 | 17235 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el |
17236 | |
17237 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\ | |
17238 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil) | |
17239 | |
17240 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\ | |
17241 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters. | |
17242 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
17243 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil) | |
17244 | |
17245 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\ | |
17246 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil) | |
17247 | |
17248 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\ | |
17249 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics. | |
17250 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
17251 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil) | |
17252 | |
17253 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\ | |
17254 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil) | |
17255 | |
17256 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil) | |
17257 | |
17258 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil) | |
17259 | |
17260 ;;;*** | |
17261 | |
17262 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame | |
17263 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame | |
35668 | 17264 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (14862 |
17265 ;;;;;; 37894)) | |
25876 | 17266 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el |
17267 | |
17268 (defvar view-mode nil "\ | |
17269 Non-nil if View mode is enabled. | |
17270 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the | |
17271 functions that enable or disable view mode.") | |
17272 | |
17273 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode)) | |
17274 | |
17275 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\ | |
17276 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done. | |
17277 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
17278 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
17279 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
17280 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
17281 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
17282 | |
17283 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
17284 | |
17285 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\ | |
17286 View FILE in View mode in another window. | |
17287 Return that window to its previous buffer when done. | |
17288 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
17289 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
17290 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
17291 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
17292 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
17293 | |
17294 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
17295 | |
17296 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\ | |
17297 View FILE in View mode in another frame. | |
17298 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done. | |
17299 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
17300 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
17301 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
17302 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
17303 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
17304 | |
17305 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
17306 | |
17307 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\ | |
17308 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done. | |
17309 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
17310 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
17311 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
17312 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
17313 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
17314 | |
17315 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. | |
17316 | |
17317 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as | |
17318 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. | |
17319 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil) | |
17320 | |
17321 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\ | |
17322 View BUFFER in View mode in another window. | |
17323 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil. | |
17324 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
17325 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
17326 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
17327 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
17328 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
17329 | |
17330 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. | |
17331 | |
17332 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as | |
17333 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. | |
17334 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil) | |
17335 | |
17336 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\ | |
17337 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame. | |
17338 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil. | |
17339 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
17340 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
17341 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
17342 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
17343 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
17344 | |
17345 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. | |
17346 | |
17347 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as | |
17348 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. | |
17349 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil) | |
17350 | |
17351 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\ | |
17352 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it. | |
27949 | 17353 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive. |
25876 | 17354 |
17355 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual. | |
17356 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands | |
17357 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is | |
17358 read-only. | |
17359 \\<view-mode-map> | |
17360 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix | |
17361 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole | |
17362 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to | |
17363 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search | |
17364 commands default to a repeat count of one. | |
17365 | |
17366 H, h, ? This message. | |
17367 Digits provide prefix arguments. | |
17368 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument. | |
17369 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer. | |
17370 > move to the end of buffer. | |
17371 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window. | |
27949 | 17372 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines. |
17373 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines. | |
17374 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines. | |
17375 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines. | |
17376 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix. | |
17377 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix. | |
17378 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets | |
17379 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much. | |
17380 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets | |
17381 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much. | |
17382 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s). | |
17383 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s). | |
25876 | 17384 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward. |
17385 Use this to view a changing file. | |
17386 \\[what-line] prints the current line number. | |
17387 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer. | |
17388 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line). | |
17389 . set the mark. | |
17390 x exchanges point and mark. | |
17391 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring. | |
17392 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when | |
17393 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end. | |
17394 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register. | |
17395 ' go to position saved in character register. | |
17396 s do forward incremental search. | |
17397 r do reverse incremental search. | |
17398 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page. | |
17399 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp. | |
17400 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start | |
17401 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer. | |
17402 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page. | |
17403 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression. | |
17404 p searches backward for last regular expression. | |
17405 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state. | |
17406 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode. | |
17407 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started | |
17408 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it. | |
17409 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable. | |
17410 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state. | |
17411 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer. | |
17412 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer. | |
17413 | |
17414 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was | |
27949 | 17415 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame |
17416 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will | |
17417 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer | |
17418 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame, | |
17419 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] | |
17420 will return to that buffer. | |
25876 | 17421 |
17422 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
17423 | |
17424 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\ | |
17425 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments. | |
17426 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist | |
17427 `view-return-to-alist'. | |
17428 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'. | |
17429 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument. | |
17430 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'. | |
17431 | |
17432 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or | |
17433 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO). | |
17434 WINDOW is a window used for viewing. | |
17435 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing. | |
17436 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of: | |
17437 1) nil Do nothing. | |
17438 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame. | |
17439 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text | |
17440 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW. | |
27949 | 17441 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW. |
25876 | 17442 |
17443 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
17444 | |
17445 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil) | |
17446 | |
17447 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\ | |
17448 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil) | |
17449 | |
17450 ;;;*** | |
17451 | |
25998 | 17452 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (13650 13703)) |
25876 | 17453 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el |
17454 | |
17455 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\ | |
17456 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil) | |
17457 | |
17458 ;;;*** | |
17459 | |
17460 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el" | |
35668 | 17461 ;;;;;; (14952 1209)) |
25876 | 17462 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el |
17463 | |
17464 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\ | |
17465 Toggle Viper on/off. | |
26724 | 17466 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil) |
25876 | 17467 |
17468 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\ | |
17469 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil) | |
17470 | |
17471 ;;;*** | |
17472 | |
35668 | 17473 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (14223 54012)) |
28212 | 17474 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el |
25876 | 17475 |
17476 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\ | |
17477 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist. | |
17478 | |
17479 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the | |
17480 hotlist. | |
17481 | |
17482 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke | |
17483 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil) | |
17484 | |
17485 ;;;*** | |
17486 | |
17487 ;;;### (autoloads (which-func-mode which-func-mode-global) "which-func" | |
35668 | 17488 ;;;;;; "which-func.el" (14875 40521)) |
25876 | 17489 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el |
17490 | |
17491 (defvar which-func-mode-global nil "\ | |
17492 *Toggle `which-func-mode' globally. | |
17493 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
17494 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-func-mode'.") | |
17495 | |
17496 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote custom-variable)) | |
17497 | |
17498 (custom-add-load (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote which-func)) | |
17499 | |
17500 (defalias (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func-mode)) | |
17501 | |
17502 (autoload (quote which-func-mode) "which-func" "\ | |
17503 Toggle Which Function mode, globally. | |
17504 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is | |
17505 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes. | |
17506 | |
33002 | 17507 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive, |
25876 | 17508 and off otherwise." t nil) |
17509 | |
17510 ;;;*** | |
17511 | |
33002 | 17512 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-global-mode whitespace-cleanup-region |
25998 | 17513 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" |
35668 | 17514 ;;;;;; "whitespace.el" (14933 40934)) |
25998 | 17515 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el |
17516 | |
17517 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\ | |
33002 | 17518 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer. |
17519 These are: | |
25998 | 17520 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file). |
17521 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file). | |
17522 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS). | |
17523 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that). | |
17524 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line. | |
17525 | |
17526 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file | |
17527 and: | |
17528 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or | |
17529 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil) | |
17530 | |
17531 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\ | |
33002 | 17532 Check the region for whitespace errors." t nil) |
25998 | 17533 |
17534 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\ | |
17535 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems. | |
17536 | |
17537 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the | |
17538 whitespace problems." t nil) | |
17539 | |
17540 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\ | |
33002 | 17541 Whitespace cleanup on the region." t nil) |
17542 | |
17543 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\ | |
17544 Toggle global Whitespace mode. | |
17545 | |
17546 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
17547 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode' | |
17548 \(which see).") | |
17549 | |
17550 (custom-add-to-group (quote whitespace) (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
17551 | |
17552 (custom-add-load (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote whitespace)) | |
25998 | 17553 |
17554 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\ | |
17555 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them. | |
17556 | |
17557 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types | |
17558 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code. | |
17559 | |
17560 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file). | |
17561 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file). | |
17562 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be | |
17563 replaced with TABS). | |
33002 | 17564 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that). |
25998 | 17565 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line. |
17566 | |
17567 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline. | |
17568 | |
26724 | 17569 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace, |
17570 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of: | |
25998 | 17571 |
17572 e - End-of-Line whitespace. | |
17573 i - Indentation whitespace. | |
17574 l - Leading whitespace. | |
17575 s - Space followed by Tab. | |
17576 t - Trailing whitespace. | |
17577 | |
17578 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a | |
26724 | 17579 !<y>. |
25998 | 17580 |
17581 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most | |
17582 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even | |
33002 | 17583 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost |
25998 | 17584 always they default to 8.) |
17585 | |
33002 | 17586 Changing `tab-width' to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to |
25998 | 17587 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or |
17588 even print it. | |
17589 | |
17590 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like | |
17591 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you | |
33002 | 17592 should never have to set your `tab-width' to be other than 8 in all these |
17593 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs | |
17594 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your | |
25998 | 17595 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between |
17596 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them | |
17597 to set smarttab.) | |
17598 | |
17599 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and | |
17600 merge problems. | |
17601 | |
17602 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and | |
33002 | 17603 warn you on closing a file also (in case you had inserted any |
17604 whitespaces during the process of your editing)." t nil) | |
25998 | 17605 |
17606 ;;;*** | |
17607 | |
25876 | 17608 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse |
35668 | 17609 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (14839 64808)) |
25876 | 17610 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el |
17611 | |
17612 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\ | |
17613 Browse the widget under point." t nil) | |
17614 | |
17615 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\ | |
17616 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil) | |
17617 | |
17618 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\ | |
17619 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil) | |
17620 | |
17621 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\ | |
17622 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets. | |
17623 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil) | |
17624 | |
17625 ;;;*** | |
17626 | |
17627 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value) | |
35668 | 17628 ;;;;;; "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (14956 5124)) |
25876 | 17629 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el |
17630 | |
17631 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\ | |
17632 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT. | |
17633 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil) | |
17634 | |
17635 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\ | |
29505 | 17636 Create widget of TYPE. |
25876 | 17637 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil) |
17638 | |
17639 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\ | |
17640 Delete WIDGET." nil nil) | |
17641 | |
17642 ;;;*** | |
17643 | |
27545 | 17644 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right |
31388 | 17645 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (14747 |
17646 ;;;;;; 44775)) | |
27545 | 17647 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el |
17648 | |
17649 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\ | |
17650 Select the window to the left of the current one. | |
17651 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, | |
17652 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise | |
17653 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge | |
17654 \(for negative ARG) of the current window. | |
17655 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil) | |
17656 | |
17657 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\ | |
17658 Select the window above the current one. | |
17659 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\" | |
17660 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is | |
17661 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for | |
17662 negative ARG) of the current window. | |
17663 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil) | |
17664 | |
17665 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\ | |
17666 Select the window to the right of the current one. | |
17667 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, | |
17668 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window; | |
17669 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the | |
17670 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window. | |
17671 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil) | |
17672 | |
17673 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\ | |
17674 Select the window below the current one. | |
17675 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, | |
17676 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise | |
17677 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge | |
17678 \(for negative ARG) of the current window. | |
17679 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil) | |
17680 | |
17681 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\ | |
17682 Set up default keybindings for `windmove'." t nil) | |
17683 | |
17684 ;;;*** | |
17685 | |
28077 | 17686 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el" |
17687 ;;;;;; (14535 44846)) | |
17688 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el | |
17689 | |
17690 (defvar winner-mode nil "\ | |
17691 Toggle winner-mode. | |
17692 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
17693 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.") | |
17694 | |
17695 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
17696 | |
17697 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner)) | |
17698 | |
17699 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\ | |
17700 Toggle Winner mode. | |
17701 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil) | |
17702 | |
17703 ;;;*** | |
17704 | |
28919 | 17705 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman" |
35744 | 17706 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (14966 38375)) |
28919 | 17707 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el |
17708 | |
17709 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\ | |
29505 | 17710 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program). |
28919 | 17711 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode. |
17712 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the | |
17713 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and | |
17714 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for | |
17715 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be | |
17716 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory). | |
17717 | |
29505 | 17718 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC |
17719 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching." t nil) | |
28919 | 17720 |
17721 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\ | |
17722 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file." t nil) | |
17723 | |
17724 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\ | |
17725 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME. | |
17726 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given. | |
17727 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting | |
29505 | 17728 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier. |
28919 | 17729 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to |
17730 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the | |
17731 `woman' command for further details." t nil) | |
17732 | |
17733 ;;;*** | |
17734 | |
25876 | 17735 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el" |
25998 | 17736 ;;;;;; (13415 51576)) |
25876 | 17737 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el |
17738 | |
17739 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\ | |
17740 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings. | |
17741 | |
17742 BUGS: | |
17743 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help) | |
17744 are not implemented | |
17745 - Options for search and replace | |
17746 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange | |
17747 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction | |
17748 | |
17749 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work | |
17750 Emacs-like. | |
17751 | |
17752 The key bindings are: | |
17753 | |
17754 C-a backward-word | |
17755 C-b fill-paragraph | |
17756 C-c scroll-up-line | |
17757 C-d forward-char | |
17758 C-e previous-line | |
17759 C-f forward-word | |
17760 C-g delete-char | |
17761 C-h backward-char | |
17762 C-i indent-for-tab-command | |
17763 C-j help-for-help | |
17764 C-k ordstar-C-k-map | |
17765 C-l ws-repeat-search | |
17766 C-n open-line | |
17767 C-p quoted-insert | |
17768 C-r scroll-down-line | |
17769 C-s backward-char | |
17770 C-t kill-word | |
17771 C-u keyboard-quit | |
17772 C-v overwrite-mode | |
17773 C-w scroll-down | |
17774 C-x next-line | |
17775 C-y kill-complete-line | |
17776 C-z scroll-up | |
17777 | |
17778 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0 | |
17779 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1 | |
17780 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2 | |
17781 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3 | |
17782 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4 | |
17783 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5 | |
17784 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6 | |
17785 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7 | |
17786 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8 | |
17787 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9 | |
17788 C-k b ws-begin-block | |
17789 C-k c ws-copy-block | |
17790 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs | |
17791 C-k f find-file | |
17792 C-k h ws-show-markers | |
17793 C-k i ws-indent-block | |
17794 C-k k ws-end-block | |
17795 C-k p ws-print-block | |
17796 C-k q kill-emacs | |
17797 C-k r insert-file | |
17798 C-k s save-some-buffers | |
17799 C-k t ws-mark-word | |
17800 C-k u ws-exdent-block | |
17801 C-k C-u keyboard-quit | |
17802 C-k v ws-move-block | |
17803 C-k w ws-write-block | |
17804 C-k x kill-emacs | |
17805 C-k y ws-delete-block | |
17806 | |
17807 C-o c wordstar-center-line | |
17808 C-o b switch-to-buffer | |
17809 C-o j justify-current-line | |
17810 C-o k kill-buffer | |
17811 C-o l list-buffers | |
17812 C-o m auto-fill-mode | |
17813 C-o r set-fill-column | |
17814 C-o C-u keyboard-quit | |
17815 C-o wd delete-other-windows | |
17816 C-o wh split-window-horizontally | |
17817 C-o wo other-window | |
17818 C-o wv split-window-vertically | |
17819 | |
17820 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0 | |
17821 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1 | |
17822 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2 | |
17823 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3 | |
17824 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4 | |
17825 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5 | |
17826 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6 | |
17827 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7 | |
17828 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8 | |
17829 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9 | |
17830 C-q a ws-query-replace | |
17831 C-q b ws-to-block-begin | |
17832 C-q c end-of-buffer | |
17833 C-q d end-of-line | |
17834 C-q f ws-search | |
17835 C-q k ws-to-block-end | |
17836 C-q l ws-undo | |
17837 C-q p ws-last-cursorp | |
17838 C-q r beginning-of-buffer | |
17839 C-q C-u keyboard-quit | |
17840 C-q w ws-last-error | |
17841 C-q y ws-kill-eol | |
17842 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol | |
17843 " t nil) | |
17844 | |
17845 ;;;*** | |
17846 | |
27949 | 17847 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (14516 |
17848 ;;;;;; 149)) | |
25876 | 17849 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el |
17850 | |
17851 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\ | |
17852 Toggle XTerm mouse mode. | |
17853 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive. | |
17854 | |
17855 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil) | |
17856 | |
17857 ;;;*** | |
17858 | |
17859 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism | |
33357 | 17860 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (14810 62720)) |
25876 | 17861 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el |
17862 | |
17863 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\ | |
17864 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil) | |
17865 | |
17866 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\ | |
17867 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil) | |
17868 | |
17869 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\ | |
17870 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP. | |
17871 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil) | |
17872 | |
17873 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\ | |
17874 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil) | |
17875 | |
17876 ;;;*** | |
17877 | |
33357 | 17878 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (14821 31351)) |
30565 | 17879 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el |
17880 | |
17881 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\ | |
17882 Zone out, completely." t nil) | |
17883 | |
17884 ;;;*** | |
17885 | |
25876 | 17886 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" |
35668 | 17887 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (13674 20513)) |
28212 | 17888 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el |
25876 | 17889 |
17890 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\ | |
17891 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified" t nil) | |
17892 | |
25998 | 17893 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\ |
17894 A mode for editing DNS zone files. | |
17895 | |
17896 Zone-mode does two things: | |
17897 | |
17898 - automatically update the serial number for a zone | |
17899 when saving the file | |
17900 | |
17901 - fontification" t nil) | |
25876 | 17902 |
17903 ;;;*** | |
17904 | |
17905 ;;; Local Variables: | |
17906 ;;; version-control: never | |
17907 ;;; no-byte-compile: t | |
17908 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t | |
17909 ;;; End: | |
17910 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here |